DISCLAIMER

This Phoenix Journal was generated by scanning a printed edition using optical character recognition (OCR). Although efforts have been made to correct errors readers should refer to the image-based or printed version if discrepancies need to be resolved.

/Ground Crew

Version 1.0

This version was converted from a MS Word document and should work fine on any newer devices (Smartphones, Tablets, etc.)

COPYRIGHT POSITION STATEMENT AND DISCLAIMER

The Phoenix Journals are intended as a "real time" commentary on current events, how current events relate to past events and the relationships of both to the physical and spiritual destinies of mankind.

All of history, as we now know it, has been revised, rewritten, twisted and tweaked by selfishly motivated men to achieve and maintain control over other men. When one can understand that everything is comprised of "energy" and that even physical matter is "coalesced" energy, and that all energy emanates from God's thought, one can accept the idea that the successful focusing of millions of minds on one expected happening will cause it to happen.

If the many prophecies made over thousands of years are accepted, these are the "end times" (specifically the year 2000, the second millennium, etc.). That would put us in the “sorting” period and only a few short years from the finish line. God has said that in the end-times would come the WORD--to the four comers of the world--so that each could decide his/her own course toward, or away from, divinity--based upon TRUTH.

So, God sends His Hosts--Messengers--to present that TRUTH. This is the way in which He chooses to present it, through the Phoenix Journals. Thus, these journals are Truth, which cannot be copyrighted; they are compilations of information already available on Earth, researched and compiled by others (some, no doubt, for this purpose) which should not be copyrighted. Therefore, these journals are not copyrighted (except SIPAPU ODYSSEY which is "fiction").

The first sixty or so journals were published by America West Publishing which elected to indicate that a copyright had been applied for on the theory that the ISBN number (so necessary for booksellers) was dependent upon the copyright. Commander Hatonn, the primary author and compiler, insisted that no copyrights be applied for and, to our knowledge, none were.

If the Truth is to reach the four corners of the world, it must be freely passed on. It is hoped that each reader will feel free to do that, keeping it in context, of course.

THE DIVINE PLAN – VOL. I

91-36626

ISBN 0-922356-79-3

First Edition Printed by America West Publishers

June 1992

America West Publishers

P.O. Box 2208

Carson City, Nevada 89702

Printed in the United States of America

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

www.phoenixsourcedistributors.com

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DEDICATION

FOREWORD

CHAPTER 1

MONDAY, MAY 25, 1992

NOTATIONS

BRIGHT NEW VISTAS FROM A LONG LONG HISTORY

ATLANTIS: WHAT AND WHY

MASTER THIS THIRD DIMENSION

PHILIPPINES SPOTLIGHTED

UNFOLDING DIVINE PLAN

OTHER PLANETS OF OUR SUN

WHO WILL HEAR

UNLEARNING THE FALSE

CHAPTER 2

WEDNESDAY, MAY 27, 1992

THE INFINITE

KNOWLEDGE

DESTRUCTION OF ALEXANDRIAN LIBRARY

ACTUALLY THREE DISASTERS

COOPERATION AND SURVIVAL

OPTIMUM MOMENT IS HERE

EGO REFLECTION

UNDERSTANDING

TIME OF PURIFICATION

SO WHAT ABOUT IT?

DOLLARS AND CENTS?

WHO SHALL IT BE?

TURN TO PHYSICAL AND MISS THE BOAT

CHAPTER 3

SUNDAY, MAY 31, 1992

NOTATIONS

WATCHING AND WAITING

POLITICS--GRITZ?

PHOTON CROSSING STILL EMINENT

GORBACHEV/SOVIETS/COMMUNISTS

WALLACE STICKNEY

SOVEREIGNTY ASSAULTED

TO THE TOP?

HOW ABOUT SOME OTHER DETAILS?

FROM CFR: ALSO MONEY?

BACK TO BASICS AND REMINDERS OF: THE ILLUMINATI AND NEW WORLD ORDER

HISTORICAL RISING

THE FIRST BREAK

BINDING OATHS

MERGER OF THE ILLUMINATI AND FREEMASONRY

CHAPTER 4

SUNDAY, MAY 31, 1992

ILLUMINATI COMES TO AMERICA

MASONIC SYMBOLS IN WASHINGTON D.C. STREET LAYOUT [H: THIS IS IMPORTANT]

MAP OF WASHINGTON D.C

PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION-1796

THE WILLIAM MORGAN MURDER

ILLUMINATI-COMMUNISM CONNECTION

REGARDING THE FEDERALIST PAPERS

CHAPTER 5

MONDAY, JUNE 1, 1992

MEDITATION

THE FUTURE IS ONLY THE PAST AGAIN, ENTERED THROUGH A DIFFERENT DOOR

LIVING HISTORY

OF INTEREST

GREY MEN?

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS IN PRESENTATIONS

ELITE KNOW AND USE COMING EVENTS

ATON

CHAPTER 6

TUESDAY, JUNE 2, 1992

MEDITATION

EARTHLY PROOF OF THE "PHOTON BELT"!

TANKS IN THE GARDEN

STILL PRIMITIVE?

PERSPECTIVE ON THE BIG PICTURE OF INFINITE GROWTH

TWILIGHT SLEEP OF CREATION

THINGS YOU DON'T KNOW?

SUMERIAN TEXTS KNEW OF OUTERMOST PLANETS

WHO WERE THESE SUMERIANS?

INTERESTING NOTATIONS

HOW COULD SUMERIANS KNOW?

OTHER POSSIBLE ANSWERS

CONFUSION AND CONTRADICTIONS

CHAPTER 7

THURSDAY, JUNE 4, 1992

MEDITATION

BALANCE AND FORGIVENESS

DISTRACTIONS ADDRESSED

POINT TO PONDER

CHAPTER 8

THURSDAY, JUNE 4, 1992

MEDITATION

FROM OUTER SPACE

SCIENTISTS SPECULATE

DOUBLE QUANDARY ARISES

SUMERIAN TEXTS SAY --

CONTRARY STRANGER AT WORK

EARTH-BIRTH DRAMA

CREATION OF THE COMETS

ASTEROID BELT FORMED

THE TWELFTH PLANET

CHAPTER 9

FRIDAY, JUNE 5, 1992

MEDITATION

PLANET'S BEGINNING

BOTH SIDES ERR

RECENT EVIL EFFORT TO DESTROY ANCIENT RECORDS

BIBLE STORIES--REAL OR FANCIED?

SPACE/STARCRAFT ARE NOT NEW

FINALLY MERGING “MYTH” WITH TRUE SCIENCE

DETAILS OF INTEREST

ASTEROID BELT DIVIDES FIRMAMENT

CHAPTER 10

MONDAY, JUNE 8, 1992

MEDITATION

IN THE BEGINNING (CONTINUED)

EVACUATION?

YOUR SURVIVAL?

FOR SALE: GOVERNMENT BUNKERS

ELITE BANKING "EXAMINED"

BACK TO THE MUNDANE--CREATION

ASTEROID BELT SEPARATION?

STERILIZATION WILL OCCUR

DAMAGE TO BRAIN FUNCTION

BACK TO PLANETS AND STUDIES

JUPITER HAS WATER

OTHER, UNSEEN PLANETS

LET'S LOOK AT YOUR SUN

CHAPTER 11

WEDNESDAY, JUNE 10, 1992

MEDITATION

GENESIS' MESSENGERS

HALLEY'S COMET, ETC

SUN ENLIVENS COMETS

NOSTRADAMUS--SEPTEMBER, NOT MAY

ASTEROID BOMBARDMENT EXPECTED

DISBELIEF?

HALLEY'S COMET DIVINELY ORDAINED?

CELESTIAL SWORD

TIME OF VISITORS, SHIPS AND NEPHILIM

OUR SOLAR SYSTEM

CHAPTER 12

WEDNESDAY, JUNE 10, 1992

MORE ON MESSENGERS

COMETS ARE 'WILD CARDS'

OORT QUESTIONED

EARTH, JUPITER--BANG, BANG

HOW TO BACK IT UP?

WATER: A CRUCIAL ROLE

VARIED WATERY OCCURENCE

WHY THESE SPECULATIONS?

CELESTIAL SEEING-EYES

CHAPTER 13

SATURDAY, JUNE 13, 1992

MEDITATION

BY ANY OTHER LABEL--SHAN/EARTH

FIRST SETTLEMENT

LANGUAGE BRANCHES

ANCIENT ALPHABETS CHART

TIAMAT BECOMES GAIA

SAME PICTURE AS GENESIS

TODAY'S OUTLAY

EVEN SCIENTISTS CAN MAKE IT ADD-UP

OOPS!! OTHER ABNORMALITIES

EARTH'S AGE: FOUR BILLION-PLUS

PLATE TECTONICS

HONOR TO ALFRED WEGENER

IMPORTANCE OF THESE GEOLOGIC AREAS AS RECOGNIZED AS PLACES OF THE LION

OTHER FORCES INVOLVED

HOW LONG HAS THIS BEEN GOING ON?

WHAT WAS THE CATACLYSM?

PAGANISM?

CHAPTER 14

MONDAY, JUNE 15, 1992

THOUGHT FOR TODAY

NECESSARY REMINDERS OF THIS WORK

IN OUR MIDST

ALL TRUTH WILL STAND

THE CURRENT WORK

IMPORTANT FOR ALL YOU AUTHORS

LIBERATOR WILL ENDURE

TODAY'S OBSERVATIONS

PHOTON BELT FIASCO

MILITARY STRIRRINGS OMINOUS, MULTI-NATIONAL

NOW, FOR THE PHOTON BELT ITSELF

CAN THAT PHOTON PHENOMENON BE STOPPED?

THREE DAYS OF DARKNESS

INTRODUCTION TO THAT BOOK:

CHAPTER 15

THURSDAY, JUNE 18, 1992

SAN LUIS OBISPO CONNECTION

THE SLO CONNECTION (Number One in Series)

G.H.W. BUSH: DRUG CZAR

ZAPATA: OFFSHORE OIL, CATTLE, DRUGS

NAME: ZAPATA

COINCIDENCES, CONNECTIONS, QUESTIONS

REFERENCE LIST ........

CHAPTER 16

THURSDAY, JUNE 18, 1992

DARKNESS

PURIFICATION/CHASTISEMENT

SIGNPOSTS

THE TRAP OF THE SENSES

PREPARATION IS REQUISITE

WHAT IS MEANT BY THE CONVERSION OF THE JEW?

SATANIC ACTIVITIES INCREASING

RELATING BIBLE PROPHECIES TO MODERN ONES

A SPECIAL JUDGEMENT

A LOOK BACK AT ONE CALLED NOAH

VERY RECENT PROPHECIES

THE MESSAGE IS CLEAR

END

DEDICATION

To all who seek Truth and unto My Remnant for the Days of God are present even in the midst of the Darkness of Evil. So shall the passage be made into the Lighted places of the Lion that all shall come within the shelter of HIS WINGS and SOAR AS EAGLES. Amen.

FOREWORD

I have little to say as we enter into this unfoldment--needing to begin in the middle of circumstances and fleshing out in both directions as we write.

In the beginning is only an actual "Once Upon a Time"....! But you MUST come to realize, and very quickly now, that you didn't just go "big bang" and neither did you "swim ashore". You were created as Man and brought unto this placement by your elder species. Also and "further more" you did not assemble from the asteroid belt of the "big bang". But you did have a very large happening occur and now you are making it back around to the place in the cycles wherein you can expect another and even more powerful "Bang-Bang", time warp, time shift and energy shift-into a time of experience of LIGHT.

We have efforted to bring comfort to you with our presence and purpose but you as a species and civilization are "right up against it". This is going to get more and more tumultuous as "time" passes and events unfold. May you be given to understand and recognize that which IS TRUTH from the LIES of the adversary for therein lies your direction and passage.

There will be the distractions as the "daily JOURNAL" unfolds and, if it is inconvenient in the reading, I apologize--but you have so much to learn and we have so little "time" in which to give it unto you. My scribe is "human" as are you so we shall do the very best we can and YOU shall have to do the rest. Salu

May we walk this wondrous passage together for I am but your elder brother come as Host to bring you home.

Gyeorgos Ceres Hatonn/Aton

The Beginning and the Never-ending!

CHAPTER 1

REC #1 HATONN

MON., MAY 25, 1992 9:25 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 283

MONDAY, MAY 25, 1992

NOTATIONS

Will you begin to center yourself this day? As you do so you will discover something worthwhile extending toward the periphery of the circle. You will find again some of the joy in the "now", some of the peace in the "here", some of the love in me and in self which go to make up the kingdom of heaven as can be perceived even upon your Earth. My lifetime listens to yours, oh brethren, and I have come to share today with you.

My own growth is enhanced every time I, Hatonn, give my attention fully to another being--and this process is multiplied over and over and over again. This can only be Truth for your own journey, precious ones, for I am but YOU grown in wisdom and presence. Will you be there for someone today? Always God sends his hosts and messengers to be with YOU--will YOU return in like manner? It is your ticket home!

And can ye share? Can you REALLY listen to another and allow his relating an important event that has happened to him?--without trying to "top" him with a story of your own? Can you not allow another "to have the stage"?

And while you ponder priorities and what shall ye do in order of importance TODAY--does God and thine own spiritual journey and family go begging? Brothers, get your priorities straight for no one is ever known to have said on his death bed, "Gee, if I'd only spent more time at the office or at the bar gathering relationships!"

Ye shall have arrived in the human format when you live your life as an exclamation, not an explanation.

***

BRIGHT NEW VISTAS FROM A LONG LONG HISTORY

As we sit to write this day I am going to turn our attention to another portal--as I so often do. I always must apologize for the interruptions in thought flow but, oh my children, there is so much more that is worthy of thine goals and directions and understanding--than can be held in the evil practices upon your beings. You cannot turn unto these things, however, until you understand that which has pulled you down and is in the process of destroying your very freedom--but there is more to your past than the last 2000 centuries of downfall into the ashes. There is the wondrous rising of the Phoenix and its return to be reveled within in power and glory. To the Native Aboriginal Humans (People) of the Tribes of the Flight People, it is a time of rejoicing for the oral tradition promises that this is the time of the return of that Pale Prophet, that wondrous teacher, the White Buffalo Cow Woman--or that Lost White Brother. In every language the story is pouring forth if the resource be in truth and recognition of the relationships with the "Bird Tribes" is understood. Can we pull away from the tirade against you briefly and share some of the unfolding of the REALLY great mysteries?

ATLANTIS: WHAT AND WHY

To understand why Earth is in its present turmoil, you must look back in time and remember the great civilization of Atlantis and that of Lemuria. I need not go further back at this time for these remnants hold enough to give verification of your "present". Atlantis, for instance, is not a figment of science fiction, but was a tangible civilization in Earth’s past history. It, however, only represents the more recent experience, the uplifting of civilization and then, again, the downfall--beyond the continents and civilizations upon which it was built.

Because it plays such a linking portion of your historical travels as human man upon planet Earth I shall briefly focus upon it for a minute before moving on to the portions and locations which have more in-depth and pointed information intended for one or two to receive in the silence within.

MASTER THIS THIRD DIMENSION

How can you master the third dimensional environment of Earth? Firstly, by getting to truly "know yourselves"--who you ARE, what you ARE, why you ARE here. Next, by learning to control all aspects of this wondrous environment of learning--in a positive manner bringing you back within God's intended path and into balance and harmony--not chaos. Thirdly, you must come into understanding this "Earth" Shan and its relationship to what lies beyond the third dimensional environment.

In Atlantis, man had advanced to a remarkable degree of control and understanding of the third dimensional environment, and was at a point where he could have led Earth Shan and its inhabitants into the fourth dimensional experience of physical-spiritual growth. Instead, some who possessed advanced knowledge began to abuse and pervert this knowledge by enslaving other men, and by misusing their spiritual POWERS in various other ways. When this abuse of spiritual power became too widespread, it set into motion certain forces which resulted in the eventual disintegration and destruction of the civilization. This destruction did not occur in one giant cataclysm, as may be commonly supposed. Rather, it occurred as a process of decline that lasted over thousands of years. During this period of degeneration, the continent gradually broke apart and yielded its majority portions to the ocean. Gradually, the inhabitants of this once great civilization migrated to various parts of Earth, taking with them the remembered skills and technologies that resulted in the archaeological wonders that fascinate you today. Modern archeology is for the most part at a loss to explain such evidences as still exist in Central and South America, in England and Egypt and elsewhere around Earth. There is most certainly a total lack of any kind of understanding of the "beings" who dwell on two planets (two dimensions) as are found in places about the globe. But always there would be forms sent forth in guardian capacity in both the underground facilities and within the etheric realms to attend the sacred history and treasures of each segment of unfoldment. You must realize that the "creation" is as old as “Creator”--therefore ye cannot be in the dating or timing of existence--on your place or anywhere else within the whole of Universe. This is why I can only speak of "historical" remembering as handed down and as overseen by we who have already passed that way and already "remember".

PHILIPPINES

SPOTLIGHTED

How many of you would believe that the Philippines, as currently located, hold the keys of transition and reformation as well as rebuilding of the remnant upon the beautiful Creation Shan? There are other portions in other places but central to the reclamation of this cycle of life-stream of you as a civilization and experience of God self upon that land-mass manifest--shall come to balance and focus within the wondrous places rising in the Sea of Peace, called Philippines.

Ah yes, ye can take the ministers and touters, missionaries and gurus into the places of the Lions--BUT YOU CANNOT TAKE THE PLACES OF THE LIONS AND BIRD TRIBES FROM THE HEARTS OF THE PEOPLE!

As with all tarnished writings and histories under tampering, eventually the memory of the glorious civilization that once existed, faded entirely except in the awareness of the adepts who possessed the arcanum, and in the subconscious minds of former Atlanteans to be remembered through the ORAL traditions and legends of the passage of great sequences and cycles. The stories bore meaning even if the subject as present was seemingly pagan and ritualistic in behavior--nay, nay, the Truth would always be present for the ones come forth in the remembering in the time of service unto Creation/Creator.

UNFOLDING DIVINE PLAN

So, you would ask, what has this to do with the unfoldment of the Divine Plan? Just this--Atlantis was not the only great civilization that has evolved upon Earth. There have been many others lost to antiquity such as Lemuria. But you are so attached to some ones such as Lemuria that the memory cannot be erased for you who experienced therein are destined to serve again NOW. Each time that mankind has advanced to the level of a Lemuria or an Atlantis, it has had within its reach the opportunity to raise Earth's level of consciousness to fourth dimensional awareness and it has failed. Each failure was due to the misuse of spiritual powers which allowed total takeover by evil intent locked within the "physical" expression, in turn entrapping the soul and delaying its passage into glorious radiance.

In the past, this could be condoned because there was still yet another chance. Now, however, you have reached a point in Earth's history and in galactic evolution where the transition into fourth dimensional consciousness must be made so that you can perceive the dimensional expression of understanding and KNOWING the principles of LIFE-STREAM experience.

Let me explain a bit more clearly. The Divine Plan is based upon the Will of God (Spirit, Universal Mind, or whatever name you might choose to call the indefinable Infinite Intelligence). Divine Mind always proceeds in an orderly, evolutionary pattern predicated upon its principles of Universal Law. Wherever this Divine Plan affects man, he is always made aware so that he will have the opportunity to cooperate and grow upward in this evolutionary spiral.

Man is now being made aware, through many means, such as this very discourse, of certain galactic facts of universal, immortal life. As you know, your solar system is a part of the Milky Way galaxy as you have identified it. Your solar system revolves around the Milky Way in an orbit that takes some 206 million years as you would calculate in your numbers. We can refer to this revolution of your solar system around the galaxy as the Great Cycle Orbit. Your solar system (our solar system--for you are a segment within the solar system (actually) of Pleiades with our Central Sun), was created some time in your type of counting at least 4-1/2 billion years ago. This rough estimate will serve us well enough for our purposes herein. I am not going to teach you "truth in astronomy" nor "astrological divining". This corresponds to 22 Great Cycle Orbits of your solar system around the Greatest Central Sun, not to be confused with the Central Sun, Alcione, of Pleiades. You see and must understand that the Divine Plan as regards YOU is not finished--only progressing into other expression of the continuing "play" in action.

In the Will of Divine Mind, as communicated to the Spiritual Echelon of our solar system, this completes the time cycle in which our entire solar system is to remain in its present state of evolution. As the age of understanding and higher knowing moves into a new frequency vibration where no expression below the fourth dimension will long continue to exist, comes the need to reconstruct and have guidance into this higher state of experience. Man has a basic set of "phases" in experience as a whole, and the "whole" concept will be moving into that which is higher in experience, while some fragments will continue in ignorance within an experience of limitations and bondage and others will experience in the total void of Lightlessness--and others who serve as simple "lesson creations" will be removed and cease to experience.

Man began to experience life in your system centuries in the millions past, at the beginning of the present Greatest Cycle Orbit. The Divine Plan is for all human life within your solar system to achieve at least the awareness of cosmic consciousness by the end of this orbit which is reaching its conclusion now with the time of Kali (Chaos). This means that man of Earth must immediately become aware of what cosmic consciousness is and take the necessary steps to raise his individual level of consciousness to that state of knowing awareness. Failure to do so will result in self destruction! Man of Earth, in your present state, simply cannot tolerate the new incoming change in physical frequencies even if he could survive the physical bombardment thrust against him by the evil intent and projection of man.

Within this Great Cycle Orbit, there have been a number of lesser cycles. When the Atlantean civilization failed to reach its development potential, this left only the so-called 26,000 year "minor" cycle of the zodiac (as you call it) to complete the Plan. As this present age draws to a close, this cycle, concurrently with the Great Cycle Orbit, comes to an ending.

Right now, planet Earth is the only planet in your solar system where man has not yet reached the cosmic level of awareness. This level of consciousness must now be rapidly attained in order to fulfill the Divine Plan and insure your continuity of passage as a species of this civilization.

OTHER PLANETS OF OUR SUN

Because you cannot find life on other planets in your solar system does not mean there were no life-forms prior to now, now or will be in the future perception. YOU are too limited in your understanding of factual progression to begin to understand the evolution of life-forms. YOU are stuck with the limitations of your UNREALITY for you must rely solely upon your five physical senses, and upon the findings of conventional Earth science, to tell you whether or not intelligent human life might exist on other planets of even your own solar system. Worse yet, you rely on ANOTHER'S perception and speculation and pronouncement regarding "other places out there".

At the close of every civilization as you now face--through man's progression along the binding physical plane while denying the spiritual aspects of divinity and infinite journey there is wondrous contact and inter-relations formed and experienced between Cosmic intelligence.

When Atlantis was at its height, there was open communication between Earth and the other planets of your system. After the fall, however, this open communication was removed for you no longer had desire for "balance" and had sank into the mire of total humanistic experience. Now that man of Earth has again evolved to a point where he can make the transition into higher consciousness, communication and contacts with extraterrestrial beings has again increased and will become most "common". This being the "Greatest" Cycle, there will be present many changes undreamt of except through the minds of the ones sent forth to enlighten you of the truth of it.

Indeed, there is a Divine Plan. Do not believe for one moment that the ONLY plan afoot is the Plan 2000 of the Evil segment of Elite Human Puppet Masters. The Plan involves many, many beings, human and otherwise, from within and without the Earth's planetary structure. It will behoove all men to open their minds and their hearts to at least consider these possibilities. It will be far better to cooperate and work with the Divine Plan and to reap the Divine Love, Light, Life, Peace, Truth and Joy that it offers, than to oppose it and reap eons of misery and regrets. The "coming back" is indeed a long, hard journey.

WHO WILL HEAR

You ones of Truth will find it very difficult, especially as you witness the Truth unfolding in your very presence, to believe that anyone hearing what I have just told you could ignore it or cast it aside without further investigation. It would seem to take an extremely prejudiced and unthinking mind to simply disregard this information but there ARE those minds abounding upon your physical placement.

There are many, however, wise and beautiful souls upon your Earth Shan. When they are made aware of an intelligent Divine Plan which offers tangible and visible proof beyond the limited teachings of "religions" (which actually build to a point of total entrapment and then fizzle into agonizing deceit) they will awaken and be made aware of an intelligent Divine Plan. They will want more and more to participate in bringing the Plan into fruition. The most difficult obstacle for most of them is to scale those orthodox walls of entrapment. The second most difficult obstacle will be to rise above the self-imposed limitation of relying only upon the five physical senses. You all, readers herein, have that very bondage nagging at your very senses constantly.

We will continue to allow insight into the Divine Plan unfolding--but it must be in proper sequence and it must flow unto the "leaders" who come forth again as representatives of the higher Commands and “Sky People”. Will ALL come "home"? No, for the play is not finished--when the play is finished ALL will come again, in Truth, unto and within the ONE.

UNLEARNING THE FALSE

Before the "few" can come into the knowing (remembering) of purpose and journey, there must be a period of reminding, recognition of status and unlearning false precepts. God never leaves his fledglings flapping mindlessly for very long. As with all great cycle changes, preparations are laid forth for tangible use during your time of change that the changes brought forth can build a bridge into infinite MIND in a dimensional manner appropriate to the experience. Great treasures of wisdom and wealth are placed for use and guarded by the "guardians" sent (and remaining in higher states of presentation) until such time as an unveiling of purpose can be recognized, proven and integrated within.

Each time that man's evolution upon Earth has reached a point where he could advance to a much higher level, this "treasure", if you will, has been brought forth and made available to a worthy custodian to use for the benefit of all mankind--simply, quietly and in logical, reasonable manner to draw no attention from the masses or adversary. This has not taken place since the fall of Atlantis, yea, these 26,000 years ago. Since that time the very items in point have been placed in the appropriate locations for use against the day of final and incredible change and transition. Until the proper ones are in place and into enough understanding to move "with purpose" and "under direction" of highest intent, nothing shall be presented for corruption at man's hands. Always will come the accompanying opening-up of opportunity at Earth level of experience to continue to "cover" carefully the building and needs of the remnant in security.

In recent history, there have been numerous individuals who have sought unsuccessfully to uncover this vast wealth as you might guess. There have been the deceivers and this is WHY the adversary clings to and bombards the workers of Lighted Cause--to get on the "inside" and garner wealth without honor in Truth or production.

However, this is so well guarded that accidental discovery IS IMPOSSIBLE. The reason for this is obvious. Were this "wealth" and "knowledge" to fall into the wrong hands it could literally destroy the whole of mankind--and in addition, at least destroy the Divine Plan in interruption and flow. Contacts would be made in "strange" ways into the hearts and minds of "guardians" and participants and what would be needed would be presented in most logical manner of presentation. All of these things are yet to be unfolded unto you. You who are coming into recognition of purpose will KNOW when it is time to KNOW. Until such timing is proper, ye will continue to do thine works as guided in integration with us of the Hosts sent forth for the sorting, testing and ultimate instructions, guidance and actual building of that which is necessary. Many fail the testing and sorting--MANY! In fact, until this day--almost ALL. Aren't we lucky that I can say "almost" and not ALL?

Before this vast abundance can be presented for use, much must be taught and directed so that no errors in placement are allowed. Hearts and directions change when wealth is presented into any equation--this be for God's evolvement--not for the "hell of it" for "man's further foolishness". So be it.

Dharma, you are needed elsewhere. I, Hatonn, shall stand by.

CHAPTER 2

REC #2 HATONN

WED., MAY 27, 1992 7:12 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 285

WEDNESDAY, MAY 27, 1992

(Continuation of Monday writing on The Divine Plan and Places in Between.)

THE INFINITE

It is the INFINITE of this journey which is sought and achieved regardless of direction "thought" has laid forth. All is but cycles ending in the infinity of the whole--circle of infinity, if ye will. The journey will spiral always until such time as thought projection takes you into the sequence of events which allows for learning and passage--each experience and portion adding to the whole until the circle becomes ONE.

Let us look briefly at the symbolic circle which can well indicate an "ending" or a "beginning" of THE circle of experience and expression manifest in the life-stream of the fragment in expression--projected outward and returning honed and learned in Knowing, unto ONENESS once again--a sequence--not a "time"; a segment--not a "space". In this wondrous connection of the circle to itself, one can perceive, perhaps, a destiny in which the world is "gone". As you come into the oneness with creator into this voidance of time and space--all will be at peace and rest without perception of impact upon the blessed wholeness of "being". Even the music is gone but there need be no perception of such for that which replaces the senses of music is that which BECOMES the music and needs no "hearing". There is only infinite Reality symbolized by the circle of endless time.

This is what teachers have called Tao, Nirvana, whatever the term according to communication of intent and definition. The illusion of the world and the illusion of the Self in the world both come to an end. Only infinite Reality remains. This integration represents "conquest" of the world and its illusion. When the world is conquered, it fades away. Only Truth remains, Truth nameless, formless, limitless, Truth to be discovered only by inward experience and dwelling with the Oneness within and the Knowing of the mystery of that which before had only been "symbols". May the Truth rest gently upon your being that you might find your way more clearly.

KNOWLEDGE

What, then, is it that we are after in our searching--our journey? We look for Truth, Knowing and Returning in wholeness unto Source--always leaving that which is Truth for the generations to come. It is always through enforced "ignorance" that man is conquered by the adversary of God. Enlighten Man and ye have no adversary. Truth and Knowing gives the FREEDOM long sought as goal unto eternity and infinite balance in harmony with ALL.

So what has happened through the ages that MAN has tampered and destroyed to keep from the people created in such perfection and intelligent God reason? The great stores of "knowledge" were destroyed, rewritten, changed to serve the power-hungry and rulers of the physical experience--in other words, evil, for only physical human has "created" evil--all other expressions simply ARE.

So where does the story, this never-ending story--take up memory patterns which allows for insight? We choose to reveal that which can be connected within your own oral mythology.

With the closing of "cycles", Truth must be left for the next sequence of experience so that in the ending of each cycle--Truth can come again as the Hosts are always sent with the messengers to prepare for the coming again of information long stored against the day of recovery--to give confirmation and understanding in measured input allowing belief and comprehension for MAN cannot longer stand shock against his density in manifestation--he has moved too far into the darkness and away from his very substance, the "Photon" expression as "Light".

Since we, my scribe and I, often move back into an experience upon which to bring understanding within our connection, we journey in the memory of those times of Egyptians and recognition of Aton and feeble beginnings at recognition of Truth. Constantly comes the testing of readiness of species and civilizations in the density of placement in the cause of learning. Always it has been the thrust of the Elite would-be-gods to destroy and change Truth to deceive and maintain power. Why think ye that places such as the great libraries such as that of the Alexandrian Library were destroyed? But were the writings in Truth or simply a place of "scholars" in projection of opinion and already tampered documentation which would further pull mankind from his direction of Lighted paths? That which "awed" and "awes" the world are usually the imperfections of ego-oriented MAN. What happened at Alexandria? Let us look a bit at the setting and see if perhaps there was yet much to be desired in the writings either before or after the destruction of scrolls and sheets of scribblings. "Writing" usually is only a method of setting down misinformation to remind the readers of the lies and to reinforce same. Truth abides in the memory and can never be completely destroyed. This is WHY the oral traditions, even with symbols misunderstood by the masses--hold the actual Truth of evolvement and connections with infinite eternal experience.

DESTRUCTION OF ALEXANDRIAN LIBRARY

Since I have now spoken of Alexandria, let us consider what happened as historically expressed.

It is generally acknowledged that the ancient Egyptians possessed an extraordinary knowledge of the arts and sciences. Their earliest Pharaohs were patrons of learning in all its branches. Their priests and philosophers were noted among the most scholarly of men. I did not say "knowledgeable", I said "scholarly"! The architecture of the Egyptians awed the world for centuries, and their wisdom in chemistry, anatomy, medicine, and astronomy was no less amazing. How could it be? Even to limited perception one must realize that something came prior to this "wisdom" of earth scholars.

Under the dynasty of the Ptolemies, the city of Alexandria became a mecca for so-called scholars. The studious of all nations congregated there to enjoy unparalleled opportunities for mental self-improvement and perhaps this is when massive mental disinformation really got a strong hold on civilization. Poets, historians, philosophers, and dramatists assembled in the city of the Ptolemies largely to consult the vast libraries which had been accumulated by the Pharaohs of this illustrious line. I would note herein that the only Pharaoh of the time period who was worthy of any note at all was one called Akhnaton. Therefore, if the libraries were allowed and filled with "great" wisdom--it undoubtedly was the "wisdom" chosen by the ruler in power at the time and by simply "deductive reasoning"--it was not of God in intent.

Knowledge, like a magnet, draws more knowledge to itself, even if it be erroneous input, and by the second century before the so-called Christian Era the city of Alexandria had become a veritable metropolis of books. "Its libraries are referred to in ancient documents as the glory of the world--the axis of the intellectual universe." The misinformation in the prior "words" is enough to make you "barf" if you have a weak stomach.

In addition to numerous private libraries collected by specialists in various departments of learning, and the secret collections written in the hieratic glyphs of the priests, there were two immense public collections.

The largest of these was the Brucheum which formed a branch of the national Museum of Antiquities; it contained some 490,000 papyri, vellums, tablets, and inscriptions, magnificently arranged in the niches and wings of a great rotunda-like gallery. Do you see how much more vastly disinformation can flow this day! Anyone with a personal computer can flush through waste at incredible speeds and completely bury the mind of Man in total garbage or, worse, deceive Man into believing he must have interpreters and go-betweens, authorities other than self and "saviors" to take his burden and "save even his soul".

The second and smaller public collection, devoted almost exclusively to obscure forms of knowledge and therefore probably of greater practical value, was contained in the temple of Serapis, the patron deity of the Ptolemies. This building, called the Serapeum, housed 42,800 rolls preserved in fireproof containers shaped somewhat like buckets with tightly fitted lids.

The various private collections brought the total number of priceless literary treasures in Alexandria to a figure exceeding one million documents. This was a mighty feat in accomplishment even if not pure in intent or content.

It is difficult to compare this ancient collection with any modern library. Many institutions of the present day contain a larger number of books, as for example even before the age of the electronic brains, or "brainless" machinery, in the late 1930's the British Museum had over seventy-five miles of bookshelves. This did NOT include the "new" thrust in writing of the British/Zionist Khazarian Plan of World Conquest in other than subtle form. The REAL blueprints were kept in even more hidden places.

The Alexandrian collection was made up entirely of hand-written works, for the most part unique copies of the greatest antiquity, each of which today would be worth a king's ransom--but not for the proper reason of truth in content--simply value of antiquity. How interesting that one could not purchase an Alexandrian collection at any price today. Again, not because of its quality of knowledge implied--but because of its antiquity--which instructions were destructive then and have only been built upon since the writings.

ACTUALLY THREE DISASTERS

How did the Alexandria Library actually fall into destruction? Well, it probably differs a bit from what you perceive and have been told. It was NOT deliberately burned as is assumed. Actually Caesar didn't give a hang about the library. In the first century B.C., Cleopatra contested with her brother for the throne of Egypt. Caesar ordered the burning of the fleet in the harbor of Alexandria. A strong wind rose, the fire reached the docks and spread. Before the conflagration could be checked it had destroyed the Brucheum and the greater part of the city.

When Cleopatra entered Alexandria under the favor of Caesar, she ordered herself carried to the ruins of the great library. She beheld a veritable mountain of charred manuscripts and rolls, and the Queen of the Sun cursed her ancestors that they had not made adequate provision to protect the library from fire. She knew a good antique when she saw one.

The burning of the Brucheum was regarded by the Egyptians as a national disaster and by way of atonement Rome presented to Cleopatra several valuable collections of manuscripts which it had accumulated from conquered peoples. Mark Antony was especially active in the restoration of the Brucheum. Surely enough--the new rulers could rewrite history to suit themselves.

The great Alexandrian libraries were a second time destroyed by Aurelian about A.D. 273. The Serapeum was completely razed by the Christians in A.D. 389 upon the Edict of Theodosius.

The colossal statue of the weeping god Serapis which stood in the midst of the Serapeum also was demolished at this time.

Alexandria never entirely recovered from the third catastrophe. The love of learning lingered on, however, until the last of the great collections was entirely wiped out by Amru the Saracen in A.D. 640.

Thus perished the "glory" of the world, the sanctuary of the arts and sciences, mother of "wisdom". And knowledge has continued its decline ever since at the hands of liars and despots.

If it were asked what humanity has lost through the destruction of the Alexandrian libraries, it will be said that after Alexandria came the Dark Ages--the total eclipse of essential learning. I would not be so kind for I would suggest that the Dark Ages came just prior to the great and wondrous "building" of the libraries. Today a hundred branches of art, science, philosophy, and religion are laboring franticly and painfully to restore that which was wrong and incorrect in the first place.

The lost arts and sciences, the secrets of everlasting pigments, the mystery of malleable glass, the ever-burning lamps, and the transmutation of metals are among the losses as stated by modern scholars and actually are listed as "minor losses". What in heaven's name is "important losses"? Transmutation of metals--a "minor" loss? Wake up little sheeple, the barn is on fire!

The greater tragedy, however, is the loss of the factual histories of the antediluvian world--the beginnings of civilization--even the tampered, still bearing the myths which DID HOLD FRAGMENTS OF TRUTH. The origin of races, philosophies, religions, and sciences--the accumulated knowledge of the lost Atlantis--and the story of its final destruction, when, according to the Mayans, it sank some ten to twelve thousand or so, years ago, carrying sixty millions of souls into transition in a single night--not to mention the slow decay and degradation of the experience.

Thus the most precious secrets of human origin, to which you have recovered only the faintest clues, vanished in smoke. However, I can promise you that by this day--there would be nothing of Truth to be found within those vaults at any rate.

I sincerely hope that you ones will go and read of the times of Alexander, Alexandria and the Khazarians (in the JOURNALS) for you have been given lies instead of rebirthing of Truth through those destructions of ancient times.

To connect the stories it may appear that I jump hither and yon in my outlay of input. I must do this because there are ones in receiving who are being given their instructions and confirmations in bits and pieces and those ones are scattered to the various critical locations for service and guardianship of that which was laid safe against this day of transition, coming into KNOWING and passage of a remnant--a return of the Bird Tribes, if you will. A regathering of Eagles among the "bird" people that fulfillment of the instructions for passage might be brought into manifestation for the flight (migration).

COOPERATION AND SURVIVAL

IT IS NOT A CASE OF SURVIVAL OF THE FITTEST, AS YOUR BELIEF SYSTEMS, BASED ON SHORT-TERM OBSERVATION, PROCLAIM. IT IS A CASE OF FLOURISHMENT OF THE MOST COOPERATIVE BASED ON TRUTH, WISDOM AND REACHING FOR BALANCE, HARMONY AND ONENESS WITH THE SOURCE.

As we have spoken of the Lighted particles of molecular structure according to a DNA blueprint--so too does the Divine Plan have DNA blueprint. Just as distinct, little beings work together to produce each completed human cell, there are spirit beings designed to work in symbiotic cooperation with each human ego.

There are many names for US. We have been called angels, Bird Tribes, bird people, higher selves, hoksedas, spirits of the stars and thus and so. The reality of what we are is more than a name can convey. We are the multiple projections of the Eternal One, spirits designed to blend with present day humans. You now consider yourselves to be your "egos", but egos are only a portion (perhaps the one most destructive to growth aspect) of the human equation. The complete human is a spirit/ego partnership.

You are individualized aspects of one holy and eternal Being. You are your spirits as they exist apart from the spell of "matter". You do not evolve--you incarnate. Your intelligence is pre-existent; your identities, highly-focused frequencies of "star" "light". You need us of the guides to be whole, just as we need you to fully enter and do our work in the physical plane as we fulfill our purpose. We all seek to awaken in your minds and hearts, to incarnate in your bodies that you might realize the purpose and intent of your journey.

We are sent to return your human circuitry to its Creator and again into KNOWING. Yet your human egos are the guardians of this circuitry, the stewards of your minds and hearts, and without your egos' cooperation, our bonding and sharing is impossible.

You ego-ruled humans who feud and fight among yourselves do not realize the obvious: the very values that you employ to determine your social behavior, would, if employed by your body parts, effectively block any cooperative association of ribosome’s, enzymes, mitochondria and other little life forms of crystalline life-force from providing you with even a single coherent cell, to say nothing of a healthy and integral human body.

Hundreds of thousands of little beings, all working voluntarily together, make a human body what it is. It is not a case of survival of the fittest, you must come to see, as your belief systems, based on short-term observation of the universe verifies--or seems to verify. It is rather a case of flourishment of the most cooperative, as all long-term observation of the universe verifies. It is through cooperation with one another that diverse forms of life adapt and thrive. And it is only through the symbiotic cooperation of a multitude of simpler organisms that more complex organisms like your bodies are able to come into existence at all.

OPTIMUM MOMENT IS HERE

At critical stages in their development, life forms cooperate for their own advantage with other separate and distinct life forms. Over time their cooperation results in union. A new organism comes into being. Again and again this occurs in the formation of complex life forms.

This is analogous to what is about to happen again as your late 20th century human world reaches the optimal moment for materially oriented, ego-ruled human beings to be joined by their spirit world counterparts--US!

Your race is soon to experience widespread awakenings, or as some will see it, a massive descent of beings from the stars.

We represent the dreams of the Great Spirit, the true dreams, the Truth, the clear dreams, the pure dreams, never tainted by fear, never touched by any motivation other than the motivation of love; and yet, we are dreams nevertheless. Thoughts. Discarnate beings drifting formless through a universe that has placed the highest value on form, living in the consciousness of a Creator whose desire is to take form in the very creature that will result from our bonding with you in an effort to help you remember what and who you ARE. We are sent (come) to remind you and again bring knowledge, Truth and wisdom within your beings that you can find your way back within the infinite circle of reality.

Our spiritual intelligence is the missing dimension, the rejected aspect, of your own wholeness. For thousands of years, you have been afraid of us. Many of you are now learning that you have nothing to lose and everything to gain by establishing contact with us once again. It is only your ego that makes you fear.

Your ego is here to look after your physical body, to make sure it gets enough to eat, to make sure it does not walk over the edge of a cliff or damage itself unknowingly. Your ego is the steward and potential master of all material-plane fears, an important and necessary component of your identity. However, your ego was never meant to provide you with your primary sense of self--and you have turned over your infinite destiny into the control of a mechanical physically-oriented destroyer of spiritual reality and growth.

In a healthy state, the ego is a secondary component of identity and when it becomes the "first", you are doomed until you reach out and regain control.

In a healthy state, the Being behind all being, the self behind every self, the Great Spirit behind all creation is experienced as your primary sense of self. Your ego does not have to be repressed or transcended for this to happen. It does not have to perish. It simply has to assume an appropriate relationship with the spirit that in Truth you ARE, the spirit that wants to incarnate and take up residence in your body/mind/heart system. Not as in "walk-in" but rather as "invited" wisdom.

EGO REFLECTION

Your ego is by nature simply a "reflection". It can either be a good, sharp, clear reflection, or it can be an independent, controlling reflection. Yet logic shows there is no such thing as an "independent reflection". Your ego may create such an illusion and fool you but if you believe in it, you will be troubled and unfulfilled and continually work diligently toward your own destruction.

When your ego stops "trying" to do everything all by itself and you bring it back within control, and invite eternal spirit into your consciousness in Truth of understanding, your historical illusion evaporates like mist on a bright and sun-filled morning. A polarity reversal takes place in the charge of your human envelope. The field of consciousness around you changes. Instead of your ego dominating your sense of identity and blocking your awareness of the Great Spirit, an eternal sense of self awakens within you. You know yourself as a projection of the Creator of all the stars in the sky. You know yourself as one of a family of god-beings, sharing God's Being. You remember! Everything is seen differently, clearly and in proper KNOWING. Your ego becomes your working partner and servant, and you commence the conscious creation of a new human reality.

We bring to you an angelic awareness that historically has not often been incarnate in human form. We therefore bring an eternal continuity of consciousness that henceforth you might know yourselves as we know ourselves. Together, in loving cooperation, we join to provide spirit and matter with the optimal balance.

We are NOT here to dominate your ego, but to secure its agreement, that between us we might work together and, ultimately, as the perception of time and proper sequence of this transition pass, merge into a single, biological, spiritual and psychological entity--an entity that shall in no way deny the needs and concerns of either ego or spirit, but that shall in every way honor and fulfill the fundamental design and purpose of BOTH.

UNDERSTANDING

We understand love and how it seeks to become objectified in a material universe. Your human egos understand the mechanics of the physical plane. Together we will form a single, creative dyad, an entry point into which the Eternal One's universal creativity will pour and from there, flow out to thoroughly transform these realms of matter.

We are come now to help you make the shift from unconscious, creature worlds of biology, to conscious co-creative biology. We are here to make this great time of change as gentle as possible. Our purpose is to blend with your race, to bring you into harmony with the Creator and with the earth, to create a world that works for everyone, a world that allows for the optimal development of all creative potential. Many human beings are already consciously blending with us. Wherever human hearts are willing to honor the spirits of love, we are present, we "incarnate". We complete the human creation come into KNOWING.

During the age when fear was enthroned as the god at the source of human motivation, our incarnations only rarely occurred. By this statement, do not misinterpret intent of meaning in absolute definition. Most of us--your symbiotic counterparts, the missing pieces that are needed to make you fully HUman--flew to the gentler, non-physical realms of higher vibration, fluttering away as birds might fly, startled at the thrashing of some loud and ignorant creature, only now to return, to approach you again under more favorable conditions.

I can present only that which befits higher brotherhood--as one who has walked upon your plains and knows wherein I speak for God would not leave you devoid of that to which you can relate.

You who are controlled by the options and opinions of "another" are sorely in error. You CANNOT find self outside of self--you will only find "other" and it will be of little value to you now and of no value at all to you later as you meet responsibility for the experience of journey and action.

As we focus now on places of the Lion and the Eagle we must remember that the "FireBird" has given that which would be needed. This one bears labels of all nations and all people but all represent the one outside of ALL THINGS--holding ALL THINGS and being ALL THINGS.

The great spirit is the single "Being" whose unfoldment has become this universe, the Source of all Life and you ones have long ago FORGOTTEN the meaning herein. I like the interchangeable titles as given especially by the native populations awaiting return of that Great Spirit: Mother God, Father God, Wakan Tanka, Eternal One, Mother of Old Ones, Goddess, Great One, Holy Spirit, Grandfather of All, Above One, Eternal Being, Spirit of Truth, Thunderbird, Source of Life and Fire Bird. This is pleasing to my own recognition for it represents Truth of direction--Sky People, Bird Tribes, Winged Silver Clouds of the Sky-Dwellers--all reminding all of the attachment to the eternal and infinite ALL.

TIME OF PURIFICATION

It is time now for the receiving of the Great White Roots of Peace, this representation of the principles that produce peace and unity--the uncovering of the "what went wrong" and the laying of the foundation of peace. This is in readiness for the return of the winged brethren to integrate and share in the unfolding of this Truth and Right Livelihood.

This is a period during which the earth is purified, fear and love separated in human consciousness. In the Mayan tradition and projections it represents the time from your counting of some 1987 to counting of 2011. Is this valid "prophecy"? What matter? It is the time of separate counting as the calendar of counting ended, as was, in 1987. You are in the new time of counting--year five! How many might there be? I suggest you take your fingers and add!

What are we talking about in distinction of change--what is the Great Distinction? It is living membrane that defines the boundaries of the universe, divides existing structure from future structure, separates the Tonal and the Nagual (spiritual sea of infinity that surrounds the universe like the sea surrounds a fish, contains the patterns of all possible new creation, the realm of potential and infinite energy, the non-dimensional Presence of God, that which has no name). So you now approach the "Great Line" which is living, spiraling threads that weave the membrane of the "Great Distinction".

There is a native tongue word I must relate herein for it is carried in derivation by all of the "PEOPLE" true to reality--the REAL people. It is Ongwhehonwhe: the people true to reality, the real people, a term primarily used by native tribes and technically pertaining to (and used to refer to all people whose spirit is fully incarnate and in whom spirit/ego integration has occurred) The Real People. The Original Beings. The Original Creators of Life.

I cannot define locations of geographical boundings for People come from one Source to scatter throughout the dwelling places as the changes come upon a life-form. I can only say that as we move along you will find that some of the locations and native "people" remain in guardianship of the holies and the treasures preserved against this need this day.

And what of that "treasure" and those "holies"? Well, there has been great reason for their remaining untouched and even presented in most unlikely form so that ones who are the guardians can know when the time is correct in the bringing within the receivers and workers sent to fulfill transition in properness. Man desires the wealth for self and ego greed. This is not allowed nor shall it ever be allowed as regards the places of God and unfolding of the remnant in passage. Abundance is that which shall come back for service in pure intent of goal and trust of the "keeping".

SO WHAT ABOUT IT?

What about it? If you are searching for wealth--ye shall not be given into either the finding or the receiving. If ye do of your work in service as directed, it shall come in fullness as it is discerned appropriate by higher Source. Much must be made ready--mostly the workers so that unveiling is in Light and not brought forth birthed in evil intent.

We can speak of individuals who have sought unsuccessfully to uncover this vast wealth. However, it is so well guarded that accidental discovery is impossible. The reason for this is obvious. Were this wealth to fall into the wrong hands, it could literally destroy mankind. Furthermore, before this vast wealth can even be entrusted to the proper custodian, he must be most carefully and thoroughly groomed and tested; prepared through a series of lifetimes for service at the "door". Most critical is that the one who attends come into awareness of the Divine Plan unfolding and recognizes his/her counterpart in service. For it is only through recognition that he can properly cooperate with entities beyond Earth and coordinate the use of this "treasure" for the proper benefit of mankind and necessary passage of this remnant--a rebuilding, if you will, in integrity and life-sustaining passage. We must begin with the reclamation of portions of God's own "land" and then all else can be built upon and within that "land". There must be centers of activity but not noted as “centers” lest focus fall upon the projects and cause destruction.

DOLLARS AND CENTS?

Ah, no measure of the whole can be placed on such a commodity. The treasure as such consists of that which is beyond the definition of wealth--as in the form of precious stones or metals. The treasures are in concepts, inventions, technologies, knowledge as are preserved and made ready for use through such passage--but this is in addition to vast tangible resources of such precious metals and minerals, artifacts of past civilizations and secret locations of unmined natural resources. The most valuable asset of the treasure is literally priceless, since it could not be purchased with all of the material wealth of all the worlds.

The asset to which I refer is the secret of overcoming death and transmuting oneself into the cosmic consciousness within Light. However, to reach that transition point, the things of the physical must be utilized lest the bodies not be ready and perish.

It will finally be placed into the working hands of ones who have grown (or outgrown) the need for ego-recognition and who will serve only the purpose to greater evolvement for the greatest numbers of God's creations. The very secret of success lies in the learning of the "lessons" of "management" whereby the work can be done without note and behind the guise of smallness and multiple functioning so that all needs are covered, earth itself preserved and used in harmony and a network between my "centers" be stabilized and integrated. All of this CAN be accomplished if ones will attend Truth and turn from the lie and liars. It can and will be done within the workings of that which IS for you have nothing else upon which to work--you only have that which IS.

WHO SHALL IT BE?

Why do you ask? If ye be in the preparations ye have no need to know for in the KNOWING you will recognize only the unfolding in proper sequence in return for your labor. The KEYS to the unfoldment will rest in the recognition of the messages as brought forth to understanding ones who will take their piece of the puzzle (tapestry) and HEAR THE CALL. The counterpart "receivers" will know and prepare. NO more and NO less. Would ye expect a trumpet blast and target drawings to allow for confiscation? Ye who have but for self--shall have a rude awakening, indeed. This does not mean that abundance should not bring beauty and return--but it will be only in intent of service that this measure will flow upon any one or any nation. IT IS ONLY THROUGH GOD THAT THE WHOLE OF SHIELDING CAN BE GARNERED--REMEMBER IT FOR WHEN YOU TURN FROM GOD INTO THE REACHES OF EARTH PHYSICAL--YE REMOVE YOUR ONLY PROTECTION THROUGH THE SHIELD WHICH DEFLECTS (ACTUALLY) THE NEW TECHNOLOGIES BROUGHT AGAINST YOU AS A SPECIES.

Do not trouble self over "who", etc. It will fall to the ones who have done their work and demand it not but rather serve "as if" for it is only in the knowing of receiving that unlimited perception can allow.

The guardians will know the custodian and the custodian will know the resource and stream of flow--it will not be through any self-appointed guru or person of "high ranking" physical presentation. Not only must the custodian have passed all testing and be fully prepared so recognition can be realized--but man's development must reach an acceptable level in order to be able to utilize such "treasures". We are now come into the time wherein the "Plans" must begin to come into fruition and ye shall not be given into knowing where, how, who, what and when. If ye be ready then you have no reason to ponder--if not, it shall not be of your deciding at any rate.

There are many places wherein the "treasures" are kept for they are the remnant places of the long-ago experience of continents and civilizations--placed for the unfolding or brought again from places of security for utilization at this evolvement. We are entertained by your need for hoarding of things such as gold, etc. For there will be a time when it is totally valueless to physical man as it is to spiritual progression--for we can bring it forth from atmosphere into any shape and form deemed through thought. It is the use and the users which are of importance and God knows HIS PEOPLE. So be it.

TURN TO PHYSICAL AND MISS THE BOAT

Man dreams and ponders of how he shall come into inheritance of the great treasures of wealth and knowledge. He is sure that things are hidden within the places manufactured by man such as the Great Pyramids, etc. The places of the Lion and the Bird Tribes are places of God's provision and shall emerge in strange ways in strange manners and forms unsuspected by MAN. It is well worth our own while to focus man's attention upon those egotistical monuments of Man unto Man--for in so doing, man forgets to note that God is present and at work--ONLY THE VERY FEW SHALL REALIZE THE TRUTH OF IT. If you wish to have sweet dreams, little brothers, you must first plant the seeds which bear sweet dreams and fruit. If yours is a journey of ego-gratification--ye shall NOT be in the gifting of God's greatest treasures for ye are not a worthy vessel.

The Man of God shall always wear an open mind for all possibilities of unlimited infinite God and so shall it come unto him who accepts the chalice and steps across the threshold in boldness within the circle of Light. Ye who come and walk with me are blessed indeed for I know the way for I come with the Life, the Way, the Word and the All of All. May ye ponder these things that ye might become “worthy” of the greatest gift of all. Salu.

Let us have rest, please, as our day began very early indeed. May ye who have eyes to see, do so. If thine ears are clear and hearing--ye shall flourish in the Truth of passage. I salute ye ones who dare and step forward in service unto Truth. Peace shall rest upon you as the cloak of Light as day floods across the darkness. AHO!

CHAPTER 3

REC #1 HATONN

SUN., MAY 31, 1992 8:54 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 289

SUNDAY, MAY 31, 1992

NOTATIONS

THOUGH THE BODY AND HEART BE WEARY--THE SOUL, ALONE, IS KEEPING WATCH AND WEARIES NOT.

THOUGH YOU STUMBLE AND FALL, IT WILL BE THE SOUL WHO CALLS YOUR HELP TO LIFT YOU UP.

THOUGH YOU THINK YOU BE ALONE--NAY, NAY--YOU SHALL NEVER WALK ALONE FOR I AM WITH YOU ALWAYS!

IF YE BUT ASK!

WATCHING AND WAITING

You ask for juicy tid-bits to fill your cups of curiosity when you have not understood what has happened with that which we have already brought for consideration. We cannot humanly cover all issues--most especially "in-depth". Ours is to teach you HOW to discern in each and all things.

We shall more and more begin to use our short space and time as limited by your own restrictions to cover the actual events, prophecies and revelations which impact you the most.

POLITICS--GRITZ?

Number one: Gritz is NOT a politician and shall NEVER act as a politician. This seems to preclude him being able to lead. But what mean you? With the world in the control of the Elite "Illuminati" One World Rulers, do you actually think that you are dealing with a man in Ross Perot who can overthrow this treasonist bunch of criminals? He has already worked too long within the system of "big-money" contracts to be able to cast off the barrage of slander which shall rise against him. He is exactly what the adversary wants in exactly the position he fills. It matters not WHO of the three top runners gets into the position; the rulership will not vary one iota. Further, Perot has already been through his programming and adjustments at Camp David in prior meetings with the Elite over other subjects. Your CLUE was when it was suggested that he run for President and the balloon launched--ON LARRY KING LIVE!

Now for Gritz: Could Gritz win if you had equal "money" for campaigning? Look at it closely before you answer. If "I" see to it that there is sufficient funding to pay for a massive campaign--could you pull it off and get him elected? HOW? How do you even begin to get such sums as are necessary into his funding bank? How could you freely use such funding? I am serious, chelas. You tell ME how you could pull it off and IF you can get him on all ballots and I shall give you the funding. But I do not accept wishful thinking nor fantasy dreams from lala land. Nine-tenths of the population have never heard of Bo Gritz and if they had, they are on a feeding frenzy with Perot--EXACTLY ACCORDING TO ELITE PLANS--TO KEEP GRITZ FROM EVEN BEING TAKEN SERIOUSLY BY YOU-THE-PEOPLE. SPECIFICALLY BO GRITZ.

YOU SHALL NEED GRITZ LATER SO YOU MUST CONTINUE TO SUPPORT HIM AT EVERY TURN. He must be supported and allowed to continue to bring truth to you through speaking and lecturing about your nation so that you can be kept abreast of the Godly company.

Politically it matters not who is elected--I personally prefer to deal with that which is already in place and knows me rather than have to have set-backs in our own "plans". The point, further, is that the high-level criminals simply shift into more important and deadly slots of activities.

PHOTON CROSSING STILL EMINENT

The Elite are so far unable to back off the Photon Belt or your speed in trajectory to the entry thereof. They are not by any means slowing attempts but to burn off the radiation belt is a very dangerous ploy and they are not ready in their own Plan to confront the possibilities. They will, however, use this action (phenomenon) to shackle you in every way including upside down. There is a MAJOR thrust to get the photon-powered "space" craft in use and backup systems for their use, powered by photon energy. You have to understand that the photon "power" resources WILL WORK THROUGH THE "NULL" TIME OF THAT THREE TO FIVE DAYS--THEY HAVE IT--YOU DO NOT! It is becoming far more acceptable to your enemies to simply allow the passage to happen on schedule and use it for their benefit in beginning the assault against the multitudes in depopulation efforts along with accusing "space aliens" of the actions. Can you imagine massive earth upheavals in a dark (or a blinding lighted) world? All things about which we prattle falls into trivia definition.

GORBACHEV/SOVIETS/COMMUNISTS

Do not be misled in the dickerings and hidden agendas of the Elite. They know exactly what they are doing. Note what has happened in this very month as you count--Gorbachev in your country as your fulfilled friend and business colleague. Actually he IS, for you must know that your enemy is your own national rulers. He is, however, on THEIR side. He is President of Kissinger Associates in Moscow and came to visit his business ventures.

Now that you have had time to inquire about who is

WALLACE STICKNEY

who is Director of FEMA. I think you will find it quite interesting to note that he is a puppet under total control of HENRY KISSINGER AND ZBIGNIEW BRZEZINSKI. Does this make you feel more secure? So be it.

Back to Gorby: less than a year ago the world's most absolute ruler, with dominion over one-sixth of the earth' s surface.

Is it not interesting that he came to Fulton, Missouri, on May 6, 1992, to end the Cold War? Forty-six years after Winston Churchill announced to the world from the same Westminster College that an "Iron Curtain had descended over Europe"--thus announcing the Cold War. Is it not interesting that both are aliens to America and yet it took place--in both instances--in America!?

Mr. Gorbachev spoke out and stated that he "shared the goal of Churchill, but instead of mere Anglo-Saxon unity, which embraced only half the world, now that world was ready for 'global government'." He further stated that the "global government" and "decisive role" would be played by the UNITED NATIONS, which would subordinate each nation's armed forces to the UN command, and the Secretary General would use preemptive force to stamp out conflict anywhere in the world.

SOVEREIGNTY ASSAULTED

The main barrier to this "new world order" were nations which remain "morbidly jealous of their sovereignty" and impede the principle of "extraterritoriality". [Fear not for he did NOT include America in this irritating circumstance of ones trying to retain sovereignty.]

Gorbachev continued: "Humanity is at a turning point where the old paradigm of civilization of regional or autonomous relations between countries has shifted to integration and internationalism."

Therefore a new global, international security system must be created to reduce military spending and solve the problems of ecology, demography (population control), food production, and quality of life.

These problems, declared Gorby “…are well understood by the authoritative CLUB OF ROME (THE COMMITTEE OF 300, the group of European oligarchs who declared that industrialization and population growth must be halted lest the world run out of raw materials and energy sources)" of which he is a leading member.

He asserted that global communications and information had spread confrontation, with its hopelessness and despair, trade wars, rebirth of protectionism, and worst of all, ecological dangers such as the ozone hole, the greenhouse earth warming (now, I believe you can actually realize that both are projected ONLY in order to restrain YOU) and the destruction of forests.

To take "collective action", the UN needed new "principles, new mechanisms authorized by the world community". They included “…compulsory control of nuclear and chemical weapons, a consortium to dismantle those weapons overseen by a strengthened UN International Atomic Energy Agency, a weapons export ban by year 2000, an enlarged Security Council with a specific body to deploy economic sanctions and military force to prevent local conflicts--all answerable directly to the permanent member nations of that council.”

Students of history--take some obvious notes of this presentation and check out whether or not Gorby even "wrote" the speech. He used terms such as "condominium", "global government", "ecology", "new world order", "extraterritoriality", "democracy", "rights of the minorities", and "rebirth of protectionism". Believe me, students, these are Anglo-Saxon terms right out of the Club of Rome!!! These are NOT customary terms for THE just prior ruler of the Communist World!

And WHO sponsored this trip of Gorbachev? Who set up the meeting to fall on an anniversary at a specific "setting"? Ah, you are quickening in your response: Henry Kissinger! No, I didn't "guess" or look into my crystal ball--it was published in the New York Times, May 3rd.

TO THE TOP?

This communist leader stood on U.S. soil sounding exactly like a man who had worked his way to the top of a big city mob only to discover that Dope Inc. was the global government and he had to claw his way up a bit longer ladder to regain top-dog position. The press even covered a bit more carefully his protection misinformation with just enough quandary to confuse you-the-people. They commented that perhaps Gorbachev was seeking to become UN Secretary General. The New York Times ran a front page picture showing Gorbachev dwarfed by the towering statue of Churchill which indicated that the Elite Committee Club of Rome was STILL IN CHARGE!

HOW ABOUT SOME OTHER DETAILS?

There are some other tid-bits which might cool your ardor for this new Communist ruler about to take your nation: a young spectator said (and was quoted all over the world): "It was a Day I'll Cherish Forever.” Funny thing, however, the "spectator" was the 20-year-old daughter of the Westminster College president. Also a "press" release showed Mr. Gorby autographing a vodka bottle; Gorby being flown in on THE FORBES FAMILY PRIVATE JET, "CAPITALIST TOOL"; Gorbachev being offered $100 million worth of pork sausages, and Gorbachev and Andreas trading boyhood farm stories.

When introduced on "Public Television" in the evening of May 6, the announcer introduced Gorbachev as “…the man who tore down the Berlin Wall”.

FROM CFR: ALSO MONEY?

Oh yes, the announced (loudly) reason for his mission in this 16-day venture was to raise money for HIS MOSCOW-BASED GORBACHEV FOUNDATION. HE RAISED $100,000 FROM THE COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS and plans to buy an abandoned U.S. naval base as his American headquarters. WAKE UP LITTLE SLEEPY-HEADS, THE COFFEE AND TOAST ARE BURNING!

BACK TO BASICS AND REMINDERS OF:

THE ILLUMINATI AND NEW WORLD ORDER

Revelations 13:1-2 says, "And I saw a beast rise up out of the sea ... and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority." An unseen power is using human beings to give rise to world government. Rev. 12-9 identifies the dragon as “... that old serpent, called the devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world ...”

I suggest we look again, most carefully, and see what system is rising on the world scene that is empowered BY SATAN THE DEVIL, who is also CALLED LUCIFER: (Isa. 14-12).

HISTORICAL RISING

Out of Germany was hatched a Diabolical Plot that has deceived millions of people--and which, even now, threatens to destroy Western Civilization. I am going to utilize material which is extremely succinct and well-written and sent to me by Robert B. He noted the confirming documentation and submitted it for sharing. I recognize Newswatch Magazine for publication in the November/December 1991 issue. I simply ask that it be reprinted exactly as given.

QUOTE:

From the beginning, Satan was frantically busy among the leadership of these “emancipators”.

These "thinkers" could clearly see that corruption and depravity had decimated the strength of the Catholic Church which had promulgated many of the ideas now proved to be totally fallacious. They saw that the church--commonly believed to be the body of Christ--held its adherents in subjection by means of fear and superstitious ritual. They falsely assumed that the myths and superstitions of the Dark Ages were based on the Bible. When they proved that these superstitions were false, they assumed--without any real proof--that they had proved the Bible to be false. The teachings of the Catholic Church were based on the Satan-inspired Babylonian Mystery Religion--not on the Bible. Under an unending barrage of such "enlightened" scholarship, the "intelligentsia" of Europe were prepared by the second half of the eighteenth century for the advent of Illuminism--the secret society called the Illuminati.

Illuminati. What does that name mean to you? MOST people answer that question with a blank stare--a total lack of comprehension. Regardless of how various people may respond to that question, there is one fact of which we may be assured: the Order of the Illuminati was founded on May 1st, 1776, by Dr. Adam Weishaupt, Professor of Canon Law at the University of Ingolstadt, Bavaria. Weishaupt, born a Jew and a convert to Roman Catholicism, was a former Jesuit priest who broke with the Order to form his own organization.

There is evidence now extant that proves that the Catholic forces have joined the Illuminists (at the highest level) in an unholy alliance to achieve their mutual goal--total world conquest (THE NEW MONTINIAN CHURCH AND THE VACANT CHAIR, by the Rev. Jauquin Saenz Arriga, a Mexican priest. Spanish language only).

It is important that we clarify the real meaning of the name of Weishaupt's Secret Society--The Illuminati. This is very significant. The name implies that those individuals who are members of the Illuminati are the only members of the human race who are truly enlightened. Weishaupt and his followers considered themselves to be the cream of the intelligentsia--the only people with the mental capacity, the knowledge, the insight and understanding necessary to govern the world and bring it peace. Their avowed purpose and goal was the establishment of a "Novus Ordo Seclorum"--a New World Order, or One World Government. [Editors note: Directly beneath the pyramid with the evil eye, "Novus Ordo Seclorum" appears on that U.S. (Federal Reserve Note) dollar bill in your pocket.]

The name Illuminati is derived from the word Lucifer, which means "Bearer of Light" or a being of extraordinary brilliance (Isaiah 14:12).

The reader will note the direct parallel between the presumptuous, totally vain and egotistical attitude of Weishaupt and his followers and the attitude displayed by Satan when he and the angels under his control tried to take over the universe from their Creator. Illuminism is clearly Satanism in one of its latter-day manifestations. Their goals are virtually identical. IN FACT, SATAN WAS THE FIRST ILLUMINIST.

Public attention was first drawn to the existence of the Illuminati and their diabolical plan for world conquest as the result of a bizarre accident in 1785. History records that a courier for the Illuminati, named Lanze, was racing on horseback from Frankfurt to Paris carrying documents relating to Illuminati activities in general, and specific instructions for the planned French Revolution in particular. The documents originated with Jewish members of the Illuminati in Germany and were addressed to the Grand Master of the Grand Orient Masons in Paris. As the courier galloped through Ratisbon (Regensberg), he was struck by lightning and killed. All of the papers he was carrying fell into the hands of the local police, who turned them over to the Bavarian Government. The authorities ordered the police to raid the headquarters of the Illuminati and this resulted in additional documents being captured. These documents revealed that the conspirators had world-wide aims.

All of the carefully documented evidence was brought to the attention of the governments of Britain, Germany, Austria, France, Poland, and Russia. For one reason or another, possibly inside Illuminati influence, they chose to turn a deaf ear to the warnings contained in these dreadful documents. Four years later the French Revolution exploded on the European scene in all its hideous fury.

Sir Walter Scott, in the second volume of his THE LIFE OF NAPOLEON, points out that the events leading up to the French Revolution were all created by the Money Barons--the Illuminati--whose agents then led the mob in creating the famous Reign of Terror.

THE FIRST BREAK

The first real "break" as far as inside information on the Illuminati is concerned came when these "great intellectuals" were foolish enough to invite Professor John Robison to join their ranks.

Robison didn't fall for the lie that the goals of the Illuminati were pure and honorable. He kept his reactions to himself however, and played along with the conspirators. Subsequently he was entrusted with top secret Illuminati documents and was able to scrutinize the inner workings of the secret society at close range. As a result, Professor Robison wrote a startling book entitled PROOFS OF A CONSPIRACY which was published in 1797. All of what is currently known about the early Illuminati comes from Robison's book and another written by the Abbe Burruel in 1798 entitled MEMOIRS ILLUSTRATING THE HISTORY OF JACOBINISM.

Both books, although the authors were unknown to each other, give us a very clear-cut picture of the organization. The books quote extensively from The Original Writings of the Order and Sect of the Illuminati, an official report of the Bavarian government issued in 1786 following a lengthy investigation.

The following facts emerge:

Adam Weishaupt was born on the 6th of February, 1748. His early training by the Jesuits had inspired him with an intense dislike of that Order. When he broke with the Jesuits he immersed himself in the subversive and anti-Christian teachings of the French philosophers and other writers who appealed to his innate sense of superiority.

The next five years were devoted to meditation, during which time he devised a plan to overthrow civilization and establish what he termed a "Novus Ordo Seclorum" --a NEW WORLD ORDER.

BINDING OATHS

The initiates who made up the outer rings were told that the great purpose of the Illuminati was "to make of the human race, without any distinction of nation, condition, or profession, one good and happy family."

All initiates were required to take an oath to bind themselves "to perpetual silence and unshakable loyalty and submission to the Order, in the persons of my superiors; here making a faithful and complete surrender of my private judgement, my own will, and every narrow-minded employment of my own power and influence. I pledge myself to account the good of the Order as my own and am ready to serve it with my fortune, my honor, and my blood ... The friends and enemies of the Order shall be my friends and enemies; and with respect to both I will conduct myself as directed by the Order ... (and) devote myself to its increase and promotion, and therein to employ all my ability… without secret reservation" (PROOFS OF A CONSPIRACY, 1967 edition, p.71).

By way of warning as to the consequences of betraying the Order, the initiate took part in a ceremony during which he was warned that, "If you are only a traitor and perjurer, learn that all our brothers are called upon to arm themselves against you. Do not hope to escape or to find a place of safety. Wherever you are, shame, remorse, and the rags of our brothers will pursue you and torment you to the innermost recesses of your entrails." (WORLD REVOLUTION, Nesta Webster, London, 1921, p. 14).

By the time the member had reached the "inner circle" his oath of absolute secrecy and unquestioning obedience had become deadly serious. Only at this stage was he allowed to finally see the ultimate aims of the Order: (1) Abolition of all ordered government; (2) Abolition of private property; (3) Abolition of inheritance; (4) Abolition of patriotism; (5) Abolition of all religion; (6) Abolition of the family (i.e., marriage, morality and the proper education of children); and (7) the creation of a World Government. [H: Still think Bush doesn't know what he is doing? He is a major focus and player in the Skull and Bones Society--which is DIRECTLY IN MEMBERSHIP OF HIGHEST LEVEL TO THE ILLUMINATI AND CLUB OF ROME. He can’t tell you the truth or he is immediately marked for death and may as well be dead--which he actually IS.]

The Protestant princes and rulers of Germany and Europe were pleased with Weishaupt's plan to destroy the Catholic Church, and they sought to join the Order. These men brought with them Control of the Masonic Order, into which they initiated Weishaupt and his co-conspirators in 1777. To prevent the rulers from realizing the true purpose of the Illuminati, Weishaupt limited them to the lower degrees.

MERGER OF THE ILLUMINATI AND FREEMASONRY

[H: Please, readers, do not skip over this information for herein I am taking the opportunity to respond to a myriad of your questions relating to the beginnings of Masonry, etc. I shall not be taking up the subject in correspondence individually so I can only ask that you read your own questions into this writing.]

On the 16th of July, 1782, at the Congress of Wilhelmsbad, an alliance between Illuminism and Freemasonry was finally sealed. This pact joined together all the leading secret societies of the day and united "not less than 3 million members all over the world". The actual effect of this merger on the subsequent history of the world has never been appreciated by historians.

Dharma, you must prepare for your meeting. We can begin here when next we sit to write. Salu.

CHAPTER 4

REC #2 HATONN

SUN., MAY 31, 1992 4:09 P.M. YEAR 5, DAY 289

SUNDAY, MAY 31, 1992

Let us continue exactly where we left off for both documents can be merged into one.

"What passed at this terrible Congress will never be known to the outside world, for even those men who had been drawn unwittingly into the movement, and now heard for the first time the real designs of the leaders, were under oath to reveal nothing. One honest Freemason, the Comte de Virieu, when questioned on the "tragic secrets" he had brought back with him, replied: 'I will not confide them to you. I can only tell you that all this is very much more serious than you think. The conspiracy which has been woven is so well thought out that it will be, so to speak, impossible for the Monarchy and the Church to escape from it.' From that time on, says his biographer, M. Costa de Beauregard, 'the Comte de Virieu could only speak of Freemasonry with horror.'" (WORLD REVOLUTION, Webster, p. 18.)

People became intensely interested in the activities of the Illuminati as a result of information leaking out regarding their diabolical plans. In 1785, four more leading members of the Illuminati left the Society and testified before a Court of Inquiry called by the Elector of Bavaria. Their startling evidence removed all doubt regarding the Satanic nature of Illuminism. On the 11th of October, 1785, the Bavarian authorities raided Zwack's house and discovered a mountainous array of Illuminati documents which showed quite clearly that they planned to bring about a "universal revolution that should deal the death-blow to society .... THIS REVOLUTION WILL BE THE WORK OF THE SECRET SOCIETIES, AND THAT IS ONE OF OUR GREAT MYSTERIES."

ILLUMINATI COMES TO AMERICA

The Order of the Illuminati started when the American Revolution was already under way, and therefore played no significant part in it. However, before the Colonies were united, the Constitution adopted, and our Republic established, fifteen lodges of the Order of the Illuminati were formed in the thirteen Colonies. The Columbian Lodge of the Order of the Illuminati was established in New York City in 1785. Members included Governor DeWitt Clinton [H: Yes indeedy, there is a direct connection.], and later Clinton Roosevelt, Charles Dana and Horace Greeley. The following year a lodge was established in Virginia with which was identified Thomas Jefferson. When Weishaupt's diabolical plans were exposed by the Bavarian government, Jefferson strongly defended him as an "enthusiastic philanthropist".

Many strong warnings were issued about the Activities of the Illuminati in America. On July 19th, 1798, David Pappen, President of Harvard University, issued a strong warning to the graduating class and lectured them on the influence Illuminism was having on the American scene. President Timothy Dwight of Yale University issued a similar warning.

Also, in 1798, George Washington sent a letter to G.W. Snyder in which he stated: "It is not my intention to doubt that the doctrine of the Illuminati and the principles of Jacobinism had not spread in the United States. On the contrary, no one is more satisfied of this fact than I am. The idea I meant to convey was that I did not believe the Lodges of Freemasons in this country had, as societies, endeavored to propagate the diabolical tenets ...” [H: I believe you can agree that most men starting out in such a society or "Order" do not understand the intent and certainly not the total enslavement of such an association. But as ones reach powerful places within the working order of government where great impact can be wielded--the oaths and promises are very strongly brought to their attention. Perhaps it can best be explained as "selling your soul to the devil in exchange for success and wealth!"]

One year later, Professor John Robison published his famous PROOFS OF A CONSPIRACY in which be warned the world of Illuminati infiltration of Masonic Lodges.

MASONIC SYMBOLS IN WASHINGTON D.C.

STREET LAYOUT

[H: THIS IS IMPORTANT]

A curious piece of the Masonic conspiracy puzzle in the founding of America is the actual street layout for our Capital City, Washington, D.C. Remember, 53 of the original signers of the Declaration of Independence were Masons. The city was laid out in the form of KEY Masonic Symbols, the Square, the Compass, the Rule, and the Pentagram. [See map next page.]

Take any good street map of downtown Washington, D.C. and find the Capitol Building. Facing the Capitol from the Mall and using the Capitol as the head or top of the Compass, the left leg is represented by Pennsylvania Avenue and the right leg by Maryland Avenue. The Square is found in the usual Masonic position with the intersection of Canal Street and Louisiana Avenue. The left leg of the Compass stands on the White House and the right leg stands on the Jefferson Memorial, the circle drive and short streets behind the Capitol form the head and ears of what Satanists call the Goat of Mendes or Goat's Head.

On top of the White House is an inverted 5-pointed star, or Pentagram. The point is facing South in true occult fashion. It sits within the intersections of Connecticut and Vermont Avenues, north to Dupont and Logan Circles, with Rhode Island and Massachusetts going to Washington Circle to the West and Mt. Vernon Square on the East. [H: Chelas, don't blame me for what you are now FORCED to observe--I didn't do it! However, it is right there for the entire world to see in clearly planned and orchestrated intent.]

The Washington Monument stands in perfect line to the intersecting point of the form of the Masonic Square, stretching from the House of the Temple to the Capitol Building. Within the hypotenuse of that right triangle sit many of the headquarter buildings for the most powerful departments of government, such as the Justice Department, the U.S. Senate, and the Internal Revenue Service.

It would be great to know that our Capitol is bathed in continual prayer, and to believe that its buildings and monuments have been dedicated in prayer, but do you realize that EVERY KEY Federal building, from the White House to the Capitol Building, has had a cornerstone laid in a Masonic ritual and had specific Masonic paraphernalia placed in each one? If we were talking about the one true God, it would be wonderful; this is NOT the case. The cornerstones of all these buildings have been laid in Masonic ritual, dedicated to the demonic god of Masonry, Jao-Bul-On. That is the secret name of the Masonic god, the "Lost Word" in the rite of the Royal Arch degree. “Jao” is the Greek name for the god of the Gnostics, laldebaoth or lao. "Bul" is a rendering of the name of Ba'al and “On” is the Babylonian name of Osiris. What we see represented in this name of the Masonic deity is a three-headed pagan deity that is blasphemous to a Christian. [H: If, indeed, there were any true "Christians" left anywhere!] The ritual and full explanation is found in DUNCAN'S MASONIC RITUAL AND MONITOR, (Third Edition, pp. 224-6, 249-51).

PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION-1796

In 1796, John Adams, who had been instrumental in organizing Masonic Lodges in New England, decided to oppose Thomas Jefferson in his bid for the presidency. He made a major issue of the fact that Jefferson, who had been minister to France, 1785-1789, and was frankly sympathetic to the Illuminist-fomented Reign of Terror, was using Masonic lodges for subversive purposes. [H: Ah, some of you astute readers who begin to add two and two come with three about now as you demand to know about the "Jefferson Bible" and why I have given you leave to read it in preference to "The" King James Version of the so-called "Bible". Because it is still more nearly correct in the New Testament version than is the accepted and orthodox version. Furthermore, the intent was to appear to be Godly to the point of being even considered a heretic regarding the "tampering". You will further note, however, that no attention was paid whatsoever other than to have it pronounced by the Elite of the day in point as being quite brilliant! You simply cannot imagine what your Constitution would look like if there had not been a few of US, including Germain, at the writing of the document. The "founders" had to capitulate to keep their cover on--knowing full well that you-the-people would eventually INSIST that the document be changed and obsoleted.]

John Quincy Adams wrote three letters to Colonel William L. Stone giving details of the charges. The information contained in these letters is credited with winning John Adams (his father) the presidency. The existence of these letters was first brought to the public's attention by Commander William Guy Carr in his book, PAWNS IN THE GAME. Until recently they were in the Rittenburg Square Library in Philadelphia. They have now mysteriously vanished. [H: My goodness, lots of things disappear from around Philadelphia, like all the files regarding the mismanagement of HUD wherein multi-millions of your money somehow disappeared into the pockets of a few politicians. Also like the documents and files "lost" in investigation of the Congressional Committee on Banking and the mess with the Iraq arms deals and shunting of BILLIONS of dollars into the pockets of ones as high as Bush himself, not to mention the Twiglets.]

THE WILLIAM MORGAN MURDER

In 1826 William Morgan decided it was his duty to inform his fellow Masons and the American public regarding the Illuminati and their secret plans. Morgan, "who had passed through all the degrees of Masonry and held a very high position in the Order" began to write a book on the subject. He arranged with a printer in Batavia to have it published. He "was engaged in completing it when he was arrested on a false charge of larceny. His house was searched and his manuscripts were seized and destroyed." A couple of days later he was released from jail "by the interference of some of the conspirators" and kidnapped while on his way home. At a meeting a few days later Morgan was sentenced to die as a traitor.

Five men were selected to carry out the sentence. They were, according to one eye witness, "all men of correct habits and good character, and all, I doubt not, were moved by an enthusiastic but most misguided sense of duty." They loaded Morgan into a boat and when they had rowed out into Lake Ontario they "wound a rope around him, attaching to each end of it a heavy weight, and threw him overboard.

"The body of Morgan was found a year afterwards ... None of the murderers was ever brought to justice". (IRISH AND ENGLISH FREEMASONS, Gargano, p. 73)

As a result of the public scandal that followed the murder of William Morgan, the Masonic movement in the United States suffered a severe set-back. Nearly 40 percent of the members belonging to the NORTHERN jurisdiction seceded. It is interesting to note in passing that mention of this very important historical event has been deleted from the history books.

ILLUMINATI-COMMUNISM CONNECTION

To trace their activities further, it becomes essential that we look for prominent individuals and groups who adhere to the Satanic tenets of Illuminism. It is "by their fruits" that we will know them. They will all be working toward the attainment of the goal of the Illuminati--the destruction of national sovereignty and the establishment of a One World Government (One World Order), a "Novus Ordo Seclorum".

In 1829, American Illuminists sponsored a series of lectures in New York by English Illuminist Frances "Fanny" Wright. She advocated the entire Weishauptian program of her auxiliary of the Order of the Illuminati including Communism made more palatable by the label of "equal opportunity and equal rights", atheism, emancipation of women and free love. Those present were informed that the Illuminati intended to unite the Nihilist and Atheist groups with all other subversive organizations into an international organization to be known as Communism. This new destructive force was to be used by the Illuminati to foment future wars and revolutions. Clinton Roosevelt (a direct ancestor of Franklin D.), Charles Dana and Horace Greeley were appointed a committee to raise funds for this new undertaking.

Has America been flooded with these phrases equal righters and equal opportunity, free love and emancipation of women, since the 1960's????

END OF QUOTING

Perhaps I should simply leave you to ponder upon these points. There does seem to be no ending to the deceit and foul games played upon you-the-people. How so did it get so integrated with your very lives? You have been given nothing else upon which to build foundation until this day when the awakening few begin to find Truth and document it and other brave and daring citizens project it out unto you of the masses. How would YOU stand in the JUDGING IF IT WERE ON THIS DAY? Ignorance counts in your favor--BUT, refusal to learn counts just as equally against you. I suggest we all pray for a little more "time" and "insight"!

Next, R.B. has sent another document with this attached notation: "Hatonn has mentioned the Constitution on many occasions in the LIBERATOR, in fact if memory serves he was there. I have put over a thousand hours of research on this subject and the I.R.S. I believe this will be helpful to people in understanding the document more thoroughly."

Yes, it will and so we shall offer it herein. I want you to all remember that first the nation operated under the Federalist Papers. Then while saying, "We will just change a little bit and form this Constitution--THEY went forth into session and COMPLETELY CAST OUT THE PAPERS AND REWROTE ALL OF THE CONSTITUTION. THEY ARE DOING ALL THEY CAN TO DO IT TO YOU AGAIN! HOWEVER, IN THE PROCESS OF CHANGE, MANY THINGS WERE "IMPROVED" GREATLY WHICH NOW GIVES YOU "PATRIOTS" SOME THINGS WITH WHICH TO DEFEND YOURSELVES--SUCH AS LITTLE "u" in united vs. CAPITAL "U" IN UNITED. This deserves a lot of study and perception for the input is subtle indeed.

REGARDING THE FEDERALIST PAPERS

QUOTE:

..... We now go to the Federalist Papers which explain what the words expressed in the Constitution meant, by the very people who helped write them. They are explaining intent. Both the Federalist Papers and the Constitution are in plain English and contain no legal jargon, so they cannot be misunderstood. You must read Federalist Paper 39 wherein it states, "... first, in order to ascertain the real character of the government, it may be considered in relation to the foundation--(preamble)--on which it is to be established..."

Now comes the hard part in trying to make you understand and undo what you have been taught, since most of you have never read the Federalist or Anti-federalist papers. [H: I doubt any school children except ones specifically taught elsewhere than the public school system have had more than even a passing mention of same, if at all.] Or for that matter, the Constitutions of your State and the United States. In Federalist Papers 1 through 7, the term United States is never mentioned except for the first sentence in Federalist Paper No.1. The Framers spoke only of America which was the thirteen colonies (States) as there was no United States yet. These Framers were the people of the Colonies. They were telling the people of America that they were going to form a more perfect Union, NOT a "NEW" Union, by creating first, the United States, which was not one of the Colonies, but a separate entity in itself. They were calling themselves, "We The People" (governing body), of the United States, not the American people of the Confederate States, because they were the originators of the not yet formed United States. But they were, each, one of the people of the colonies.

“We the People", meant the founding Fathers ONLY, who were the origin (of), or creators of the specific noun (place), fiction, because it had no specific place at the time. They were not talking about the nation comprising the 13 confederate States united, called America, as in the Declaration of Independence. If they were, they would have used the small "u" or the word "these". So they created the entity called the United States and also a Constitution (agreement/contract) FOR, not OF, the United States belonging to (of) America. This agreement was to protect the people of America from the administrators of the government they were forming. Without your consent, which is a critical term, the administrators have no control over you, except those terms spelled out in the Constitution. They are only: treason in time of war; to provide punishment for counterfeiting the coin (money), (not printed federal reserve notes); to punish Piracies and Felonies committed on the high Seas. That's it, unless you can find any other powers that were granted them in Article 1, Subsection 8, clause 1 through 18.

Patrick Henry's speech before the Convention on June 4, 1788, was premised that the Sovereign People did not consent to the Framers to represent them, for he said:

“I have the highest veneration of those gentlemen--but, Sir, give me leave to demand, what right had they to say, 'We the People'. My political curiosity, exclusive of my anxious solicitude for the public welfare, leads me to ask who authorized them to speak the language of, We, the People instead of We, the States? States are the characteristics, and the soul of the confederation. If the States be not the agents of this compact, it must be one great consolidated National Government of the people of all the States .... but there are other Gentlemen here, who can give us this information. The people gave them no power to use their name. That they exceeded their power is perfectly clear.”

Read the Anti-Federalist Papers and when you do, you will have to agree that the History books will have to be rewritten on this point. [H: Do you actually believe this would ever happen? I note that if and when another "convention" is called (allowed) you will come out with "districts" called New States and have a "New States Constitution" which is already utilized by the Federal Government--so you have already been had--just awaiting the blood to all drain out!] To prove this, the last eight words of the preamble explains it, wherein they stated that they were going to establish a Constitution for the entity called the United States belonging to America.

The Constitution was drafted in secrecy and the people had no idea what was being done, and this is a fact in history. When the drawing up of the Constitution was completed, people waited outside the convention and asked, when the founding fathers came out, what have you accomplished? Franklin stated, “A Republic if you can keep it.” Does this sound like the people knew what they were doing so they could state "We the People" which meant all the people? Wasn't Patrick Henry right?

Another point of grammar shows this to be true and that is the word People was capitalized. It was not a general term people (common noun) but a term referring to a specific class of people. So they capitalized People, thereby making it a proper noun to show the term meant the signers and not the people in general.

If you have a hard time grasping what I am saying then look up the word "of" in the dictionary. Does it not say "belonging to"? It also means "Origin". Remember, America, the States of the Union, cannot and does not belong to the United States which was formed by the Framers (people) of America who were calling themselves at that time, "We the People of the United States", for they equated themselves as the origin of the United States. Look up the definition of "United States" in Bouvier's 1870 Dict. In this instance, the word "of" means Origin. They did not say, “We the people of the united States of America”, did they?

They did create a Constitution (or Contract) FOR the United States which belongs to (of) America. America is the Union of States united by and under the Constitution, as the Hooven Court stated, that ratified the contract in which it was understood the States gave up only limited rights which were enumerated (spelled out) in the main body of the Constitution. The Union was NOT created by the Constitution, only made more perfect. Ha Ha, if this is "more perfect", let's go back to the original set-up.

Federalist paper #15 proves my above statements.

“The great and radical vice in the construction of the existing Confederation is in the principle of LEGISLATION for STATES or GOVERNMENTS, in their CORPORATE or COLLECTED CAPACITIES, and as contradistinguished from the INDIVIDUALS of whom they consist. Though this principle does not run through all the powers delegated to the Union, yet it pervades and governs those on which the efficacy of the rest depends. Except as to the rule of apportionment, the United States have an indefinite discretion to make requisitions for men and money; but they have no authority to raise either by regulation extending to the individual citizens of America.” The emphasis in "capitals" are Hamilton's.

END OF QUOTING

* * *

Let us terminate for this day. Salu.

CHAPTER 5

REC #1 HATONN

MON., JUNE 1, 1992 7:09 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 290

MONDAY, JUNE 1, 1992

MEDITATION

Love alone is capable of uniting living beings in such a way as to complete and fulfill them, for it alone takes them and joins them by what is deepest in themselves.

But love must be "allowed" and it must be "earned". The more you attempt to demand love, the more it eludes you. There is no promising, pleading, bartering, cajoling or threatening which can secure love. True love will only be GIVEN WHEN EARNED.

Love withers under constraint; its very essence is liberty; it is compatible neither with obedience, jealousy, nor fear; it is there most pure, perfect and unlimited, where its votaries live in confidence, equality and reserve.

Ah, but from the realms of God--all IS love and awaits only your acceptance for it has no bindings or requirements for the “giving”--only discipline in the "learning" for love is the guiding force which will look unto your LIFE and not unto that which can be reaped from the return. Blessed be the ones who learn the difference.

THE FUTURE IS ONLY THE PAST AGAIN,

ENTERED THROUGH A DIFFERENT DOOR

I think it's time to repeat truth of historical data for you are going to be caught within its tentacles as surely as "death and taxes" as it re-evolves to confront you. You are going to have to face the truth of your lineage and recognize from whence you came if there is hope in the returning into that truth.

As you will soon become bombarded with nonsense about "space aliens" and "bloodsuckers and abductors" from out there some where--look unto "reason". GOD WOULD NOT LEAVE YOU OF HIS CREATIONS UNATTENDED OR ALONE. IF YOU LIVE AND ANTICIPATE WITHIN THE LIE, AWAITING FULFILLMENT OF THE LIE AND DEMAND THE CONCLUSION AS IN THE LIE--SO SHALL THE LIE DEVOUR YOU.

I must confront you, firstly, with your ancestors--it is certainly past time that you meet them. You who have had all the JOURNALS will remember this information as already given early on in the writings. You who have not will likely find it still a totally controversial matter. The point is to understand that your planet is in chaos and we have nothing to gain from you as a species trapped within your civilization as it has come to be--for ours has grown beyond the pressures of the density of yours. I would only suggest that you read and perceive in open-minded flexibility of thought instead of slamming shut the door upon your own "journey home".

You are going to meet YOURSELF, so sit down if you must--get your "bracer" if you must but you ARE going to consider some possibilities of passage. First, consider that this information is denounced by the indoctrinated (by man) religions, HALF given by the "New Age Destroyers" in their attempt to cover the need for truth in action acceptable to God and Hosts. There is no controversy or confusion to be gleaned herefrom. In fact, it would seem most wondrous to me to have my history evolve from truth of heritage instead of from fish or monkeys. How dare you limit a God of Creation capable of ordering a universe and causing his most precious creations to be a mud sculpture and a rib-bone birthed in sin. Please, children, let the lies go for they are destroying you--you have reached the time of choosing in your awakening into LIGHT. Are you awaiting your God's return in fear, dread, or in excitement of the moment of freedom? Think upon these things and with "reason" ponder the most logical scenario. Puffy clouds and fantasy la-la land contortions will not do it--this time nor any time.

I would like to believe you are not so foolish in the lie as to fail to recognize your own birthright.

You ones who quote the Bible and then deny God's place in the heavens and brothers from "space": JOB 38-31--“Canst thou bind the sweet influences of the Pleiades or loose the bands of Orion?". What might this mean? Well, it appears that you are "banded" (caught) of Orion when you should be seeking the sweet truth of alliance with Pleiades. This is in your own books, Chelas--the very books they hold high at the pulpits of your own man-doctrined churches.

AMOS 5:8--"Seek him that maketh the seven stars and Orion, and turneth the shadow of death into morning, and maketh day dark with night: that calleth forth the waters of the sea, and pour them out upon the face of the earth: The Lord is his name!"

LIVING HISTORY

Throughout time thousands of cultures, religions, and beliefs have been introduced to this delicate planet you call home. Many of these ideals and ideas conflict or contradict each other and existing in every single one is a positive/negative flow of information. However, in all of the societies and civilizations that have been researched for this connection, one topic remains alluded to as a consistent "enlightening" force. This singular common denominator, which can be found in the earliest texts and legends, is the mystifying cluster of suns which are THE PLEIADES. Suns? Ah, perhaps you will now begin to see a bit more clearly the possibilities and WHY ye shall be having quite a bit of LIGHT shed upon your beings as the coming months and years come to pass.

The Ancients and the relatively recent citizens of truth recognize the Pleiades as the "Home of God" or "The Center of the Universe where God abides" and "The seat of immortality". Heaven must be "somewhere" if it be "out there" as you project. Further, the parents of life must be somewhere out there also, if your projections are to have any valid meaning at all--even as with the most orthodox doctrines. Perchance it never occurred to you?

In your late year about 2690--B.C., the "Yellow Emperor" of China, Huang-Ti, in whose reign miraculous progress was made (utensils of wood, clay and metal were manufactured; boats and carts were constructed and utilized and the medium of currency was originated. Provinces of the vast country were mapped, acupressure and acupuncture became sciences), acknowledged liberally that this rapid development came forth from conversations held in court with his consultants--BEINGS FROM THE PLEIADES.

The HOPI named the "Choo ho kan", meaning those who cling together, and they, too, consider themselves direct descendants of the inhabitants of the cluster. The Hopi, as well as the Navajo and Sioux, along with many other tribes and cultures dispersed around the world, used a calendar that allowed them to chart the seasons, special events and ceremonial rites with uncanny accuracy. They used a system based on a 260-day "Sacred Round", or minor cycle, and a 365-day year, a major cycle which equaled a period between the midnight culminations of the Pleiades. Any day calculated on these cycles would not repeat itself for 18,980 days or 52 years.

In the "Kiva of the Mesas" (Sacred Temple of the Mesas) the Hopi ceremoniously "light the new fire". This occurs every 52 years when the temple's sacred points align with the stars, Choo ho kan (Pleiades). All fires are extinguished throughout the nation and rekindled from a sacred fire produced by the holy men. The young men of the tribe learn the importance of the Pleiades early in life, for initiation into the spiritual ways takes place only when the cherished cluster is directly overhead at night.

The CREEKS claim to have come to Earth from the stars in spirit form to become flesh and blood. Each year a medicine man who has served the apprenticeship of seven years performs the "green corn dance" where he takes seven ears of corn from seven fields of the seven clans to insure a healthy harvest.

The Dakota Ehanni stories (tales of the world previous to the Dakota emergence) speak of the Tayamni, the home of their ancestors, and the reason for the seven tribes ... the Pleiades. The Seven Sisters play a major role in their history as well as their present day culture. In May, the Month of Hanblaceya, the Dakota/Lakota communicate with the spirits. Astronomy tells you that the Pleiades rise with the sun in May and the Lakota oral history tells you that the home of the spirits is the Pleiades. The older Dakota/Lakotas say that when you die, your spirit goes to the Milky Way and turns south .... south to the Seven Stars! I suggest you think upon this most sincerely.

Perhaps you will now understand better why there will come the writings from the Sacred Hills Within as projected by the appointed Lakota speaker, Little Crow, and Wamblesha from Wakan Tanka Aton, shall be putting the Oral Truths forth for your confirmation. You of our beloved brothers come from us, with us and are of us--of Pleiades.

I prefer to label this brother/Father "Wamblesha" for he represents the White Eagle of the Fire-Bird, the higher wisdom-keeper for the Oral Tradition from which will be rebirthed truth in action in conjunction with the Sky People (Hosts). Wamblesha means "red eagle" but remember, in the Native tongue--it is the "red" road which is the path of truth and this is WHY it would be a "redman" who would bring unto you the Oral truths of the generations of civilizations.

The NAVAJO named the sparkling suns of the Pleiades, the "Dilyehe", the OSAGE believe their society was once pure of spirit and journeyed from those stars to the Earth. The IROQUOIS believe the twinkling orbs represent seven young people who guard the holy seed throughout the night.

OF INTEREST

The Hohokam, a Pima word meaning "that which has vanished", disappeared from the arid Arizona desert they had so successfully irrigated and tamed. No one seems to know for certain why they vanished or where they went; legend claims they returned to their home in the stars. Truth is far stranger than fiction, chelas.

Your years 1980 and 1981 witnessed a Native American exodus to the lush green hills of Canton Zurich. Tribal leaders and medicine men from across the continental U.S. had caught word of the on-going experiences and sought out the contactee. They came to congratulate him for his courage and to compare their histories and prophecies to those of the visitors from the Seven Stars. Astounding as that might seem to you doubtful ones, the majority of concepts were a unified thought shared by "Earth-humans" and Pleiadians alike.

I can only heartily suggest you stop picking at this information and pay attention. The time is at hand for you to learn of these things for it is the cycle of the times which shall bring you home again. I believe you must be getting a glimmer of where "home" might be and how you are going to get there.

HERMES: "Listen to your inner selves and look into the infinity of space and time. There reverberate the songs of the stars and the harmony of the spheres.

"Each sun is a thought of Creation, each planet a mode of that thought. In order that you may know divine thought, O souls, you painfully descend along the paths of the seven planets and their seven heavens and ascend once again.

"What do the stars do? What do the numbers say? What do the spheres revolve? O souls that are lost and saved, they relate, they sing, they revolve your destinies."

PROFESSOR THOMAS GOLD, Cornell University: "Life on Earth may have started when space men landed here billions of years ago."

LUCRETIUS, 99-55 B.C.: "All this visible universe is not unique in nature and we must believe that there are, in other regions of space, other beings and other men."

DR. FELIX ZIGLE, Moscow Institute of Aviation: "The UFO phenomenon is a challenge to mankind. It is the duty of scientists to take up this challenge, to disclose the nature of the UFO, and to establish the scientific truth."

JAVIER GARZON, National Astronomical Observatory, Mexico City: "UFOs really exist and apparently come from other planets."

VON PAPST JOHANNES XXIII, Pier Carpi, 1935, (German trans.) "The signs are increasing. The lights in the sky will appear red, blue, green, rapidly. They will grow. Someone is coming from very far and wants to meet the people of the Earth. Meetings have already taken place. But those who have really seen have been silent.” SO BE IT.

Why would it traditionally be that the Ring Nebula of Lyra is referred to by Pleiadians (you) as "The Eye of God"?

When the colonies on Atlantis and Lemuria finally broke up (all verified by laser enhanced sonar and video by specially outfitted U.S. and Soviet submarines and craft), some of you sailed to the Pyrenees, others to the Yucatan peninsula, and many remained in the places which would preserve the treasures of time passage such as parts of Peru, the Western points of the U.S., Australia, etc., with the central systems of navigation and communications remaining intact in a location in California, U.S.A. and the central storehouse in the Philippines. Never have these places been left unguarded. There are MANY places which are now again operational in preparation for the "coming again".

GREY MEN?

May I please REPEAT? It is not the little gray men from space that are here to getcha--it is the grey men right on your placement!

Yes, there are bases there on your place. There are some dastardly beings within those bases--mostly, however, they are flesh and blood "good old boys" of the conspiracy or the conspirator's tools. There are not body-snatchers, however, who fly around in space craft nailing unsuspecting bodies. Those are planned and orchestrated abductions to scare the living daylights out of you people so you will be terrified of all space men who might venture into your places.

Earth became a prison planet some eons ago. The head of the dark energies was sent there, for goodness sake, as punishment for those things perpetrated elsewhere in the cosmos. What do you ones expect--he pulled all his thugs along with him and he most certainly will not fold his tent easily and fly into the bright morning skies--for one very good reason--he cannot for he has nowhere to go and be accepted. The Grey Conspiracy has been trying to locate an achievable placement to "escape" unto. In exchange for technology they promised much to several races of space dwellers. These ones, however, came in good intent and honestly felt there could be a working relationship with man of Earth who is in terrible circumstance. Ah yes, the Grey Men of the Conspiracy can get off your planet but they don't have a desirable place, totally self-sustaining, when they get there.

There is an objective in point in this coalition--at onset--but as usual, the Adversary Plan ripped-off these visitors also. Some of the travelers came in hopes of bringing some insight and assistance to Earth brothers only to be utilized and actually technology taken to advance a whole army of robotoid replicas utilizing DNA reproduction methodology. The only thing the Adversary (your own "Grey Men") had to offer the ETs is control, money and worldly goods--but these things are not of value to anyone in the cosmos who has achieved Truth and the ability to travel intergalactic1y.

Remember that you as a civilization of thoughtforms of the Creator source were given this place on which to EXPERIENCE. We of the higher brotherhood work firstly within the Laws of Creation, the Laws of God secondly and we are bound by constraints beyond that which you in your awakening cannot yet remember. We do not intervene. When we do come, even to your surface to get you or our own brothers, we will have special dispensation. We are bound by cosmic law to keep out of your business--those who break those laws shall pay most dearly. They have already done so--they forfeited their right to return to the universal skyways--they are bound to your dying planet. Those who came in peace and as a portion of the cosmic plan, do their work in research through prior agreements with the entities involved. They do not harm, they do not mutilate animals or humans and they do wondrous good for your species.

There is no way that you can "drift up to some cloud of fluffy vapor and somehow just fly around with a Master Christos". You will be picked up by space craft and beamed through a high frequency light beam--if you qualify and request same. God went to prepare a place for you at the end of Earth journey and HE did so--we are prepared to receive you of God who await His coming and do so in intent of justice and effort of living within the Laws as given. You are experiencing in a manifested form of physical coalition and density--that is not something that can be "both" ways. You either must give up the flesh or you must learn to manage it properly--there is no magic. God provides for alternatives in sequence to cover your needs of transition and would not leave you stranded on a fluff-bit within range of radioactive blasts from Hell. We have untold eons of experience in the mode of transition in security and with as little detrimental impact as can be given--but you ones are going to have to come into understanding of the connection in brotherhood so that we can work together.

We know that you who struggle and wait are lonely and often feel deserted--you are not. We are here and some of us are working right among you in full operation. We can only work in this manner. So be it with the dark energies, also--they work exactly like we, except they had a great head-start and all of you helped them get in control for they deal with the "physical" senses and we must deal with that which they have caused to become "invisible" and thus "doubted".

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS

IN PRESENTATIONS

I witness as ones effort to present our information from the stages of seminars and I see the labor of love, risk and "how and where do we get it all projected"? I see the intent to inform firstly on the basis of that which was actually experienced--and this causes a lot of reference to the self doing the presentation of "I this" and "I that". This is in hopes you can then come into some reasonable belief as to content. Further, ones come into the "work" bearing the same prejudices and misunderstandings as does anyone else who are victims of deceit and game playing at the expense of mankind.

This is WHY we work with individuals and businesses which simply do their job--as with America West and our connection: they are PUBLISHERS. They are publishers of many things and volumes of work--most of which I cannot even begin to sanction as truth. However, you will note also that they PUSH books which are otherwise authored and presented by very physical persons. They often do so because these documents contain that confirmation which can give you comfort and insight. Ones of the writers are not necessarily enlightened persons but most often are totally human-oriented people with great egos and self-intent.

My appreciation is given for the very fact that these blessed ones are willing to step out there against the "orthodox" disinformation projectionists and fool's games to take a stand in "possibilities". God does not expect perfection but only an open mind and the perfection will follow in sequence.

As ones speak from experience, you will note errors--let us just assume one tiny conjecture for example. George may be speaking of "aliens" and he will likely present pictures of one, Asket. There will be presented one picture who is actually the being in point and another is only a "model". He is likely to say that this person is Pleiadian since the subject is regarding Pleiades. No, this person is not Pleiadian--she is from the DAL Universe and has only remote connection to Pleiadians.

Semjase is a different matter. This one is offspring of Semjasa who is considered a son of God and your forefather in direct lineage. I do not wish to confuse you further but you are going to have to be understanding of speakers on your place as they, too, glean information and correct stories into factual data.

You ones want sensationalism and pictures and thus and so. However, most of the sensationalism and pictures are false as presented. Ones fail to realize that truth is sufficient unto all needs--and always far more strange and exciting than is the fiction as given for sensationalism. But most of all, you must not continue to confuse the "speaker" with the "author"! At best, and often at worst, the speaker can only offer "OPINION" of perception regarding the author's intent and it most often is directly contradictory.

Our JOURNALS have full intent and purpose to send forth the call unto the waiting receivers for your job is at hand. The information is to awaken the sleeping masses. We do not need to write of displacement and atrocities within the lies of your place other than to awaken you to your plight--men of great standing and stature are giving you the same--mine is to confirm it.

Now as the speakers of Truth are abounding, we can turn again unto our purpose and instructions of what comes next and where do we go from here. It is not enough to know what is wrong or even to know what NEEDS doing to change it. You must know purpose of the journey in the first place and the cycles of change so you can confront your destiny and transition. You do not face a couple of places called Sodom and Gomorrah of Biblical times--your entire planet has become Sodom. Therefore, ridding a couple of cities from the globe won't do it. The Elite human cohorts of the Adversary plan to rid your planet of over 6 billion people and they plan to do it before year 2000. That means a LOT OF CHANGES IN THE VERY NEAR FUTURE!

ELITE KNOW AND USE COMING EVENTS

The Elite know of the changes at hand. They know and frantically work to deal with the upcoming Photon Belt entrance. They will use the happening to ill-conceived evil if, in fact, they cannot change the entrance through technical means. It appears they cannot so you can be faced, probably before year's ending, with some three to five days of terrifying and incredible chaos and panic, death and terror. The Adversary hopes to gain total upper-hand control at that time including thrusting you into a "space war" in which you have no idea of that which you are challenging for it is NOT space aliens--but the same Elite you submit to on the globe itself. Well, chelas, you have been warned that there will BE FEW who make the journey home in conjunction with God's travelers. You have responded to the lie and forfeited all responsibility for self--dumping your "sins" upon the blood-soaked innocent lamb. No--you shall individually stand in "judgement" before God--just you and Him, old friend--just you and Him.

The Father Aton wrote on Monday, December 11, 1989, Year 3, Day 117 and it was put to JOURNAL. I would reprint the message herein for your reminding:

ATON

QUOTE:

"...... The third virtue that escapes your memory, Dharma, is that in which you excel, chela--wowacintanka--fortitude! You have just forgotten for all men forget. These things must be told and put unto the press that my people can be in the remembering. I am Grandfather Aton to speak to you.

Your mind shall be kept veiled in your consciousness for man is not yet ready to hear it all and man's tongue is attached so solidly to his consciousness that it spills over as prompted by his ego. You shall simply clear of all dark clowns from your space and write that which we bring to you just as you have been doing these months past. If my words bring embarrassment or a swish of guilt upon ones who are in the receiving, then it is time that they pay attention. No thing more and no thing less. You walk the road of light and the messages are not always for you to decipher--much the less for you to project in your interpretation. You shall be given to understand the difference. You shall seek wisdom which is the first virtue, first in all things and the rest shall be added in properness. You shall persist in "woohitika", which is bravery, for you know the best and the worst and from the worst shall rise the best. You shall also continue to put my Truth to the pages lest you fail your last test, that of "wacantognaka" --generosity. As Truth is given forth and ones who receive clutch it and hide it in the darkness--or sell it for earthly worth, greed or putrid ego satisfaction--the virtue of generosity is lost for, unless you give it forth you cannot receive of the abundance back into the beingness which is truly you within. Wisdom comes from the errors committed and not repeated. So be it.

With wisdom comes the knowledge that all things are binded together by the strands of each bound together as the cohesive whole. Wisdom is the recognition and reverence (not "worship") of the seen and the unseen, the known and the unknown working together and interacting in such a way as to bring balance unto that which is The Creation of that One from which you come. But simply to be in the knowing does not bring wholeness for unless there is the act of generosity and sharing--action--the fourth virtue is failed.

Heed well the remindings of the ancient teachers who have willingly come forth again to point the directions. Two thousand years past in the traditions of those you label today, the Hopi, came a warning which men ignore and yet has been repeated again and again from your great wise-men--sages: "When you seed a 'gourd of ashes' in the sky you will know that the Great Purification is at hand." Whether you wish to realize it or not makes no difference whatsoever. And, two thousand years ago the Truth was again brought by one who represented Truth and you were again told, "There will be wars and rumors of wars, earthquakes, famines, pestilence ... men fainting with fear and with foreboding of what is coming on the world, for the powers of the heavens will be shaken. "

You have been told before that Ages of Newness would be filled with chemical pollution. You have been told that there would come severe floods upon the lands and severe droughts; volcanos will erupt and you will be plagued by earthquakes, massive erosion and vast inundations. There will be great and drastic activities--earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, bizarre weather patterns and these will especially be prevalent in what you call the "Ring of Fire" stretching from the South of the Sea of Peace and Japan to the Western mountain chains of North and South America. But do not expect it to only be in these places--but I speak here to you ones in this place of nearness. These things shall be come upon all places upon your globe and within your globe.

Ah yes, chela, 'tis not only in your placement for it shall engulf the totality of the earth-mother. But you are given that which is in your realm of attention and existence. You shall be given those things about your world so that they can be integrated for all peoples--there are others who shall be given those insights.

There is no point in focusing upon these "things"--they are but the cleansing and the renewal and the casting off of the old--they are but the clues to the timing sequence that man can understand his slothful ways and quicken his attention. As Little Crow suggests--quit looking into the reflection glass for that is NOT who you are--look within to the truth of self and see who you might be hiding within that cumbersome machinery. 'Tis the journey within that is ultimate--not the reflection from a looking glass for the glass stops your vision just beyond your nose and vision must flow throughout infinity--beyond man's puny limits. There is only brotherhood within the vision quest of ones who come from the thunder peoples and the sky brothers. These ones were labeled the "Bird Tribes" for when they were labeled thusly--only birds flew within the consciousness of experience.

Oh yes, chela, I can explain these things unto you and I shall do so in many ways, through carefully chosen receivers and transmitters and they can be written in a way in which each individual entity can be made to understand.

You must place into perspective that which has occurred upon your globe of manifested experience. You watch man unearth another man from apparently another time, a skeleton, a bowl of primitive clay fragments, pieces of stone and sharp glass-like flint--tools. You look and you marvel at the findings while you over-look the grandest discoveries of the cycles of time.

These places are unearthed because they represent the "beginning", not the "ending". When the old continents are again thrust up from the eons of cleansing under the seas, life shall need begin again--and man always insists on starting over. His destructive and evil nature comes forth and destroys and the mother is forced to again cleanse so she rolls over in her bed and washes away that which is evil and without purity and that which is man-created is lost again into its elemental forms but that which was remaining of the elemental species is left for the next generations of "modern man" to find and exploit. For man must always come into the truth of it--there is nothing more and nothing less. All he can gather is his experiences and his growth in recognition of the vast infinity of the creation where he exists forever. As the old comes forth all that is brought back is the basic beginnings of what appears to be life. A few fragments of geographical locations are always left to remain that there might be continuation of a species. Man was always man--man was never a fish nor an ape--man was always man. It is always the ones of the ancients who remain with the earth mother to nurture and hold to the old that again a civilization of human might be rebirthed and given opportunity to experience and grow through his virtues and repeat or renew; it is his choice, always.

The "livingness" of the mother is brought into her radiance and those with her which have come into truth. Those who must be taught in the lower grades are placed appropriately that they can continue in their lessons. When a planet "closes" its magnificent and ultimate cycle, new lands raise from the oceans and, without the waters, the living plants and animal species perish or in some instances, adapt. However as the old is brought for cleansing beneath the waters of the great seas, that which man has corrupted poisons the remaining oceans and the new oceans beneath which the pollution lies sunken. Some survive for it is intended to be that way. If the ending of a planet or life base is truly annihilated, it becomes a massive asteroid belt and/or an encapsulated energy form to be re-molded into whatever the creator so "thinks"--it matters not to you for you will have lost your "consciousness" and would again be without knowingness.

Again the ancient "teachers" from the universal realms are there to begin the lessons again--the first to come, the last to go--only relieved by brief periods of "lift-off" to insure re-commence of the mighty cycle. You ones in this consciousness are in the final fragments of the mighty cycle before and while the old passes and the new begins. It is a wondrous gift indeed to be the selected few for the false betrayers stand to the left and to the right all about you to push you from your path. I am the mother hen for all of you, my little fledglings who cling unto my feathers, for I know the path and I hold the lamp to light the way. You need no rituals to reach out and take my hand for you have never been disconnected from me. To renew the bond is but a thought--to sever is also but a thought and even then I shall not leave you as you are allowed your lessons.

CHAPTER 6

REC #1 HATONN

TUE., JUNE 2, 1992 1:35 P.M. YEAR 5, DAY 291

TUESDAY, JUNE 2, 1992

MEDITATION

It will always appear that some people get all the breaks. While they walk steadily along or climb the ladder to happiness and success they seem to be able to "miss" some of the rungs when, in fact, you have to hit every one and get hung-up on the first one or two. Why might this be so? Because ones who succeed are those who are accepting of life's problems as they come and confront them head on. No journey is trouble free--only the experiencers are inept or capable of coping with that which comes.

Life is not something which has to be "endured"--and neither may you "put up with" things which come forth. Take responsibility, go within for help, EXPECT IT, and the skill (not luck) will become a part of your way of life.

Expect trouble as an inevitable part of life or at the least, a problem or two along the way which needs solutions. Keep the head up so the eyes may see clearly and the ears hear strongly. And be bigger than the problem in knowing you will be given nothing greater than your ability to bear.

Usually all that is required in any set of problem circumstances is perception and perspective. As God power incarnate, you have the ability to "create" and not simply be using the pawns in the game as already manifest. Creative thinking is your mandatory approach: Creative thinking may mean simply the realization that there is no particular virtue in doing things the way they have always been done--just because they "have always been done that way"!

Most important, as a problem raises its squinty eyes--confront it. If people who love each other let even a single instant wedge itself between them--IT GROWS--AND GROWS--AND GROWS--it becomes a month, a year, a century; it becomes too late! And most of all remember that all the things that "go without saying" or that are "understood" between people can build up an impassable hurdle or mountain of miscommunication which will not be traversed.

Most of all, however, know whether or not you have a "problem" for in the ending you will find that love and solutions have two things in common--both must be handled as a thing of action and sincerity--not simply words and fine talk.

Consider these things of "life" most carefully for you may not choose the way you die--but you MUST choose the way you live! Salu

EARTHLY PROOF OF THE "PHOTON BELT"!

I have been badgered about as much about the "Photon Belt" as any one thing I have presented to you. I remind you readers--I DIDN'T DREAM UP A PHOTON BELT TO ANNOY YOU IN SOME WAY. YOUR SCIENTISTS SEE IT THERE OFF THE BOW OF YOUR SHIP AND KNOW ALL ABOUT IT--THEY ARE THE ONES MAKING PREDICTIONS AND I SHALL CONTINUE TO PASS THE INFORMATION ALONG.

This "belt" is such a part of our orbiting system that I cannot understand your lack of understanding about it being there in front of you. The prophecies, in every instance, speak of it and what will happen in those days from the most evil intended to the most pure in projection.

For you who want to "pin me down", I have this to offer--YOU FIND OUT AND THEN SHARE WITH ALL OF US. There are ones now, from one of the most reputable observatories (in conjunction with military researchers) and ones who are in astronomical research at MIT who just this week-end CONFIRMED that not only are YOU approaching the PHOTON BELT but there is a gag order under penalty of death or incarceration on life sentence IF any information regarding the phenomenon is so much as mentioned.

Further, I get denial that Pleiades could be a center around which other solar systems orbit--and all sorts of "magnetic this" and "magnetic that" and how it couldn't be because of the "pull" of planets and galaxies, etc. WELL, WHERE ARE YOUR BRAINS, SIR? IF YOU ARE TALKING OF "SUNS"--MORE THAN SEVEN OF THEM--YOU ARE TALKING ABOUT "PULL". Then one goes on to annoy George and demand that George demand that I do this and that or the other. What be wrong with you, sir? You have denounced me from onset and my opinion is that you are simply abusive to George and insulting in addition. Why do you cast stones at him--or at me? We only present to you that which IS and if you care not for it--go thy way in peace for ye know not of that which ye speak.

TANKS IN THE GARDEN

From all about your nation observers are seeing train cars filled with "tanks" (unmarked) moving in all directions. A whole rail convoy was just off-loaded in Las Vegas on this past weekend. This coincided with a Patriot meeting of great magnitude and a "Heavy Metal--Grateful Dead" concert which pulled 90,000. Coincidence? No! YOU ARE AT WAR--those tanks are Communist equipment--mostly "Chinese" in origin. The United Nations military force is getting ready to take command of your cities and you-the-people.

No, things DON'T look good--but again, why does it seem to be "my fault"? If I tell you Truth, does this make me your enemy? If you believe me not--so be it. However, if ones ask my input--I shall give it. If you choose not to believe--good, but before you denounce me--go look in the park in Las Vegas! Remember, Yucca Proving Grounds, Yucca Mountain and Nellis A.F. Base are all right there. You have "aliens" of every sort in the facilities on site and you of America have some serious problems confronting you.

You who wrote so insultingly, want proof? I have no-thing (NOTHING) to prove. I need NOT your problems for NO-ONE is about to take my freedom and destroy my property--neither CAN they nor SHALL they do so! God's Hosts are not vulnerable--YOU ARE!!

STILL PRIMITIVE?

PERSPECTIVE ON THE BIG PICTURE OF INFINITE GROWTH

I do not speak of you ones as anything other than "little brothers" for "ignorance" is not the same as stupidity--but primitive? Perhaps! You have learned enough to destroy and not enough to restore. Where ARE you on the scale of human evolvement? Let me remind you through teachings of your Pleiadian elders and YOU see where you might be on the scale of 1-7 in the seven segments of realization.

I. PRIMARY LIFE:

1) Primary development of intellect and spirit.

2) Primary thinking of intellect and spirit.

3) Primary thinking of reason.

4) Primary exercise of intellect and spirit force.

5) Primary reasonable actions.

6) Primary will-thinking and will-activity.

7) Reason-conditioned guiding of the life.

Creatures of these levels are considered insane, idiots, etc., by already thinking reasoning beings. But in truth their spirit and intellect is not yet spiritually developed. (They are new spirits who have to first form themselves by learning and experience.) [Nervous yet???]

II. REASONED LIFE:

1) Primary development of reason.

2) Effective realization of reason and its use.

3) Primary acknowledgement and cognition of higher influences.

4) Belief in higher influences without having the knowledge.

5) Belief in higher forces, superstition, fear of evil, veneration of God., etc. (Germinating time for religions, etc.)

6) [Here is where the elder brothers place the average Earth human being on the scale.] Primary cognition of the true reality. Research, knowledgeable development. First spiritual cognitions and their exercise. Spiritual healing, telepathy, etc.

7) Primary development of knowledge and wisdom.

III. INTELLIGENT LIFE

[This is where you will find the present Earth beings who are "educated" as scientists, etc. There are a few borderland and spiritual scholars in this section about level 2 and 3. Except for the "wisdom", as expressed. Knowledge without wisdom is the remarkable status of your society.]

1) Advanced development of the intellect. High technology. Second utilization of spiritual forces. Primary creation of living form.

2) Realization and exercise of knowledge, truth, and wisdom. Slow breakdown of accepted beliefs.

3) First utilization of knowledge and wisdom.

4) Acknowledgement and utilization of nature's laws. Generation of super-technologies. Second creation of living forms. [Your government Elite are at this level through technological superiority and control of the masses of you-the-people.]

5) Natural exercise of wisdom and knowledge in the cognition of spiritual forces. Further breakdown of accepted beliefs. [Certainly aren't "here" yet, are you?]

6) Life in knowing, about wisdom, truth and logic.

7) Primary cognition of the reality as absolutely real.

IV. REAL LIFE:

1) Clear knowledge about reality as absolutely real.

2) Cognition of spiritual knowledge and spiritual wisdom.

3) Utilization of spirit knowledge and wisdom.

4) Cognition of the reality of the CREATION and its laws.

5) Living according to the CREATION law. Purification of Spirit and intellect. Cognition of the obligation and force of Spirit. Breakdown of blind acceptances in belief.

6) Guided and controlled utilization of spiritual forces.

7) Creation of first living creatures. [Your Elite made it to this point half a century ago and now you have ability to "create" (manufacture from DNA) replication of life-forms, including human--however, you have no ability to introduce or "create" soul energy in ANY form.]

V. CREATIONAL LIFE:

1) Creating and controlling of living forms.

2) Construction of mechanical/organic living things.

3) Spiritual development of forces for control of material and organic forms of life.

4) Will-conditioned mastery of life in all its forms and sorts.

5) Position of recognitions. Reminiscences of earlier lifetimes, etc.

6) Kings of Wisdom. (Accepts "wisdom" before their higher power "knowledge".)

7) Cognition of Spiritual Peace, of universal love and creational harmony.

VI. SPIRITUAL LIFE:

1) Acknowledgement and realization of Spiritual Peace, universal love and creational harmony.

2) Living according to pure Spiritual knowledge.

3) Spiritual creating and creations.

4) Dis-embodying of Spirit from organic matter.

5) First pure Spiritual existence.

6) Final Spiritual existence.

7) Passing-over into the CREATION consciousness.

VII. CREATION LIFE:

1) Twilight sleeping during seven periods of rest.

2) Awakening and beginning of creating in the Creation as CREATION, during seven periods.

3) Creating of living forms.

4) Creating of new Spirit in improvement of the CREATION.

5) Creating of great Spirit in the CREATION.

6) Recreating CREATION.

7) Last reach of highest improvement during the 7th period.

TWILIGHT SLEEP OF CREATION

This is a period of "sleep" of the CREATION and lasts seven periods/great-times. One period/great-time lasts some 311,040,000,000,000 years as calculated in your counting systems. We have to offer you that to which YOU can relate for we utilize only "sequence" of growth and experience--during all of the 7 periods of experience. In the twilight state of the CREATION all life and the whole universe ceases in consciousness. Just after its awakening it begins to create all things anew. During the twilight sleeping neither time nor space exist. There is only the "nothing" or voidance, as all lies sleeping inside the infinite of the CREATION and null-time. While no creating thought exists there is no force, no time, and no space. There is only duration in a nameless nothing.

Do not confuse this with the “null”-time on either rim of the Photon Belt of Light. The "Photon" null-time simply expresses as neutralization of all electrical particles as they become "lighted" and frequencies pick up to match the evolution of such change.

THINGS YOU DON'T KNOW?

It is a only a fool who projects "impossible" as mysteries are unveiled. Demands for "proving" are only allowances of "ignorance to show through". Things are being discovered every day in your heavens which disprove that limited vision of a century past or even a year past. Since YOU do not really know what a "starship" IS, how can you pronounce that there are no such things? The only thing proven in such demands of higher beings is the total narrow perception and ignorance of the one demanding same. I would remind all of you "astronomers" (of which my accuser seems to allow himself the title) that Neptune was discovered only in 1846.

Yes, this wondrous turquoise planet, long known by antiquity, would have blue-green appearance, be watery, and have patches the color of swamplike vegetation.

So as some of your probes have gone forth you now have a confirmed blue-green, aquamarine planet embraced by an atmosphere of helium, hydrogen, and methane gases, swept by swirling, high-velocity winds that overshadow Earth's own hurricanes. What else? Well, it was expected that Neptune would be gaseous--but no, it has a "rocky core" above which there floats, (at least in the words of JPL scientists), "a slurry mixture of water-ice. This watery layer, circling the rocky core as the planet revolves in its sixteen-hour day, acts as a dynamo that creates a sizable magnetic field. "

But we are going to look more closely now. This beautiful planet turns out to be encircled by several rings made up of boulders, rocks, and dust and is orbited by at least eight satellites, OR MOONS. Of the latter, the largest you have called Triton, proved no less spectacular than its planetary master. This celestial body has "retrograde" motion and is about the size of Earth's Moon. It orbits Neptune in a direction opposite to that of the coursing of Neptune and all other known planets in your Solar System, not anticlockwise as they do--but clockwise. The surface is rugged and mountainous on one side with smooth, almost craterless features on the other side. There has been recent and continuing volcanic activity but very odd in nature: what the active, hot interior of this celestial body spews out is not molten lava but jets of slushy ICE. Triton had flowing water in its past; it had lakes and there were carbon-based compounds which coat parts of Triton AND Neptune.

SUMERIAN TEXTS KNEW OF OUTERMOST PLANETS

Now guess what!! There are some old texts from the Sumerians which spoke extensively of these places. How could this be if there are no space men, no ancient astronomers, no higher intelligence and no technology in place before now to PROVE such a thing?

So, lets look further, now that you have some backup from that which you labeled "Voyager 2". Let us attend Uranus. This jewel is only about two billion miles distant so we should be able to study it "closely". Unfortunately it lies so far beyond Saturn that it cannot be seen from Earth with the naked human eye. It was discovered in 1781 by Frederick Wilhelm Herschel, a musician turned amateur astronomer, only after the telescope was perfected. At the time of its discovery Uranus was thought to have been unknown in antiquity for it had been held that the ancient peoples knew and venerated the Sun, the Moon, and only five planets (Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn), which they believed moved around the Earth in the "vault of heaven"; nothing could be seen or known beyond Saturn.

But the very opposite has proven to be true--the ancients knew all about Uranus, and about Neptune, and even about the more-distant Pluto! So now, Earthling--where do you go to hide?

Ah, and Uranus has some wondrous moons as well. Uranus is interesting for it just "lies there" on its side after being struck by a very large celestial object yet to be identified by you ones. Now here is another interesting thing--ITS WINDS MOVE IN RETROGRADE DIRECTION. Moreover, the side of Uranus which lies away from the Sun has the same temperature as that which faces the sun.

And what shaped the unusual features and formations on some of the Uranian moons? Especially intriguing is the moon called Miranda which is now accepted as "one of the most enigmatic objects in the Solar System", in the words of your own NASA astronomers, where an elevated, flattened-out plateau is delineated by 100-mile-long escarpments that form a right angle (a feature nicknamed "the Chevron" by the astronomers) and where, on both sides of this plateau, there are elliptical features that are like racetracks ploughed over by concentric furrows.

Two phenomena stand out regarding Uranus, distinguishing it from other planets. One is its color--in living color on your own Television screens--it is greenish blue--a color totally different from that of all the previous planets seen to date in your vision.

The other different factor is what Uranus is “made of ”. It, too, was assumed that Uranus was gaseous--but nay, nay--it is covered with WATER! BUT--it is HOT! Thousands of degrees of heat--from radioactive elements. This too, was EXACTLY as the Sumerians described it to be. In their texts from millennia ago the ancient Sumerians had not only known of the existence of Uranus but had accurately described it right to its greenish-blue color and as having water.

What does this mean? It means, little ones, that in 1986 modern science DID NOT discover what had been unknown; rather, it rediscovered and caught up with ancient knowledge. In the ancient texts, Neptune was listed before Uranus, as would be expected by someone coming INTO the solar system and sees first Pluto, then Neptune, and then Uranus. In these texts or planetary lists Uranus was called Kakkab shanamma, "Planet Which is the Double" of Neptune. Uranus is indeed a look alike of Neptune in size, color, and watery content; both planets are encircled by rings and orbited by a multitude of satellites, or moons. Further, the magnetic fields of both have almost identical characteristics: both have an unusually extreme inclination relative to the planets' axes or rotation--58 degrees on Uranus, 50 degrees on Neptune. The two planets have similarly length of the "day" cycles--each about sixteen to seventeen hours long. Does it not occur to you at this point that it just might be an interesting thing to witness a Photon Belt which is pure light and invisible to sight perception? Further, if you do not even know there is a "photon belt" present, how can you ASSUME that you are NOT an orbiting system around a sun cluster with the power of Pleiades?? I certainly hope George will not be too irritated with his "friend" to not share this information with him. He demands information from Hatonn--he shall get information for I weary of the foolish games and accusations.

The ferocious winds on Neptune and the water ice slurry layer on its surface attest to the great internal heat it generates, like that of Uranus. In fact, Neptune's temperatures are very similar to those of Uranus even though Uranus is more than a billion miles closer to your Sun--oops!

It may be interesting to note that even your NASA scientists made an announcement regarding the similarity of the ancient texts and what you have now seemingly "proven". They state: "Planet which is the double", the Sumerians said of Uranus in comparing it to Neptune says its size and other characteristics make Uranus a near twin of Neptune." Not only the described characteristics but even the terminology-- "planet which is the double", "a near twin of Neptune"--is similar. But one statement, the Sumerian one, was made circa 4,000 B.C., and the other, by NASA, in A.D. 1989, nearly 6,000 years later.

WHO WERE THESE SUMERIANS?

The Sumerians are the first "known" and historically recognized civilization. It seemingly appeared suddenly out of nowhere some 6,000 years ago; it is credited on your place with virtually all the "firsts" of a high civilization: inventions and innovations, concepts and beliefs, which form the very foundation of your own Western culture and indeed of all other civilization and cultures throughout the Earth as you presently can recognize them or find historical documentation. [Didn't ALL of you KNOW this?] Entertaining as it might be, the wheel and animal-drawn vehicles, boats for rivers and ships for seas, the kiln and the brick, high-rise building, writing and schools and scribes, laws and judges and juries, kingship and citizens' councils, music and dance and art, medicine and chemistry, weaving and textiles, religion and priesthoods and even temples--they are all thought on Earth Shan to have begun there, in SUMER, a country in the southern part of today's IRAQ, located in ancient Mesopotamia. Above all, knowledge of mathematics and astronomy were believed to have begun there.

Surely enough, all the basic elements of modern astronomy are found in Sumerian origin: the concept of a celestial sphere, of a horizon and a zenith, of the circle's division into 360 degrees, of a celestial band in which the planets orbit the Sun, of grouping stars into constellations and giving them the names and pictorial images that are called the "zodiac" today, of applying the number 12 to this zodiac and to the divisions of time, and of devising a calendar that has been the basis of calendars to this very day. I would say the Sumerians made a small contribution to your present society.

INTERESTING NOTATIONS

The Sumerians recorded their commercial and legal transactions, their tales and their histories, on clay tablets; they drew their illustrations on cylinder seals on which the depiction was carved in reverse, as a negative, that appeared as a positive when the seal was rolled on wet clay. In the ruins of Sumerian cities excavated by archaeologists in the past century and a half, hundreds, if not thousands, of the texts and illustrations that have been found dealt with astronomy. Do you see now WHY I simply cannot get too interested in some over-hyped and tampered-with Dead Sea Scrolls? Why not go study where Truth can be found? I think you know the answer to that one! Among these are lists of stars and constellations in their correct heavenly locations and manuals for observing the rising and setting of stars and planets. There are texts specifically dealing with the Solar System. There are texts among the unearthed tablets that list the planets orbiting the Sun in their correct order; one text gives the distances between the planets. There are illustrations on cylinder seals depicting the Solar System that are at least 4,500 years old and that are now in the Near Eastern Section of the State Museum in East Berlin (catalogued under number VA/243--for you inquiring minds).

Illustrations appear of a complete Solar System in which the Sun (not Earth!) is in the center. But later you burned alive ones who said as much. Is it not possible you have missed a little Photon Belt--especially when revealing of same is bearing a penalty of firing squad death?

In fact, the Solar System is depicted with ALL the planets you know today and some you don't, orbiting quite accurately.

Now, since some of the depictions are a bit different (today) than are yours and perhaps they represent errors?? Perish the thought for these are not errors or misinformation; on the contrary, the differences--two of them--are very significant.

The first difference concerns Pluto. It has a very odd orbit--too inclined to the common plane (called the Ecliptic) in which the planets orbit the Sun, and so elliptical that Pluto sometimes (as at present and until 1999) finds itself not farther but closer to the Sun than Neptune. Astronomers have therefore speculated, ever since its discovery in 1930, that Pluto was originally a satellite of another planet; the usual assumption is that it was a moon of Neptune that "somehow"--no one seems to be able to figure out how--got torn away from its attachment to Neptune and attained its independent (though most bizarre) orbit around the Sun.

This is confirmed by the ancient depiction, but with a significant difference. In the Sumerian depiction Pluto is shown not near Neptune but between Saturn and Uranus. And Sumerian cosmological texts, which we shall consider here at length, relate that Pluto was a satellite of Saturn that was let loose to eventually attain its own "destiny" --its independent orbit around the Sun! Oh heresy! Could it be? I would ask Mr. D. to explain this to me in detail which is understandable to a “child”, as is required of me regarding Pleiades and Photons.

I would point out that the ancient explanation regarding the origin of Pluto reveals not just factual knowledge but also great sophistication in matters celestial. It involves an understanding of the complex forces that have shaped the Solar System, as well as the development of astrophysical theories by which moons can become planets or planets in the making can fail and remain moons. Pluto, according to Sumerian cosmogony, made it; YOUR Moon, which was in the process of becoming an independent planet, was prevented by celestial events from attaining the independent status.

Modern astronomers moved from speculation to the conviction that such a process has indeed occurred in your Solar System only after observations by some of your space-probes. It is now determined in the past decade that Titan, the largest moon of Saturn, was a planet-in-the-making whose detachment from Saturn was not completed. The discoveries at Neptune reinforced the opposite speculation regarding Triton, Neptune's moon that is just 400 miles smaller in diameter than Earth's Moon. Its peculiar orbit, its volcanism, and other features indicate that Triton was an "object sailing through the Solar System" several billion years ago when it "strayed" too close to Neptune, came under its influence and began orbiting the planet.

So what do the Sumerians say about this? It will become quite evident that not only is much of modern "discovery" merely a rediscovery of ancient knowledge but that ancient knowledge offered explanations for many phenomena that modern science has yet to figure out--like how it is the Hosts know so much! My, my, just HOW COULD those ancient ones have known all about these things so long ago--even at the dawn of civilization? What kind of proof do you want, Mr. D.? You haven't liked us since we brought forth AND THEY CALLED HIS NAME IMMANUEL, have you? I do not mind honest inquiries for man should question and search--I object to the inference that my people (crew) are less than even intelligent. I believe it is not "our" intelligence in question, sir.

HOW COULD SUMERIANS KNOW?

The answer lies partially in the second difference between the Sumerians' depiction of the Solar System and your own present knowledge as it has unfolded. It is the inclusion of a large planet in the empty space between Mars and Jupiter. You aren't aware of any such planet; but the Sumerian cosmological, astronomical, and historical texts insist that there indeed exists one more planet in your Solar System!--lets call it the "twelfth" member: they included the Sun, the Moon (which they counted as a celestial body in its own right for reasons stated in the texts), and ten, not nine, planets. It was the realization that a planet the Sumerian texts called NIBIRU (“Planet of the Crossing”) was neither Mars nor Jupiter, as some of your scholars have debated, but another planet that passes between them every little old 3,600 years.

It was from that planet, in fact, that the Sumerian texts repeatedly and persistently stated, that the ANUNNAKI came to Earth. What in the world does THAT mean? "THOSE WHO FROM HEAVEN TO EARTH CAME!" IN YOUR BIBLE THEY ARE SPOKEN OF AS THE ANAKIM, and in Chapter 6 of Genesis are also called Nefilim, WHICH IN HEBREW MEANS THE SAME THING: "THOSE WHO HAVE COME DOWN, FROM THE HEAVENS TO EARTH!"

AND--it was from the Anunnaki, the Sumerians explained--as though they had anticipated the question today--that they had learnt all they knew. The advanced knowledge found in Sumerian texts is thus, in effect, knowledge that was possessed by the Anunnaki who had come from Nibiru; and theirs was a very advanced civilization. The Anunnaki came to Earth about 445,000 years ago give or take a month or two. Way back then they could already travel in space--oh my goodness. Their vast elliptical orbit made a loop--this is the exact translation of the Sumerian term--around all the outer planets, acting as a moving observatory from which the Anunnaki could investigate all those planets. And so, dear ones, this is how everything was and is already known by your elders.

OTHER POSSIBLE ANSWERS

Why anyone would bother to go to your little speck of matter called Earth, not by accident, not by chance, not once but repeatedly, every 3,600 years or so, is also answered in these Sumerian texts and doesn’t longer have to be "wondered" about--for the inquiring minds of today. On their planet, the Anunnaki/Nefilim were facing a situation which you on Earth may also soon face: ecological deterioration and life was increasingly difficult. There was need for protection of their dwindling atmosphere, and the solution was to suspend "gold" particles above it, as a shield. How many of you realize that you coat the windows of your "spacecraft" with a thin layer of gold to shield the astronauts from radiation? Guess what, these Anunnaki had discovered this rare metal on what they called the "Seventh Planet" (counting from the outside inward), and they launched Mission Earth to obtain it. At first they tried to obtain it effortlessly, from the waters of the Persian Gulf; but when that failed, they embarked on toilsome mining operations in southeastern Africa.

Some short 300,000 years ago, the Anunnaki assigned to the African mines mutinied. It was then that the chief scientist and the chief medical officer of the Anunnaki used genetic manipulation and in-vitro fertilization techniques to create "primitive workers"--the first Homo sapiens to take over the backbreaking toil in those gold mines.

The Sumerian texts that describe all these events and their condensed version in the Book of Genesis have been extensively dealt with in other writings available today. The scientific aspects of those developments and of the techniques employed by the Anunnaki are the subject of which wondrous speculations can be made and perhaps my projections of "replicas" and "robotics" won't seem so far-fetched to the inquiring minds.

Modern science, as you call it, it will be shown, is blazing an amazing track of scientific advances--but the road to that "future" is replete with signposts, knowledge, and advances from the past which can no longer be ignored. These Anunnaki have been there before and as the relationship between them and the beings they had created changed, as they decided to give Mankind "civilization", they imparted to you some of their knowledge and the ability to make your own scientific advances.

As we write a bit more on this subject, I think you will find it interesting to simply realize the truth about something so CLOSE to you as the planet "Nibiru" and its influence on your species and civilization and then perhaps you can more openly look at other possibilities as you head into this incredible time of destruction and chaos.

The Sumerians were correct in what they were recording and I suggest that you pay close attention to the "discoveries" of "new" planets and "unseen before" planets and, and, and---. Chelas, you HAVE CONFIRMATION that there ARE intelligent beings "out there"--people so advanced that they could get to your place, almost half a million years ago, through travel (space) and people who were coming and going between their planet and Earth Shan every 3,600 years on a regular round-trip basis.

So what is the worry? Well, it is the WHO that is "out there" that shakes existing political, religious, social, economic, and military orders on your planet. ONLY YOU DO NOT KNOW!!

This is all B.S.? Come now--let's look at gold mining. There is absolute evidence that mining took place, in southern Africa, during the Old Stone Age. Your own Archaeological studies prove it.

Realizing that sites of abandoned ancient mines could indicate where gold could be found, South Africa's leading mining corporation, the Anglo-African Corporation, in the 1970's engaged archaeologists to look for such ancient mines. Published reports (in the corporation's journal Optima) detail the discovery in Swaziland and other sites in South Africa of extensive mining areas with shafts to depths of fifty feet. Stone objects and charcoal remains established dates of 35,000, 46,000, and 60,000 B.C. for these sites. The archaeologists and anthropologists who joined in dating the finds believed that mining technology was used in southern Africa "during much of the period subsequent to 100,000 B.C."

In September 1988, a team of international physicists came to South Africa to verify the age of human habitats in Swaziland and Zululand. The most modern techniques indicated an age of 80,000 to 115,000 years.

Regarding the most ancient gold mines of Monotapa in southern Zimbabwe, Zulu legends hold that they were worked by "artificially produced flesh and blood slaves created by the First People". These slaves, the Zulu legends recount, "went into battle with the Ape-Man" when "the great war star appeared in the sky" (see INDABA MY CHILDREN, by the Zulu medicine man Credo Vusamazulu Mutwa).

I certainly hope that perhaps we have kindled a spark of curiosity. You certainly do not "have to" listen to me or believe a word I give you--but it seems the better part of wisdom to do so. May the Truth rest gently upon you for the burdens you shall be bearing are going to be most heavy about thine heads and shoulders in the next years of counting.

Salu, Hatonn to clear, please.

***

CONFUSION AND CONTRADICTIONS

As Dharma and E.J. go off to confront another of dozens of court sessions tomorrow, I am called to speak on some matters regarding funding which apparently have gotten distorted and gossiped about to the point of total absurdity.

I am confronted with contradictions in my statements. Perhaps I can clarify: I have said that Ekkers have nothing and then I say that they can not continue to support "solely" the Constitutional Law Center. Easy! In the winter they borrowed money from one who invested in the property prior to this. The court was dragging and the Law Center needed help along with the entity called Common Law Service Center. Being asked for a temporary (not later payback than mid-January), they used funds for that project and another investment for another project, from that resource. When the return was not forthcoming, the cupboard was bare--no more and no less. Please be advised that no funds are sidetracked for any personal use. Even the gifts of love and sharing are placed separately and can be fully accounted. I believe it is only "troublemakers" who begin these accusations and they actually begin "right here" with ones who actually have no investment in any manner--then the stirring takes place and trouble rears its ugly head. There shall undoubtedly be much sorting before the final curtain falls. THIS IS WHY "I", HATONN, ATTEND THE COUNCIL CHAIRS. I do, however, have great pain at that which brother does unto brother in the very places of God. These very ones reap the rewards of these servants' labor and yet cast stones and gross accusations in the form of "innocent" inquiry of possibilities!

I have to remind all of you who might be invested in the Institute--YOU ARE SAFE AND SECURE--UNLESS, YOU CHOOSE TO CASH OUT WHILE GOLD IS LESS THAN THE PURCHASE COST PLUS HANDLING. In view of this, we shall cease any outside "projects" of size until funding arrives from our resources--and all amounts shall be covered and then decisions shall have to be made as to handling. You can leave it if you want the security (which is why this was originally begun as a plan) but I shall not subject my beloved ones to this kind of abuse. We have no group, no commune, no church--we are writers and there WILL be MAJOR projects handled with integrity and absolutely are necessary for your passage and survival. Ones who participate are covered in sheltering and protection as the appropriate time comes. Chelas, you shall have great difficulty KNOWING YOUR ENEMY--for it so often is the one calling himself/herself your greatest friend.

I humbly thank you all for the loving care and support from the heart while the way is so hard and bitter. I only ask "reason". I welcome inquiries and questions in doubt--please cease and desist from this bitter back-stabbing for it is not of God. Ask and ye shall be shown but when private it shall not be your privilege to make this journey harder for my chelas. My people have given ALL they have--what would ye ask more? Crucifixion perhaps? So be it for as ye have done it unto the least of mine--so have ye done it unto me!

I have told you before this--these methods of security are set in such a way as to PROVIDE PRIVACY AND SO SHALL IT BE--perhaps that is WHY ones are so prone to pry and "misunderstand". Some assaults are set to explode and stop Dharma from her receiving under the assumption if hit hard enough she will go "silent"! NO--it will not happen! So be it and I proclaim it so. Hatonn to clear.

CHAPTER 7

REC #1 HATONN

THU., JUNE 4, 1992 7:24 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 293

THURSDAY, JUNE 4, 1992

MEDITATION

BALANCE AND FORGIVENESS

As the path of Light is traveled you shall be battered and stricken if you stand for that which you project. It has ever been thus and shall never be changed until all men can see beauty and truth of circumstance and follow not the evil tricksters. Greed and envy within perceptions of falseness shall ever be the way of it.

"Forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors” were the instructions, for it is not for you to judge another and you must have compassion for another who feels need to bring pain upon his brethren. Perhaps “pity” is the better choice of words for “ones within” calling themselves friends, fellow-workers and are but enemies who would destroy.

How long will I tolerate such behavior within my house? Not very much longer, chelas. He who stabs a brother is most heinous indeed and I shall no longer cover their transgressions. I suggest you who has spoken and written these accusations step forward and pronounce the accusations in public and unto the one accused. Anonymous letters, "secret" phone calls and "inside" information are things of evil intent and you may be able to hide presence from others but you cannot hide deeds from God or SELF.

Ones have been allowed assembly with me and my crew--because we welcome friends and it is a time for call unto service and opportunity to respond to that call. Your contract is no concern of that of another--but to come within and destroy is as evil as coming into a man's home and taking his wife or abducting his children for the simple joy of the deed.

How can anyone perceive ill-treatment from this “group” when there IS NO GROUP?

Do you think I hear not the gossip and twattlings, accusations in secret opinion of "don't tell, but - - -". Who be ye? Babes of ill-breeding? How dare you bite the very hand that suckles you? How dare you disgrace the Truth by your felonious prattlings? Ah indeed, there is housecleaning to be done and if ye will not do of it for self--then I shall do of it for you. If you have reputation of speaking and gossiping these ideas and things of pain, I suggest you listen up, for ye shall be the first confronted.

I have long said--from onset--of our sharing the WORD, that the enemy is stationed among you and yet you trust all as if they be chosen directly of God--NO--MAN CHOOSES FOR SELF AND IT IS YOU WHO MUST COME TO CONFRONT THE EVIL PRESENCE. All efforts shall be made to stop the work and the Word and that means that spies and rabble-rousers, informers and tattlers shall come within IF you allow same. Physical presence means nothing. But to gain a man's trust only to betray HIM reminds me of some actions a few years back!!!

This kind of behavior is also to cause you to look to the right and left and SEE with perception--LISTEN and allow insight. WHO prattles and pries? Do you not realize that Truth will always “out”? Further, are you not willing to take responsibility for that which you do?

Ah yes, forgiveness is divine--but allowing the enemy to shoot you is stupidity.

I further suggest that if there were no falsehood in the world, there would be no doubt; if there were no doubt, there would be no inquiry; if no inquiry, no wisdom, no knowledge, no genius; and Fancy herself would lie muffled up in her night-robe, inactive, pale, and bloated as your world has become this day. However, in plain truth, lying is an accursed vice. You are not "men", nor have other tie upon one another--BUT BY THEIR WORD!

IMPORTANT NOTE: YOU NEVER NEED THINK YOU CAN TURN OVER ANY OLD FALSEHOOD WITHOUT A TERRIBLE SQUIRMING AND SCATTERING OF THE HORRID LITTLE POPULATI0N THAT DWELLS UNDER IT!

YE SHALL NOT BE IN THE STOPPING OF OUR WORK! HEED WELL FOR I WEARY OF THE INTERRUPTIONS FOR YE OF NO ABILITY FOR TRUST SHALL BE PUT ASIDE FOR THE VERY DAMAGE YE DO AS WHAT IS SENT FORTH COMES BACK MORE AND MORE QUICKLY IN THESE DAYS OF CHAOS AND DECEIT.

* * *

DISTRACTIONS ADDRESSED

Why does "Brother Hatonn" begin with such pain-filled reminders of pathway? Because My people have had about all the load they can bear. They have given all earthly material they have garnered over sixty years of service from which they each began very well-to-do and having great abundance in exchange for their work in the worldly market-place.

Then, ones come to their location to share and serve and some to destroy. They have no industry--theirs is to serve likewise. Ours is to offer brothers a way of security when we can see the way in safety. We, I repeat, ARE NOT A GROUP, A CULT, A CHURCH OR ANYTHING ELSE SAVE PERSONS TRYING OUR BEST TO GET THE WORD OF TRUTH UNTO YOU-THE-PEOPLE VIA USE OF YOUR OWN MEANS THAT IS PROJECTED--THROUGH GIVING AND SHARING WITH YOU WHO WOULD SUPPORT THE WORD. NOTHING MORE AND NOTHING LESS.

We are bombarded with "Why don't you do it this way?" and "Why don't you send the papers free?" and "why don't, why don't and why don't" and then returns from these very ones that we are "scum-bags", thieves and master plotters against mankind. How so? We do nothing save attend our business. These are HUMANS and effort to serve in their own subjectivity to err and sometimes I am confronted from my scribe by "The greatest error, perhaps, is to attempt this work, Father." Shall I not protect these ones? Oh INDEED I SHALL PROTECT THESE ONES EVEN IF THERE ONLY BE 144 RATHER THAN A 144 THOUSAND RETURNING TO SAFETY WITH ME.

At this point in writing this message, you will recall two days past I wrote on this subject and already it rears its ugly head a day later from another point--through poison pen letters. I hope the writer is getting most uncomfortable for I am going to give you enough information to disallow any doubt of who it is without disclosing the information to other readers. I hope that you who are the culprits will weed selves from the places of my people by thine own accord. Strike GOD and HE will most surely respond with discipline!

I have to share this embarrassing and tedious information for I am requested to do so by one of my oldest friends and colleagues from years and years past. This one calls me to attention and we share great debates and wondrous friendship and I shall not let his request go unheeded. I shall have to respond in this forum for it is the petition as blight spreads. Actually I responded two days past but I shall print the letter as sent and repeat the response.

I speak to all of you who somehow think miracles attend Dharma and she has no worry or care--she and E.J. were again in court over their home--just yesterday. This was an appeal to simply remain in the house until a hearing could be REQUIRED. NO--the judge (the same as had ruled against them on 5 prior occasions) smiled and pronounced a ruling directly against them. Then to come home to find this letter was as devastating as you can get on "a bad day!".

QUOTE:

May 27, 1992 Dear E.J.:

Here is a portion of a letter by someone WHO WAS IN TEHACHAPI AND AROUND YOUR GROUP FOR SOME TIME, that I would like Hatonn to comment on:

" .... I left Tehachapi with serious doubts about Dharma/Hatonn. A friend planted a lie in the 'inner circle' who gossips with Dharma and the lie was printed as 'Truth' in the Express within a week.

"I'm afraid EJ and George Green are playing banksters with the 'Education Institute' funds. I know they leveraged the gold by 50% and I don't know about their 'secret' investments. They built a big underground shelter--much $$$--and made it clear it was for the immediate family. I think that means Dharma's and EJ's immediate family----"

He also said words to the effect, "I've heard George make outlandish claims in seminars about himself and his relationship with the Pleiadeans that I know from my past relationship with George are simply untrue."

I hope you guys are doing well, and we can somehow win this battle.

TD

END OF QUOTING

TD, if it were not you who ask in earnest attempt to find balance and protect our work, I would simply not take time to answer for we are finally to the work in which we make our connections "in proof" of presence according to records already on your placement. Distractions can sometimes be too large, however, to ignore.

It is painful--we have two threatened lawsuits right now--one, because Germain gave you information on Light and honored one, Walter Russell. These ones wish to remove all information regarding our references to this wondrous man, from the public. This is a place set up in his name, for goodness sakes--and despoiled and rotted by the minds and hands of those claiming furtherance of his work. My people have never heard of the place and yet there is a cease and desist order and an order for impounding of ALL JOURNALS WHICH MAKE REFERENCE TO RUSSELL. Russell was one of the most gifted receivers from our realms of any man on your place in the recognition and giving forth of the Truth of "What is God?". May we not refer to your written Bible? How about your Constitution and/or Bill of Rights? May we not give recognition and service to truthbringers? Are ye all gone mad in your nightmare?

Then, George has a lawsuit pending from one who simply wants her work published--rightly or wrongly. She was asked to write and then wrote--but the information became totally her own and is erroneous along with presenting a life-style totally contradictory of God's values. What shall George do? PUBLISH IT, AS AT PRESENT SHE HAS THE REINS. You readers are going to have to be discerning and George is a publisher--nothing more and nothing less. You will not, however, affix either Sananda's picture or his "participation" as claimed. Well, readers, you see, this ONE gave a "GIFT" to "help" and demanded "nothing in return" for if there was return, she would feel "insulted". She went even further as she said, year before last, to "not look further for backup for the dwelling" for she could write a check to cover it and to "consider it done" and "that way, the legal misery would cease." I believe you can see that this did not happen, although there were several, including George and Desiree', present at the speaking. Interestingly enough, E.J. recognized the potential and did, in fact, place her "gift" into gold against this very happening. Furthermore, when the price of gold again reaches the price where purchased, THE “GIFT” WILL BE RETURNED AND THEN, GEORGE, TAKE THE ERRONEOUS INFORMATION AND CAST IT TO THE WINDS IF YOU WOULD RATHER DO SO, TO PROTECT YOUR OWN INNER STANDARDS OF MATERIAL OFFERED. Son, I have never limited your publishing--for it is not mine to do so--neither the distribution of that which you have in store or gather in. We separate that which is "ours" from the other as requested--and readers and seminar listeners must do their own discerning--OUR TRUTH WILL STAND ALL THE TESTING ANY CAN PLACE UPON IT AND COMPARISON ONLY MORE CLEARLY SHOWS IT AS THE TRUTH IT IS.

The person in point of TD's letter above recently did pass this way and much other pain and nationwide misery and hurt has followed him and his trail of poison.

Serious doubts?? We welcome "serious doubts" for in the open doubting--the response can be given. "Inner circle"? Who "gossips with Dharma"? A bit harder. There is NO INNER CIRCLE and DHARMA DOESN'T HAVE TIME TO GOSSIP. SHE IS PROTECTED ALMOST TO THE POINT OF TOTAL ISOLATION FROM ALMOST EVERYONE SO THIS CAN ONLY BE INTENDED TO HURT THE ONE WHO MIGHT CONSIDER SELF A FRIEND OF HERS, CLOSE ENOUGH TO HAVE CONFIDENCE.

Plant a "lie"? Does this not speak for itself? This is a place of "sharing" in the newspaper--any and all information as may affect you readers--it is obvious that this person does not read well. I am not a magician in the first place, and secondly, my people who do the paper are very, very human and constantly tampering and "re-editing" of the paper which fell into rather hurried and harassed hands. I think it most unsavory in intent to not "share" the "lie" with us so we could set it to straight for you readers, if indeed, this has happened at all!! I become suspicious without further attending it because it has been long that we have published the LIBERATOR and not the EXPRESS as reference indicates from the writer.

Now, I would like you nice people to tell me where you can leverage gold to 50% and have secret investments? Each of you readers consider how much YOU have "contributed" and let's see if the fortunes of the Elite could even survive. must less have great garnering of wealth at anyone's expense if, in fact, there was truth in any measure! I believe there have been some who have placed great sums of money in the Institute and did in fact later take it all out--without even the cost of gold differential given consideration--that meant, readers, that these ones had to make up the very difference in cost. DOES THAT REALLY INDICATE A PERSONAL ATTITUDE OF SELFISH GREED?

AS TO THE UNDERGROUND SHELTER: Dharma's son allowed use of his land and the space beneath the house he was ready to build, FOR A FULL SECOND LEVEL BASEMENT--BUILT TO SPECIFICATIONS WHICH COULD LATER BE USED AS A GUIDE FOR BUILDING SAFETY FACILITIES. IT IS A BASEMENT, NOT A SHELTER. IT IS A PLACE FOR ALL IN THE "FAMILY" WHO WORK ON OUR PROJECTS TO FIND SHORT-TIME RADIATION SECURITY UNTIL SUCH TIME AS MORE CAN BE BUILT. IT IS A PLACE WHERE FOOD IS STORED IN COOLER TEMPERATURES--SUFFICIENT FOR SURVIVAL FOR THE ENTIRE GROUP PRESENT FOR A PERIOD OF TIME UNTIL SUCH CAN BE OBTAINED BY THE INDIVIDUALS. IT HAS ALREADY BEEN SPOILED BY PUBLICITY AND RENDERED USELESS FOR ITS FIRST INTENDED PURPOSE OF STORAGE.

All expenses are paid for by Construction Loans and by the way--ALL INVESTMENTS ARE FULLY COVERED BY LEGAL, AUTHORIZED NOTES AND AGREEMENTS--HOW DARE THIS CONTINUE TO BE CAST ABOUT. THIS IS A BLATANT ATTEMPT TO TEAR DOWN OUR WORK AND I SHALL NOT KEEP SILENT LONGER.

"George makes outlandish claims in seminars about himself and his relationship with Pleiadeans that I know from my past relationship with George are simply untrue."?? This person indicates a long-standing relationship of extreme closeness with George. How does this one know what George's relationship with Pleiadeans might be? This person has become judge and jury? I doubt this person knows much of anything about anything. IS THIS PERSON NOT WITHOUT ERROR? DOES THIS MAN RISK ALL HE HAS TO SHARE WITH THE PUBLIC WHAT HE PERCEIVES IS "OUT THERE" AND HAS PERSONAL COMFORT AND TRUTH OF THAT RELATIONSHIP? DOES THIS MAN DO ANYTHING SAVE THROW STONES AND LIES AGAINST BROTHERS WHO ARE TRYING IN EVERY WAY POSSIBLE TO AWAKEN YOU SLEEPING BRETHREN? Well, I am going to take action myself and allow further separation from George and this type of battering by shifting locations as is now under way. There will be building and projects getting under way soon and Greens have offered to work on establishing them in Nevada while we work on the necessary ones here at this location. There will NOT BE A WEDGE HAMMERED BETWEEN THESE TWO COUPLES OF MY CHOOSING FOR, TO-GETHER, NOT EVEN BEING ALLOWED THE GENEROSITY OF CLOSENESS OF FRIENDSHIP AND CONFIDENCE, THEY HAVE GIVEN THE WORLD THE GREATEST GIFT MANKIND HAS EVER RECEIVED--AND "YOU AIN'T SEEN 'NUTHIN' YET!"

Do they do business in same manner? No. Do they believe identically? NO. But each has purpose and each serves according to his own intent and capability--and it will work to perfection as the Plan unfolds. One "area" is not intended to be the replica of the other for reasons which I have pointed out over and over again. One area must make foundation in business capability while the other draws up a survival and remnant passage conglomerate serving all needs. Both WILL do wondrous business and the return will be worthy--but you are in a degenerating world and this kind of suggestion that in the midst of the pressures involved in God's work, and the massive amount of building and service needed, that these ones are somehow "ripping off innocent readers" is beyond my ability to forget--forgiveness is not in point for the lessons are abundant and I cannot give enough gratitude for the opportunity of utilizing such. Forgiveness is divine--forgetting is stupid. Learning is "wisdom"--failure to learn is stupid. So be it for ye who would set yourselves above others--shall surely fall and become their servants.

POINT TO PONDER

As we take time away from information to handle such attack, we are caused to miss giving you information necessary to your wholeness in understanding and vision. For instance, when we spoke of the tanks in Las Vegas--how many of you realize that there has been A PLAN readied for full operation since 1952, which is THE World Government Plan for ALIEN TROOPS TO POLICE THE U.S.A.?

Ah, yes indeed, and I suggest that a copy of the map with exchange zones be printed herein--even if the copy is bad, it will give good idea of arrangement. I will give the notations as printed as explanation under the map.

"This map, adopted in 1952 in London by the World Association of Parliamentarians for World Government, shows what alien (foreign) troops would occupy and police the six regions into which the United States and Canada (are) divided.

"The ruling body or World Parliament would (will) consist only of appointed members. It would (will) reflect population strengths: so Asia would dominate it.

"There would be a World Director and zone directors and 51 regional directors. None of the zone or regional directors would ever serve in their own countries. So an alien would command troops stationed in the U.S.A. and through them enforce World Government law, and prevent Americans from 'sheltering behind national allegiance'."

Oh well, you might say: ".... people are always sending you 'stuff' and they are just rabble-rousers, etc." Oh? This comes directly by FAX from one C. Minett (who is running as Vice President with Col. Bo Gritz). I think that might represent interesting "input". I am grateful for I highly respect and honor these men of daring in behalf of you-the-people who would take time in casting stones instead of serving cause. If the "boots" fit, please wear them--otherwise "those other boots are going to walk all over you!"

Dharma, take this off the equipment, please, so that we can continue with our discussion of the Hosts of Heaven and where we fit into the scheme of things and where you can go get your documentation. I weary of the children's games whilst you are perishing in such games. Salu.

CHAPTER 8

REC #2 HATONN

THU., JUNE 4, 1992 9:30 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 293

THURSDAY, JUNE 4, 1992

MEDITATION

THE FAIREST THING YOU CAN EXPERIENCE IS THE MYSTERIOUS. IT IS THE FUNDAMENTAL EMOTION WHICH STANDS AT THE CRADLE OF TRUE ART AND TRUE SCIENCE--AND TRUTH ITSELF. AND YET, MYSTERY IS ONLY MYSTERY UNTIL REVEALED. MYSTICISM SHALL ALWAYS REMAIN MYSTIC BECAUSE IT IS CONJURED BY HU-MAN AND NEVER INTENDED TO BE REVEALED--ITS ENTIRE FOUNDATION OF "BEING" REQUIRES THAT IT NEVER HAVE REASON OR UNVEILING.

FROM OUTER SPACE

You now have information from apparatus traveling out from your planet which has focused your attention on the importance of "collisions". It becomes obvious to your scientists as they study data that these cosmic "crashes" are potent sculptors of the Solar System. But are they actually? Are they careless coincidental collisions, intended encounters, haphazard planning and/or supposition with no basis in fact?

The Sumerians made clear, 6,000 years earlier, the very same fact in question. Central to their cosmogony, world view and religion was a cataclysmic event that they called the Celestial Battle. It was an event to which references were made in miscellaneous Sumerian texts, hymns, and proverbs (go look them up)--just as you find in the Bible's books of Psalms, Proverbs, Job, and various others. But the Sumerians also described the event in detail, step by step, in a long text that required seven tablets. Hm-m-m, seven tablets? Of its Sumerian original only fragments and quotations have been found; the mostly complete text has reached us in the Akkadian language, the language of the Assyrians and Babylonians who followed the Sumerians in Mesopotamia. The text deals with the formation of the Solar System prior to the Celestial Battle and even more so with the nature, causes, and results of that awesome collision. And, with a single cosmogonic premise, it explains puzzles that still baffle your astronomers and astrophysicists.

Even perhaps more important, whenever these modern scientists have come upon a satisfactory answer--it fits and corroborates the Sumerian one!

Prior to instrumental discoveries recently, the prevailing scientific viewpoint considered the Solar System as you see it today as the way it had taken shape soon after its beginning, formed by immutable laws of celestial motion and the force of gravity. There have been oddballs, to be sure--meteorites that come from somewhere and collide with the stable members of the Solar System, pockmarking them with craters, and comets that zoom about in greatly elongated orbits, appearing from somewhere and disappearing, it seems, to nowhere. But these examples of cosmic debris, it has been assumed, go back to the very beginning of the Solar System, some 4.5 billion years ago, and are pieces of planetary matter that failed to be incorporated into the planets or their moons and rings. A little more baffling has been the asteroid belt, a band of rocks that forms an orbiting chain between Mars and Jupiter. According to Bode's Law, an empirical rule that explains why the planets formed where they did, there should have been a planet, at least twice the size of Earth, between Mars and Jupiter. Is the orbiting debris of the asteroid belt the remains of such a planet? The affirmative answer is plagued by two problems: the total amount of matter in the asteroid belt does not add up to the mass of such a planet, and there is no plausible explanation for what might have caused the breakup of such a hypothetical planet; if a celestial collision--when, with what, and why? Your scientists simply had no answer.

The realization that there had to be one or more major collisions that changed the Solar System from its initial form became inescapable after the Uranus fly-by in 1986. That Uranus was tilted on its side was already known from telescopic and other instrumental observations even before the Voyager encounter. But, was it formed that way from the very beginning or did some external force--a forceful collision or encounter with something such as another major celestial body--bring about this tilting?

Let us consider: the fact that these moons swirl around the equator of Uranus in its tilted position--forming, all together, a kind of bull's-eye facing the Sun--made scientists wonder whether these moons were there at the time of the tilting event, or whether they formed after the event, perhaps from matter thrown out by the force of a collision.

SCIENTISTS SPECULATE

If the moons formed at the same time as Uranus, the celestial "raw material" from which they agglomerated should have condensed the heavier matter nearer the planet; there should be more of heavier, rocky material and thinner ice coats on the inner moons and a lighter combination of materials (more water ice, less rocks) on the outer moons. By the same principle of the distribution of material in the Solar System--a larger proportion of heavier matter nearer the Sun, more of the lighter matter (in a "gaseous" state) farther out--the moons of the more distant Uranus should be proportionately lighter than those of the nearer Saturn.

But the findings revealed a situation contrary to these expectations. In the comprehensive summary reports on the Uranus encounter published in 1986 it was concluded that the densities of the Uranus moons (except for that of the moon Miranda) "are significantly heavier than those of the icy satellites of Saturn". Likewise, data showed, again contrary to what "should have been", that the two larger inner moons of Uranus, Ariel and Umbriel, are lighter in composition (thick, icy layers; small, rocky cores) than the outer moons Titania and Oberon, which were discovered to be made mostly of heavy rocky material and had only thin coats of ice.

These findings were not the only clues suggesting that the moons of Uranus were not formed at the same time as the planet itself but rather some time later, in unusual circumstances. Another discovery that puzzled the scientists was that the rings of Uranus were pitch-black, "blacker than coal dust", presumably composed of "carbon-rich material, a sort of primordial tar scavenged from outer space". These dark rings, warped, titled, and bizarrely elliptical, were quite unlike the symmetrical bracelets of icy particles circling Saturn. Pitch-black also were six of the new moonlets discovered at Uranus, some acting as shepherds for the rings, if you will. The obvious conclusion was that the rings and moonlets were formed from the debris of a violent event in Uranus's past. Your scientists thought it a likely possibility that an interloper from outside the Uranus system came in and struck a once larger moon sufficiently hard to have fractured it. Would this not cause havoc on a planet or orb of any type?

The theory of a catastrophic celestial collision as the event that could explain all the odd phenomena on Uranus and its moons and rings was further strengthened by the discovery that the boulder-size black debris that forms the Uranus rings circles the planet once every eight hours--a speed that is twice the speed of the planet's own revolution around its axis. This raises the question, how was this much-higher speed imparted to the debris in the rings?

Based on all the preceding data, the probability of a celestial collision emerged as the only plausible answer. It was projected that in all probability the moons in point were created as a result of the probable collision of some sort that knocked Uranus on its side. In press conferences your NASA scientists were more audacious. “A collision with something the size of Earth, traveling at about 40,000 miles per hour, could have done it,” they said, speculating that it probably happened about four billion years prior. In London, Astronomer Garry Hunt of the Imperial College simply proclaimed that "Uranus took an almighty bang early on."

But neither in the verbal briefings nor in the long written reports was an attempt made to suggest what the "something" was, where it had come from, and how it happened to collide with, or bang into, Uranus.

DOUBLE QUANDARY ARISES

Before we turn from knowledge or data acquired in the late 1970's and 1980's to what was already known over 6,000 years earlier, one more aspect of this puzzle should be scrutinized and pondered: Are the oddities at Neptune the result of collisions, or "bangs", unrelated to those of Uranus--or were they all the result of a single catastrophic event that affected all of the outer planets??

Before the Voyager 2 fly-by of Neptune, the planet was known to have only two satellites, Nereid and Triton. Nereid was found to have a peculiar orbit: it was unusually tilted compared with the planet's equatorial plane (as much as 28 degrees) and was very eccentric--orbiting the planet not in a near-circular path but in a very elongated one, which takes the moon as far as six million miles from Neptune and as close as one million miles to the planet. Nereid, although of a size that by planetary-formation rules should be spherical, has an odd shape like that of a twisted doughnut. It also is bright on one side and pitch-black on the other. All these peculiarities have led some to conclude that Nereid accreted into a moon around Neptune or another planet and that both it and Triton were knocked into their peculiar orbits by some large body or planet. Imagine, one investigator boldly noted, "that at one time Neptune had an ordinary satellite system like that of Jupiter or Saturn; then some massive mystical body comes into the system and perturbs things a lot…”

It was presumed that the dark material that shows up on one side of Nereid could be explained in one of two ways--but both require a collision in this supposition. Either an impact on one side of the satellite swept off an existing darker layer there, uncovering lighter material below the surface, or the dark matter belonged to the impacting body and "went splat on one side of Nereid". That the latter possibility is the more seemingly plausible is suggested by the discovery, announced by the JPL team on August 29, 1989, that all the new satellites (six more) found by Voyager 2 at Neptune "are very dark" and "all have irregular shapes", even the moon designated 1989Nl, whose size normally would have made it spherical.

The theories regarding Triton and its elongated and retrograde (clockwise) orbit around Neptune also seem to cry out for a collision event.

My gosh, it was postulated and presented in a "study" that "Triton was captured from a heliocentric orbit"--from an orbit around the Sun--"as a result of a collision with what was then one of Neptune's regular satellites." In this scenario the original small Neptune satellite "would have been devoured by Triton", but the force of the collision would have been such that it dissipated enough of Triton's orbital energy to slow it down and be captured by Neptune's gravity. Another theory, according to which Triton was an original satellite of Neptune, was shown by this same study to be faulty and unable to withstand critical analysis as is most often the case in the Light of true knowledge. How about a game of "catch" or "ten-pens" or "pick-up-stix"?

Data collected from the fly-by of Triton supported this theoretical conclusion, it would seem. It also was in accord with other studies that had showed Triton's internal heat and surface features could perhaps be explained only in terms of a collision from which Triton was captured into orbit around Neptune.

But, where could and did these impacting bodies come from? Unanswered as well is the question of whether the cataclysms at Uranus and Neptune were aspects of a single event or were unconnected incidents.

IS IT NOT IRONIC BUT ALSO GRATIFYING TO FIND THAT THE ANSWERS TO ALL THESE PUZZLES ARE PROVIDED BY THE ANCIENT SUMERIAN TEXTS, AND THAT ALL THE DATA DISCOVERED OR CONFIRMED ACTUALLY UPHOLD AND CORROBORATE THE SUMERIAN INFORMATION?

SUMERIAN TEXTS SAY--

The Sumerian texts speak of a single but comprehensive event. Their texts explain more than what modern astronomers have been trying and trying to bring into some kind of explanation regarding the outer planets. The ancient texts also explain matters closer to home, such as the origin of the Earth and its Moon, the Asteroid Belt, and THE PHOTON BELT! And the comets. The texts then go on to relate a tale that combines the credo of the Creationists with the theory of Evolution (gosh, do we have to get along also?), a tale that offers a more successful explanation than either modern conception of what happened on Earth and how man and his civilization came into being.

As regards the Photon Belt, the "Three Days of Darkness", etc., I shall have to take them in order of projection. Once again, if you do not know what IS, how could you possibly deal with that which MIGHT be as a result of same?

What do the Sumerian texts tell you? It all began when the Solar System was still quite young. The Sun (APSU in the Sumerian texts, meaning "One Who Exists from the Beginning"), its little companion MUM.MU ("One Who was Born", your Mercury) and farther away TI.AMAT ("Maiden of Life") were the first members of the Solar System. It gradually expanded by the "birth" of three planetary pairs, the planets you call Venus and Mars between Mummu and Tiamat, the giant pair Jupiter and Saturn (to use their modern names) beyond Tiamat, and Uranus and Neptune farther out.

Into this original Solar System, still unstable soon after its formation billions of years ago, an Invader appeared. The Sumerians called it NIBIRU! The Babylonians renamed it Marduk in honor of their national god. (Anyone getting goose-bumps and squeamish twitters?) It appeared from outer space, from "the Deep", in the words of the ancient text. But, as it approached the outer planets of your Solar System, it began to be drawn into it. As expected, the first outer planet to attract Nibiru with its gravitational "pull" was Neptune--E.A. ("He Whose House is Water") in Sumerian. "He who begot him was Ea," the ancient text explained.

Nibiru/Marduk itself was a sight to behold; alluring, sparkling, lofty, lordly are some other adjectives used to describe it. Sparks and flashes bolted from it to Neptune and Uranus as it passed near them. It might have arrived with its own satellites already orbiting it, or it might have acquired some as a result of the "pull" of the outer planets. The ancient text speaks of its "perfect members ... difficult to perceive"--"four were his eyes, four were his ears".

CONTRARY STRANGER AT WORK

As it passed near Ea/Neptune, Nibiru/Marduk's side began to bulge "as though he had a second head". Was it then that the bulge was torn away to become Neptune's moon Triton? One aspect that speaks strongly for this is the fact that Nibiru/Marduk entered the Solar System in a retrograde (clockwise) orbit, counter to that of the other planets. Only this Sumerian detail, according to which the invading planet was moving counter to the orbital motion of all the other planets, can explain the retrograde motion of Triton, the highly elliptical orbits of other satellites and comets, and the other major events that are yet to be tackled.

More satellites were created as Nibiru/Marduk passed by that “Anu brought forth and begot the four winds" --as clear a reference as one could hope for to the four major moons of Uranus that were formed, you now know, only during the collision that tilted Uranus. At the same time you learn from a later passage in the ancient text that Nibiru/Marduk himself gained three satellites as a result of this encounter.

Although the Sumerian texts describe how, after its eventual capture into solar orbit, Nibiru/Marduk revisited the outer planets and eventually shaped them into the system as you know it today, the very first encounter already explains the various puzzles that modern astronomy faced or still faces regarding Neptune, Uranus, their moons, and their rings.

Coming in past Neptune and Uranus, Nibiru/Marduk was drawn even more into the midst of the planetary system as it reached the immense gravitational pulls of Saturn (AN.SHAR, "Foremost of the Heavens") and Jupiter (KI.SHAR, "Foremost of the Firm Lands"). As Nibiru/Marduk "approached and stood as though in combat" near Anshar/Saturn, the two planets "kissed their lips". It was then that the "destiny", the orbital path, of Nibiru/Marduk was changed forever. It was also then that the chief satellite of Saturn, GA.GA (the eventual Pluto), was pulled away in the direction of Mars and Venus--a direction possible only by the retrograde force of Nibiru/Marduk. Making a vast elliptical orbit, Gaga eventually returned to the outermost reaches of the Solar System. There it "addressed" Neptune and Uranus as it passed their orbits on the swing back. It was the beginning of the process by which Gaga was to become your Pluto, with its inclined and peculiar orbit that sometimes takes it between Neptune and Uranus.

Now, as I am bombarded with myriads of inquiries, I ask that you not expect me to reply for we will write of these things as quickly as possible and you waste time in the "jumping" ahead to conclusions which are most often erroneous. I would simply ask you to give me full definition (properly, not according to your dictionary) of "What is a starship"? What IS a heavenly "body"? "What in the dickens are we talking about?" I suggest it will be increasingly interesting and fully backed up by data left as will be this data as we project it now.

The new "destiny", or orbital path, of Nibiru/Marduk was now irrevocably set toward the olden planet Tiamat. At that time, relatively early in the formation of the Solar System, it was marked by instability, especially (you can see from the text in point) in the region of Tiamat. While other planets nearby were still wobbling in their orbits, Tiamat was pulled into many directions by the two giants beyond her and the two smaller planets between her and the Sun. One result was the tearing off her, or the gathering around her, of a 'HOST' of satellites "furious with rage", in the poetic language of the text (named by learned scholars as the Epic of Creation). These satellites, "roaring monsters", were "clothed with terror" and "crowned with halos", "swirling furiously about and orbiting as though they were celestial gods" --planets.

EARTH-BIRTH DRAMA

Most dangerous to the stability or safety of the other planets was Tiamat's "leader of the host", a large satellite that grew to almost planetary size and was about to attain its independent "destiny"--its own orbit around the Sun. Tiamat "cast a spell for him, to sit among the celestial gods she exalted him." It was called, in Sumerian, KIN.GU--"Great Emissary".

Now the text raised the curtain on the unfolding drama. As in a Greek tragedy, the ensuing "celestial battle" was unavoidable as gravitational and magnetic forces came inexorably into play. Now, if you have forgotten the definition (AS GIVEN IN THE DISCUSSIONS OF "WHAT IS GOD" AND IN THE PLEIADES CONNECTIONS) of "gravity", I suggest you go look it up before you pass on in this JOURNAL. [But simply remember: "gravity" is the controller of light and LIGHT is the ONE THING in all Nature.]. This led to the "collision" between the oncoming Nibiru/Marduk with its seven satellites ("winds" in the ancient text) and Tiamat and its "host" of eleven satellites headed by Kingu.

Although they were headed on a collision course, Tiamat orbiting counterclockwise and Nibiru/Marduk clockwise, the two planets did not collide--a fact of cardinal astronomical importance. It was the satellites, or "winds", (literal Sumerian meaning: "Those that are by the side") of Nibiru/Marduk that smashed into Tiamat and collided with her satellites.

In the first such encounter, the first phase of the Celestial Battle as written:

The four winds he stationed

that nothing of her could escape:

The South Wind, the North Wind,

the East Wind, the West Wind.

Close to his side he held the net,

the gift of his grandfather Anu who brought forth

the Evil Wind, the Whirlwind and the Hurricane ....

He sent forth the winds which he had created,

the seven of them; to trouble Tiamat within

they rose up behind him.

These "winds", or satellites, of Nibiru/Marduk, "the seven of them", were the principal "weapons" with which Tiamat was attacked in the first phase of the Celestial Battle. But the invading planet had other "weapons" too:

In front of him he set the lightning,

with a blazing flame he filled his body;

he then made a net to enfold Tiamat therein ....

A fearsome halo his head was turbaned,

He was wrapped with awesome terror as with a cloak.

As the two planets and their hosts of satellites came close enough for Nibiru/Marduk to “scan the inside of Tiamat" and "perceive the scheme of Kingu", Nibiru/Marduk attacked Tiamat with his "net" (magnetic field) to "enfold her", shooting at the old planet immense bolts of electricity ("divine lightnings"). Tiamat "was filled with brilliance"--slowing down, heating up, "becoming distended". Wide gaps opened in its crust, perhaps emitting steam and volcanic matter. Into one widening fissure Nibiru/Marduk thrust one of its main satellites, the one called "Evil Wind". It tore Tiamat's "belly, cut through her insides, splitting her heart."

CREATION OF THE COMETS

Besides splitting up Tiamat and "extinguishing her life", the first encounter sealed the fate of the moonlets orbiting her--all except the planet-like Kingu. Caught in the "net"--the magnetic and gravitational pull--of Nibiru/Marduk, "shattered, broken up", the members of the "band of Tiamat" were thrown off their previous course and forced into new orbital paths in the opposite direction: "TREMBLING WITH FEAR, THEY TURNED THEIR BACKS ABOUT.”

Thus were the comets created--thus, you learn from a 6,000-year-old text, did the comets obtain their greatly elliptical and retrograde orbits. As to Kingu, Tiamat's principal satellite, the text informs you that in that first phase of the celestial collision Kingu was just deprived of its almost-independent orbit. Nibiru/Marduk took away from him his "destiny". Nibiru/Marduk made Kingu into a DUG.GA.E, "a mass of lifeless clay", devoid of atmosphere, waters and radioactive matter and shrunken in size; and "with fetters bound him", to remain in orbit around the battered Tiamat.

Having vanquished Tiamat, Nibiru/Marduk sailed on to his new "destiny". The Sumerian text leaves no doubt that the erstwhile invader orbited the Sun:

He crossed the heavens and surveyed the regions,

and Apsu's quarter he measured;

The Lord the dimensions of the Apsu measured.

Having circled the Sun (Apsu), Nibiru/Marduk continued into distant space. But now, caught forever in solar orbit, it had to turn back. On his return round, Ea/Neptune was there to greet him and Anshar/Saturn hailed his victory. Then his new orbital path returned him to the scene of the Celestial Battle, "turned back to Tiamat whom he had bound".

The Lord paused to view her lifeless body.

To divide the monster he then artfully planned.

Then as a mussel, he split her into two parts.

With this act the creation of "the heaven" reached a magnificent stage, and the creation of Earth and its Moon was begun. First the new impacts broke Tiamat into two halves. The upper part, her "skull", was struck by the Nibiru/Marduk satellite called North Wind; the blow carried it, and with it Kingu, "to places that have been unknown”--to a brand-new orbit where there had not been a planet before. The Earth and your Moon were created.

ASTEROID BELT FORMED

The other half of Tiamat was smashed by the impacts into bits and pieces. This lower half, her "tail", was "hammered together" to become a "bracelet" in the heavens:

Locking the pieces together,

as watchmen he stationed them....

He bent Tiamat's tail to form the Great Band

as a bracelet.

Thus was "the Great Band", the Asteroid Belt, created. Having disposed of Tiamat and Kingu, Nibiru/Marduk once again "crossed the heavens and surveyed the regions". This time his attention was focused on the "Dwelling of Ea" (Neptune), giving that planet and its twinlike Uranus their final makeup. Nibiru/Marduk also, according to the ancient text, provided Gaga/Pluto with its final "destiny", assigning it to "a hidden place"--a hitherto unknown part of the heavens. It was farther out than Neptune's location; it was, we are told, "in the Deep"--far out in space. In line with its new position as the outermost planet, it was granted a new name: US.MI--“He Who Shows the Way", the first planet encountered coming into the Solar System--that is, from outer space toward the Sun.

Thus was Pluto created and put into the orbit it now holds. Having thus "constructed the stations" for the planets, Nibiru/Marduk made two "abodes" for itself. One was in the "Firmament", as the asteroid belt was also called in the ancient texts; the other far out "in the Deep" was called the "Great/Distant Abode", alias E.SHARRA (Abode/Home of the Ruler/Prince"). Modern astronomers call these two planetary positions the perigee (the orbital point nearest the Sun) and the apogee (the farthest one). It is an orbit that takes some 3,600 Earth-years to complete as written earlier on a couple of days past.

THE TWELFTH PLANET

Thus did this Invader that came from outer space become the twelfth member of your Solar System, a system made up of the Sun in the center, with its long-time companion Mercury; the three olden pairs (Venus and Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, Uranus and Neptune); the Earth and the Moon, the remains of the great Tiamat, though in a new position; the newly independent Pluto; and the planet that put it all into final shape, Nibiru/Marduk.

Modern astronomy and recent discoveries uphold and corroborate this millennia-old information, chelas. I care not what you WANT to believe--Truth will stand the course of all "time". The "time" is at hand for the revealing of this information so that you can know of that which awaits. Much of what will happen is solely dependent upon that which you do as a species. For I am speaking of God, Truth and Power within those "things".

Please take these things within your being for in the Truth lies the answers for your civilization and progression of your own beings. May you be given in understanding, that which is lovingly handed unto you.

When we take up this subject next, we will speak of this projection "in the beginning". For it has great interest as spouted forth in the books.

In the beginning

God created the heaven and the earth.

And the earth was without form and void

and darkness was upon the face of the deep,

and the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters.

And God said, Let there be light; and there was light.

It is sad that both sides of the "argument" of creation pay almost no heed to what has been known for more than a century even in your counting. The truth lies in the unabbreviated versions of much more detailed Mesopotamian texts of the Sumerians.

Why does man always turn unto the liars and cheats and only in the final failing does he come unto God?

Hatonn to clear, please.

CHAPTER 9

REC #1 HATONN

FRI., JUNE 5, 1992 7:08 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 294

FRIDAY, JUNE 5, 1992

MEDITATION

Let US look at "patience"--that commodity of which most of you have but little. The key to everything is patience so that each emotion, each "thing" be brought about in properness, fully formed and perfected in its presentation. The key to everything is patience. You get the chicken, dear ones, by hatching the egg--not by smashing it. Smash it and not only is the chicken lost but so is the egg.

With money and funding for that which you seem to need and await--what have you? You often have a situation whereby the things are not ready for the receiving in protection and the focus often causes the very project to be lost and the monies confiscated.

You cannot go into the garden and simply demand through nag & prod--to bear blossoms. You don't go and ask a gardenia to be a rose--you must allow them to do what is natural for them, to grow and flower at their own pace. Yes indeed, you CAN do things to speed the process and if preparations are carefully done “in advance” even a gardenia will cross with a rose but in that instance you no longer have a rose nor gardenia.

Sometimes your best service is to simply stand by, be silent, be prepared, be ever expecting, be understanding--and wait. And can you not think upon beauty? Can you not think of the beauty that remains even though all seems to be misery? If you cannot look forward to beauty and positive restructuring--why bother to change the circumstance? Will you take a moment and see what beauty might be around you at this moment? And, can you look through the fears and into that which holds no fear? Most of your fears are as tissue-paper or fine cloth in which a single courageous step would carry you clear "through" them. If you are prepared--you can find the beauty and cast aside the fear and oh, it will be a glorious day!

But neither must you continue to say, "I don't have enough time." You have EXACTLY the same number of hours per day that were given to Jesus Emmanuel, Albert Einstein, Nikola Tesla, Mother Teresa, da Vinci, Jefferson and George Bush, Kissinger and Perot--and so, if they can accomplish what they have (good or bad), what stops you? Ponder it. Can you not do push-ups if you have no time for a full work-out? Above all, learn to listen. Opportunity sometimes knocks very softly and the speaker is often only a tap on the shoulder. Listen in patience lest the important point be missed through your talking instead of hearing the teacher and the point in question be forever silenced. Lastly--God never gives-up on anyone--what right have ye to do so? Perhaps they only await your kindness and guidance. Be blessed by the effort--not the turning away! If you "include" instead of "exclude", then at some point you have none on the "outside" to pull you down. Salu.

* * *

PLANET’S BEGINNING

In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth. And the earth was without form and void and darkness was upon the face of the deep, and the Spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters. And God said, Let there be light; and there was light.

Chelas, for generations upon generations this majestic outline of the manner in which your world was created has been at the core of Judaism as well as of Christianity and the third monotheistic religion Islam, the latter two being outgrowths of the first. In about the seventeenth century an Archbishop, James Ussher of Armagh in Ireland, calculated from these opening verses of Genesis the precise day and the moment of the world's creation, in the year 4004 B.C. Today many old editions of your "Bible" still carry Ussher's chronology printed in the margins; many still believe that Earth and the Solar System of which it is a part are indeed no older than that.

Unfortunately, this concept has had to take on science as its adversary; and science, firmly tied to the Theory of Evolution, has met the challenge and joined the battle.

BOTH SIDES ERR

It is most unfortunate that BOTH sides pay little attention to what has BEEN KNOWN FOR MORE THAN A CENTURY--THAT THE CREATION TALES OF GENESIS ARE EDITED AND ABBREVIATED VERSIONS OF MUCH MORE DETAILED MESOPOTAMIAN TEXTS, WHICH WERE IN TURN VERSIONS OF AN ORIGINAL SUMERIAN TEXT. And thus rages the battle between religion and state, Creationists and Evolutionists. But, does an argument ever produce truth? No--it simply causes entrenchment of those ideas already prevailing--right or wrong. Readers, this "separation" is not the norm among the Earth's nations and peoples nor was it the norm in antiquity, when the biblical verses were put to print.

Let us look at ancient times. The king was also the high priest, the state had a national religion and a national god, the temples were the seat of scientific knowledge, and the priests were the savants. This was so because, when civilization began, the gods who were worshipped--the focus of the act of being "religious"--were none other than the Anunnaki/Nefilim, who were the source of all manner of knowledge, alias science, on Earth.

The merging of state, religion, and science was nowhere more complete than it was in Babylon. There the original Sumerian Epic of Creation was translated and revised so that Marduk, the Babylonian national god, was assigned a celestial counterpart. By renaming Nibiru "Marduk" in the Babylonian versions of the "creation story", the Babylonians usurped for Marduk the attributes of a supreme "God of Heaven and Earth". Do you believe that such pronouncements could not be? Dear ones, this is Babylonia which is now not present but rested very near Baghdad in IRAQ. Do you not feel Saddam Hussein and the Iraqi "government" capable of restating a few things? How about your own government? Do they always speak truth to you? Do they EVER speak truth to you?

This version--the most intact one found thus far--is known as Enuma elish ("When in the heights"), taken from its opening words. It became the most hallowed religious-political-scientific document of the land; it was read as a central part of the New Year rituals, and players reenacted the tale in passion plays to bring its import home to the masses. The clay tablets on which they were written were prized possessions of temples and royal libraries in antiquity.

The decipherment of the writing on the clay tablets discovered in the ruins of ancient Mesopotamia more than a century ago led to the realization that texts existed that related biblical creation tales millennia before the Old Testament was compiled. Especially important were texts found in the library of the Assyrian king Ashurbanipal in Nieveh (a city of biblical renown); they recorded a tale of creation that matches, in some parts word for word, the tale of Genesis. George Smith of the British Museum pieced together the broken tablets that held the creation texts and published, in 1876, The Chaldean Genesis; it conclusively established that there indeed existed an Akkadian text of the Genesis tale, written in the Old Babylonian dialect, that preceded the biblical text by at least a thousand years. Excavations between 1902 and 1914 uncovered tablets with the Assyrian version of the creation epic, in which the name of Ashur, the Assyrian national god, was substituted for that of Babylonian Marduk. Subsequent discoveries established not only the extent of the copying and translation, in antiquity, of this epic text, but also its unmistakable Sumerian origin.

RECENT EVIL EFFORT TO DESTROY ANCIENT RECORDS

Now, does it become even more obvious why there would be deliberate attempt to destroy the temples, mosques, museums and libraries in Iraq during this last so-called "war"? Israel and the Elite would-be world owners and controllers--would have NOTHING if Truth made it to open forum and the masses opened their eyes. THIS IS WHY "THEY" HAD TO COME UP WITH “DEAD SEA SCROLLS” TO PUBLICIZE--SO THAT YOU WOULD NEVER ATTEND SUCH TABLETS AS WERE ALREADY PUBLIC IN IRAQ. Always the game has been to replace Truth with lies, feed the lies while discounting the "rumors" of truth and the masses would never be the wiser. It always works--or, at least--so far it has always worked. I hope we are about to see a change in that line of unreasoning.

In 1902 a man named King (L.W.) produced a work called The Seven Tablets of Creation, which showed that the various fragments of writings add up to seven tablets; six of them relate the creation process; the seventh tablet is entirely devoted to the exaltation of "the Lord”--Marduk in the Babylonian version, Ashur in the Assyrian one--Aton in the Egyptian. The seven-tablet division is the basis of the division of the biblical story into a seven-part timetable, of which six parts involve divine handiwork and the seventh is devoted to a restful and satisfactory look back at what had been achieved.

It is true that the Book of Genesis, written in Hebrew, uses the term “yom”, most commonly meaning and translated a "day", to denote each phase. But what means "day" as to duration? Twenty-four hours? But, it says in Genesis that the timetable was not of human intent but rather, with the Creator. You are further told in the Book of Psalms (90:4) that in God's eyes "a thousand years are like yesterday.” Would it then be conceded that Creation might have taken six thousand years? Even with reason in front of you, you will find that most scholars and receivers of edicts handed down by orthodox doctrines--will continue to insist on a "twenty-four" hour day--even while insisting God is infinite and all-powerful and able to do anything HE chooses to do. These same ones will acknowledge that time and space perception change immediately upon entering the outer atmosphere around your globe--but nay, the holding to the lie is more important than admitting error.

BIBLE STORIES--REAL OR FANCIED?

Is the biblical tale of creation simply a religious document, its contents to be considered only a matter of faith to be believed or disbelieved? Or is it a scientific document, imparting to you essential knowledge of how things began, in the heavens and on Earth? Is it neither, both or either? This, of course, is the core of the ongoing harangue between your Creationists and Evolutionists in which you choose up sides according to your "preacher" or “priest" in your local church building and he is repeating that which is told to him and accepted in order to remain a good-little worker within the indoctrinated "faith". Facts and truth seem to have little to do with the line of argument as neither apparently, does historical proof.

I would predict that the two camps would have laid down their arms long ago were they to ever realize that what the editors and compilers of the Book of Genesis had done was no different from what the Babylonians had done: using the only scientific source of their time, those descendants of Abraham--scion of a royal-priestly family from the Sumerian capital Ur--also took the Epic of Creation, shortened and edited it to suit their controlling needs and perceptions, and made it the foundation of a national religion glorifying so-called Yahweh "who is in the Heavens and on Earth."

Back in Babylon, Marduk was a dual deity. Physically present, resplendent in his precious garments, he was worshipped as Ilu (translated "god" but literally meaning "the Lofty One"); his struggle to gain supremacy over the other Anunnaki gods has been carefully detailed in other writings and I won't go into it herein in great detail. On the other hand, "Marduk" was a celestial deity, everlasting, and omnipresent God--Elohim--in whose grand design for the universe the path of each planet is its predetermined "destiny", and what the Anunnaki had done on Earth was likewise a predetermined mission. Thus was the handiwork of a universal God manifest in Heaven and on Earth.

The profound perceptions, which lie at the core of the biblical adoption of the creation story. Enuma elish could be arrived at only by bringing together religion and science while retaining, in the narrative and sequence of events, the scientific basis.

But chelas, to recognize this--that Genesis represents not just religion but also science--one must recognize the role of the Anunnaki and accept that the Sumerian texts are not "myth" but factual reports. Scholars have made much progress in this respect, but they have not yet arrived at a total recognition of the factual nature of the texts and the closer they get and the more they try to present them--harder down comes the shackles and attempts to destroy the very work in point. Although both scientists and theologians are well aware of the Mesopotamian origin of Genesis, they remain stubborn in brushing off the scientific value of these ancient texts. Further, the evangelists in the world get right onto the bandwagon while calling themselves "Zionists" and loudly and blindly shout and rave and bring the terrified congregations into the lie with great frenzy and hype. Note they are the ones who started and continued the push to destroy Iraq and completely push Israel in the rebuilding of the temple, etc., in Jerusalem so that the "prophecies" might be fulfilled and the "master" come again. Can this be defined as "REASONED THINKING"?

These "great authorities" proclaim that these texts "cannot be science" because "it should be obvious by the nature of things that none of these stories can possibly be the product of human memory!"

SPACE/STARCRAFT ARE NOT NEW

Such a ridiculous statement can be challenged only by explaining that the information of how things began indeed did not come from the memory of the Assyrians or Babylonians or Sumerians but from the knowledge and science of the Anunnaki/Nefilim. This includes the Creation of Man. They too, of course, couldn't "remember" how the Solar System was created or how Nibiru/Marduk invaded the Solar System, because they themselves were not yet created on their planet--just like any other story projection such as your own perceptions of Genesis. But just as your scientists are getting a pretty good notion of how some of the things in the Solar System came about, through something they call "Big Bang", the Anunnaki/Nefilim, capable of space travel over 450,000 years ago, surely had some capacity to arrive at sensible scenarios of creation; much more so since their planet, acting as a spacecraft that sailed past all the outer planets, gave them a chance at repeated close looks that were undoubtedly more extensive than your Voyager window-peeping. I ask you again, what is a Spaceship--Starcraft?

For you Inquiring Minds, several updated studies of the Enuma elish, such as The Babylonian Genesis by Alexander Heidel of the Oriental Institute, University of Chicago, have dwelt on the parallels in theme and structure between the Mesopotamian and biblical narratives. Both indeed begin with the statement that the tale takes its reader (or listener, as in Babylon) to the primordial time when the Earth and "the heavens" did not yet exist. But whereas the Sumerian cosmogony dealt with the creation of the Solar System and only then set the stage for the appearance of the celestial Lord (Nibiru/Marduk), the biblical version skipped all that and went directly to the Celestial Battle and its aftermath.

With the immensity of space as its canvas, here is how the Mesopotamian version began to draw the primordial picture:

When in the heights Heaven had not been named

And below earth had not been called,

naught but primordial Apsu, their Begetter,

Mummu, and Tiamat, she who bore them all.

Their waters were mingled together.

No reed had yet been formed,

No marshland had appeared.

Even in the traditional King James version, readers, the biblical opening is more matter-of-fact, not an inspiration religious opus but a lesson in primordial science, informing the reader that there indeed was a time when Heaven and the Earth did not yet exist, especially in the perceptions of anyone and anything around at the time within the arena in which this particular "Play" would be transformed into seeming reality. It, further, stated that it took an act of the "Celestial Lord", his "spirit" moving upon the "waters", to bring Heaven and Earth about with a bolt of light--or something like it.

FINALLY MERGING “MYTH” WITH TRUE SCIENCE

The progress in biblical and linguistic studies since the time of King James has moved the editors of both the Catholic The New American Bible and The New English Bible of the churches in Great Britain to substitute the word "wind"--which is what the Hebrew ru’ach means--for the "Spirit of God", so that the last verse now reads "a mighty wind swept over the waters". They retain, however, the concept of "abyss" for the Hebrew word Tehom in the original Bible; but by now even theologians acknowledge that the reference is to no other entity than the Sumerian Tiamat. Oops! Proof of tampering, changing and editing? I suggest you consider same most carefully.

Let us move on with this understanding, the reference in the Mesopotamian version to the mingling "waters" of Tiamat ceases to be allegorical and calls for a factual evaluation. It goes to the question of the plentiful waters of Earth and the biblical assertion that when the Earth was formed it was completely covered by water. You will soon realize this to be correct. If water was so abundant even at the moment of Earth's creation, then only if Tiamat was also a watery planet could the half that became Earth be watery!!!

The watery nature of Tehom/Tiamat is mentioned in various biblical (yours) references. The prophet Isaiah (51:10) recalled "the primeval days" when the might of the Lord "carved the Haughty One, made spin the watery monster, drained off the waters of the mighty Tehom." The Psalmist extolled the Lord of Beginnings who "by thy might the waters thou didst disperse, the leader of the watery monsters thou didst break up.”

What was the "wind" of the Lord that "moved upon the face of the waters" of Tehom? Tiamat? Not the divine "Spirit" but the satellite of Nibiru/Marduk that, in the Mesopotamian texts, was called by that term! Those texts vividly described the flashes and lightning strokes that burst off Nibiru/Marduk as it closed in on Tiamat. Applying this knowledge to the biblical text, its correct reading emerges:

When, in the beginning,

The Lord created the Heaven and the Earth,

The Earth, not yet formed, was in the void,

and there was darkness upon Tiamat.

Then the Wind of the Lord swept upon its waters

and the Lord commanded, "Let there be lightning!"

and there was a bright light.

The continuing narrative of your Genesis does not describe the ensuing splitting up of Tiamat or the breakup of her host of satellites, described so vividly in the Mesopotamian texts. It is evident, however, from the above-quoted verses from Isaiah and Psalms, as well as from the narrative in Job (26:7-13), that the Hebrews were familiar with the skipped-over portions of the original tale. Job recalled how the celestial Lord smote "the helpers of the haughty One", and he exalted the Lord who, having come from the outer reaches of space, cleaved Tiamat (Tehom) and changed the Solar System:

The hammered canopy He stretched out

in the place of Tehom,

The Earth suspended in the void;

He penned waters in its denseness,

without any cloud bursting ....

His powers the waters did arrest,

His energy the Haughty One did cleave.

His wind the Hammered Bracelet measured out,

His hand the twisting dragon did extinguish.

The Mesopotamian texts continued from here to describe how Nibiru/Marduk formed the asteroid belt out of Tiamat's lower half:

The other half of her

He set up as a screen for the skies;

Locking them together

as watchmen he stationed them ....

He bent Tiamat's tail

to form the Great Band as a bracelet.

Genesis picks up the primordial tale here and describes the forming of the asteroid belt thus:

AND ELOHIM SAID:

LET THERE BE A FIRMAMENT IN THE MIDST OF THE WATERS

AND LET IT DIVIDE THE WATERS FROM THE WATERS.

AND ELOHIM MADE THE FIRMAMENT,

DIVIDING THE WATERS WHICH ARE UNDER THE FIRMAMENT

FROM THE WATERS WHICH ARE ABOVE THE FIRMAMENT.

AND ELOHIM CALLED THE FIRMAMENT "HEAVEN".

Realizing that the Hebrew word Shama'im is used to speak of Heaven or the heavens in general, the editors of Genesis went into some length to use two terms for "the heaven" created as a result of the destruction of Tiamat. What separated the “upper waters” from the "lower waters", the Genesis text stresses, was the Raki' a; generally translated "Firmament", it literally means "Hammered-out Bracelet". Then Genesis goes on to explain that Elohim then called the Raki'a, the so-called Firmament, Shama'im, "the Heaven"--a name that in its first use in the Bible consists of the two words sham and ma'im, meaning literally "where the waters were". In the creation tale of Genesis, "the Heaven" was a specific celestial location, where Tiamat and her waters had been where the asteroid belt was hammered out. That happened, according to the Mesopotamian texts, when Nibiru/Marduk returned to the Place of Crossing--the second phase of the battle with Tiamat: "Day Two", if you wish, as the biblical narrative does.

Are there scholars on your placement who have this information deciphered correctly and in presentable form? Indeed, but they are not allowed coverage and books are removed from the libraries as soon as they are placed there. I won't aid and abet our enemies by giving that information at this time and if some of you researching historians find same--PLEASE DO NOT RELAY THE INFORMATION ON TO US--YET. THIS IS THE MOST CRITICALLY OPPOSED INFORMATION WITHIN YOUR POLITICAL ELITE CIRCLES--LET US NOT ENDANGER THE VERY WRITERS WHO CAN GIVE YOU FREEDOM THROUGH TRUTH.

DETAILS OF INTEREST

The ancient tale is replete with details, each of which is amazing in and of itself. Ancient awareness of them is so incredible that its only plausible explanation, readers, is the one offered by the Sumerians themselves--namely, that those who had come to Earth from Nibiru were the source of that knowledge. Modern astronomy has already corroborated many of these details and can no longer be actually hidden; by doing so, it indirectly confirms the key assertions of the ancient cosmogony and astronomy: the Celestial Battle that resulted in the breakup of Tiamat, the creation of Earth and the asteroid belt, and the capture of Nibiru/Marduk into permanent orbit around your Sun.

Let's just look at one aspect of the ancient tale--the "host" of satellites, or "winds", that the "celestial gods" had.

You now know that Mars has two moons, Jupiter sixteen moons and several more moonlets, Saturn twenty-one or more, Uranus as many as fifteen, Neptune eight. Until Galileo discovered with his telescope the four brightest and largest satellites of Jupiter in 1610, it was unthinkable that a celestial body could have more than one such companion--evidence Earth and its solitary Moon.

But here we read in the Sumerian texts that as Nibiru/Marduk's gravity interacted with that of Uranus, the Invader "begot" three satellites ("winds") and Anu/Uranus "brought forth" four such moons. By the time Nibiru/Marduk reached Tiamat, it had a total of seven "winds" with which to attack Tiamat, and Tiamat had a "host" of eleven--among them the "leader of the host", which was about to become an independently orbiting planet, your eventual Moon.

Another element of the Sumerian tale, of great significance to the ancient astronomers, was the assertion that the debris from the lower half of Tiamat was stretched out in the space where she had once existed.

The Mesopotamian texts, and the biblical version thereof in Genesis, are emphatic and detailed about the formation of the asteroid belt--insisting that such a "bracelet" of debris exists and orbits the Sun between Mars and Jupiter. But your astronomers were not aware of that until the nineteenth century. The first realization that the space between Mars and Jupiter was not just a dark void was the discovery by Giuseppe Piazzi on January 1, 1801, of a small celestial object in the space between the two planets, an object that was named Ceres and that has the distinction of being the first known (and named) asteroid. Hmm-mnn! Three more asteroids (Pallas, Juno, and Vesta) were discovered by 1807, none after that until 1845, and hundreds since then, so that almost 2,000 are known by now. Astronomers believe that there may be as many as 50,000 asteroids at least a mile in diameter, as well as many more pieces of debris, too small to be seen from Earth, which number in the billions.

In other words, it has taken modern astronomy almost two centuries to find out what the Sumerians knew 6,000 years ago.

ASTEROID BELT DIVIDES FIRMAMENT

Even with this knowledge, the biblical statement that the "Hammered-out Bracelet", the Shama'im--alias "the Heaven", divided the "waters which are below the Firmament" from the "waters which are above the Firmament" remained a puzzle. Now, what could the "Bible" be speaking of?

You ones have known, of course, that Earth was a very watery planet, but it has been assumed that it is uniquely so. Many will undoubtedly recall science-fiction tales wherein aliens come to Earth to carry off its unique and life-giving liquid, water. So even if the ancient texts had in mind Tiamat's, and hence Earth's, waters, and if this was what was meant by the "water which is below the Firmament", what water was there to talk about regarding that which is "above the Firmament"???

You know--don't you--that the asteroid belt had, indeed, as the ancient text reported, divided the planets into two groups?

"Below" it are the Terrestrial, or inner, Planets; "above" it the gaseous, or Outer, Planets. But, except for Earth, the former had barren surfaces and the latter no surfaces at all, and the long-held conventional wisdom was that neither group had any water--excepting, of course, Earth.

As a result of the missions of unmanned spacecraft to all the other planets except Pluto, you now know better. Mercury, which was observed by the spacecraft Mariner 10, I believe, in 1974/75, is too small and too close to the Sun to have retained water, if it ever had any. There is no point in arguing the point herein for it is not the point of this JOURNAL to restructure all of your misperceptions. Size and closeness to the Sun have NOTHING to do with whether or not a planet has water. But--we shall go with what the scientists "think" they know and what is projected to you so that confusion is not the point instead of the tale unfolding.

Venus, likewise is believed to be waterless because of its relative proximity to the Sun. This one surprised the scientists for it was discovered by unmanned spacecraft, both American and Soviet, that the extremely hot surface of the planet (almost 900 degrees Fahrenheit) was caused not so much by its proximity to the Sun as by a "greenhouse" effect: the planet seems to be enshrouded by what is presumed to be a thick atmosphere of carbon dioxide and clouds that contain sulfuric acid. As a result the heat of the Sun is trapped and does not dissipate back into space during the night. (Assuming, of course, that there is actually heat from the Sun--which there is not!) Through this assumption, however, it would be recognized that an ever-rising temperature would have vaporized any water that Venus might have had. But did it ever have such water in its past? You see, as we travel along in the theories of "formation" and "what if's", it becomes more and more clear that man hasn't ANY NOTION OF WHAT REALLY IS! It is now pretty much speculated that Venus once had a lot of water.

Interestingly enough, "the lost oceans of Venus" can be traced in its rocks--telltale signs of water flow, in fact. There was indeed water "below the Firmament"--not only on Earth but also on Venus as well.

The latest scientific discoveries have now added Mars to the list of inner planets whose waters corroborate the ancient statement. There exist "canals" on Mars and they can be seen through the telescopic lenses.

CAN YOU NOT SEE THAT WHAT YOU HAVE BEEN TOLD THROUGH THESE EONS OF TIME HAS BECOME THAT WHICH IS FALSE--AND THE TRUTH MUST AGAIN BE UNCOVERED FOR YOUR WITNESS? PLEASE DO NOT BE LONGER FOOLISH IN YOUR REFUSAL TO SEE AND HEAR FOR YOUR VERY EXISTENCE DEPENDS UPON THE WISDOM OF TRUTH IN ITS UNFOLDMENT.

Let us close this portion.

Hatonn to clear and allow pondering of this information that you I might become balanced and perceptive in awareness. Salu.

CHAPTER 10

REC #1 HATONN

MON., JUNE 8, 1992 7:30 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 297

MONDAY, JUNE 8, 1992

MEDITATION

Remember, Dharma, that the eye of prudence may never shut for a dram of discretion is worth a pound of wisdom if taken out of proper sequence. Further, if you think twice before you speak once, you will speak twice the better for it and if you want the rose you must fully respect the thorn which abides with the rose. But you must keep always in the top of your listing of actions that the prudent man does himself good; the virtuous one does it to other men. In so doing all within wisdom it will become clear that if you never exceed your rights, they will soon become unlimited. Be ever alert to the "small" things for, if you seem to be out of trouble, watch for danger. When you live well, then consider the most, your life, lest ruin take it unawares.

* * *

IN THE BEGINNING

(CONTINUED)

You ones must be in consideration of the investigations focused on other of your planets wherein you can see that things are not as were speculated upon as being only a short while in your past.

Let us consider findings of the Mariner 9 which confirmed and augmented the results of the Viking 1 and Viking 2 missions launched five years later; they examined Mars both from orbiters and from landers that descended to the planet's surface. They showed such features as evidence of several floodings by large quantities of water in an area designated Chryse Planitis; channels that once held and were formed by running water coming from the Vallis Marineris area; cyclical meltings of permafrost in the equatorial regions; rocks weathered and eroded by the force of water; and evidence of erstwhile lakes, ponds, and other "water basins".

Let us remember from those recordings from the probes that water vapor was found in the thin Martian atmosphere; Charles A. Barth, the principal scientist in charge of Mariner 9's ultraviolet measurements, estimated that the evaporation amounted to the equivalent of 100,000 gallons of water daily. Norman Horowitz of Caltech reasoned that "large amounts of water in some form have in past eons been introduced to the surface and into the atmosphere of Mars", because that was required in order to have so much carbon dioxide (90 percent) in the Martian atmosphere. Then in publishing results of the Viking project, it was concluded that "a long time ago giant flash floods carved the Martian landscape in a number of places; a volume of water equal to Lake Erie poured ... scouring great channels."

The final NASA report after the Viking missions (Mars: The Viking Discoveries) concluded that "Mars once had enough water to form a layer several meters deep over the whole surface of the planet".

How did they actually come to conclusions in agreement? They projected that this was possible because Mars (like Earth) wobbles slightly as it spins about its axis. This action results in significant climatic changes every 50,000 years. When the planet was warmer it may have had lakes as large as Earth's Great Lakes in North America and as much as three miles deep. "This is an almost inescapable conclusion," stated Michael H. Carr and Jack McCauley of the U.S. Geological Survey in 1985. “1985”? How many years do you think there were up to 1985? Please, chelas, be in reasoning--conclusions drawn in 1985 are like "finally" being drawn this day and still, these are only "conclusions" and not proven points of fact.

What I am trying to reach through to your reasoning mind and say, is that you can't have known very much after some cataclysmic happening occurred and caused a "dark ages" aboard your own starship. These things are only now coming into your knowledge flow. Worse, however, the information is now balanced against that which is KNOWN from other resources of controlled information and fed to you in bits and pieces of erroneous, mixed with valid, information.

When your televisions fail to function for any reason, say, in the afternoon--does the public demand retribution and squawk and complain about loss of "news" or a scientific program on CNN? No--they complain and protest the loss of a soap opera. They may also complain about missing Oprah Winfrey on the subject of whether or not white homosexuals should be allowed to marry (through the state legal system) white homosexuals and have children. At the very most any way you can cut the subject--a legal state marriage is only a way for the state to gain fees for issuing you a worthless piece of paper--marriages are made in the heart between two people and the "commitment" is only valid if made unto each other with God as witness. Only God can help the poor TV repairman if you blot out Super Bowl.

What are you going to do through those several days with NO ELECTRICITY AND NO RADIO AND/OR TV CAPABILITY?? I suggest you ponder this most closely this very day for your scientists (the same ones listed above) expect this very scenario to occur in late July of this year. WHY DO YOU NOT GO FORTH AND DEMAND THAT "THEY" TELL YOU HOW IT WILL BE SO YOU CAN PREPARE. WHY DO YOU CONTINUE TO "TEST" HATONN AND MY PEOPLE WITH YOUR INQUIRIES? I gave you exactly what the scientists have predicted--why would you have to obtain information from ME?

I actually have ones who have written and "given me one last chance"--"If the photon belt doesn't come on time, I am through believing anything you tell us!" So, what does this make ME? Who is going to suffer from such a decision? ME? I have a nice spacecraft with comforts you only dream of. WHO IS GOING TO SUFFER FOR LACK OF AN OPEN MIND? SO BE IT.

Yes, indeed, I have compassion for you--to the point that we continue in the face of such assault, to inform you as best we can for so many of you are patient and do everything you can to prepare and assist your neighbor--but so often your neighbor has already been rendered "brain dead"--and most family offspring and immediate relations only think you have gone totally "bonkers". I understand your position; I simply can't interfere with man's free will choices. I can offer the information--I can-not "kidnap" anyone and jerk them into safety. In only a few very extreme circumstances am I allowed to do such--and then, if adults are involved, I have to release them after decisions are made.

EVACUATION?

What are these circumstances? When an evacuation of the planet HAS TO BE MADE to salvage soul energy forms. When annihilation is so imminent that the planetary chain reactions of the detonations set by man have no possibility of reversal--then, we have to get you off--as many as will come. Most will be more terrified of us than the situation because you won't recognize the totality of the event until too late. In those instances, ones who serve--such as my scribes, etc., with permission of "them", we are allowed to take up into safety all members of the family as requested and other ones of significant interaction. Then confrontations with those adults involved will be honored as to choices--children will be kept in security at any circumstance on that day, WHY this dispensation? So that our workers can do their work without being pulled away to attend ones of their beloved relations, etc. All hands will be needed with clarity of action and thought. This is the promise in return for service. Further, there will not be rightness of circumstance to simply blot consciousness from the workers for the service will be required in BOTH levels of understanding and physical expression.

YOUR SURVIVAL?

So, what do you do? I have told you. But moreover, you have other access to documentation and instructions. How many of you, even after my having told you so, realize your own government puts out documents every year on NUCLEAR WAR SURVIVAL SKILLS--right from the Oak Ridge National laboratory. The one sitting in front of Dharma came in 1989 when we first began to write on the subject of survival. Someone with access to the material sent a copy.

You can obtain, I guess, a copy from the Oregon Institute of Science and Medicine, Cave Junction, Oregon. This would be the updated and expanded 1987 edition with the Foreword by Dr. Edward Teller. For the price of an arm and one leg you can even get NUCLEAR WAR SURVIVAL SKILLS video tapes. I herein ask my people to get copies of same and then we will gather and watch together. You can also get the books at "quantity" discounts. My assumption is that this still holds true--but the point is to "kill" you, not "save" you so you will have to check it out for self.

FOR SALE: GOVERNMENT BUNKERS

This information herein should chill you out if nothing will--it proves that massive facilities of "better" quality are ready for the Elite because the government and bankers are putting "up for sale" other bunkers "touted to have been used" for bank storage, secret document storage, survival facilities and "war rooms". How do I know? Read your daily paper! Let me example:

(Associated Press), Sun., June 7, 1992: FOR SALE: 1 NEVER-USED WAR BUNKER.

AMHERST, MASS.: This room has no view. But for $250,000 you can get your own 44,000-square-foot, climate-controlled bunker, complete with glassed-in command theater.

"It's something of a white elephant, " real estate agent Esta Busl said Friday. But she has gotten a few inquiries for a former Strategic Air Command bunker, buried underneath a mountain in this college town.

"It's the only one for sale in the U.S.A. (thus far--at this time and for public consideration)," the advertisement reads, "$250,000, a wild imagination ... and it's yours."

Its latest owner, the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston used the underground command center, completed in 1956 when nearby Westover Air Force Base was SAC's northeastern head-quarters, primarily for records storage.

The two-story war room comes complete with enclosed balcony for generals and glass screens on which battle scenes could have been shown.

"It pretty much has all the comforts of home," Busl said.

* * *

ELITE BANKING "EXAMINED"

By the way, I can't urge you strongly enough to get copies of the transcripts or WATCH the subcommittee bearings about the BNL banking fiasco. It beats any Mel Brooks movie ever produced as the "Judicial" department pounds on "impossible" contempt citations unissued when they "refused to even accept the suggestion that there was anything strange afoot"--AND INVOKED THROUGH THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, BLOCKS BY MEANS OF EXECUTIVE PRIVILEGE AND NATIONAL SECURITY. The battering and incomprehensible testimony is so slap-stick that you all but miss the total insanity of the circumstances.

Why aren't Bush and Bunch worried? Because he KNOWS all these other incredible things will come upon you before you know what has happened and he won't have to stand accountable to ANYONE! YOU ARE GOING TO HAVE TO REALIZE THAT THEY ARE GOING TO BLOW AWAY THREE-QUARTERS OF YOUR PLANET--WHILE YOU APPLAUD AND BOW UNTO THE GENIUS OF THE PLANS. THE COMMUNISTS PLAN A FULL BLOWN ATTACK ON YOUR NATION ON THE FOURTH OF JULY, 1992 (LESS THAN A MONTH FROM THIS DAY). COMMUNIST TANKS ARE ALREADY STATIONED ALL ABOUT YOUR NATION IN ALL MAJOR CITIES NOT TARGETED FOR IMMEDIATE DESTRUCTION.

WHAT ARE WE GOING TO DO ABOUT IT? COME NOW, CHELAS. I AND MINE ARE NOT SLEEPING. WHAT ARE YOU GOING TO DO ABOUT IT?

BACK TO THE MUNDANE--CREATION

The outcome of the "joint" scientific studies between the Soviets and the U.S.A. NASA regarding "Mars landings" conclude that some deep Martian canyons are probably still flowing water in their depths, or at least just below the dry riverbeds. How quaint.

What had started out as a dry and barren planet has emerged, in the past decade, as a planet where water was once abundant--not just passively lying about but flowing and gushing and shaping the planet's features. Mars has joined Venus and Earth in corroborating the concept of the Sumerian texts of water "below the Firmament", on the inner planets.

ASTEROID BELT SEPARATION?

The ancient assertion that the asteroid belt separated the waters that were below the Firmament from those that were above it implies that there was water on the celestial bodies that are located farther out. We have already reviewed the later discoveries which confirm the Sumerian description of Uranus and Neptune as "watery". What about the other two celestial bodies that are orbiting between those two outer planets and the asteroid belt, Saturn and Jupiter?

Saturn itself, a gaseous giant whose volume is more than eight hundred times greater than that of Earth, as described by scientists, has not yet been penetrated down to its surface--assuming it has, somewhere below its vast atmosphere of hydrogen and helium, a solid or liquid core. But its various moons as well as its breathtaking rings are now known to be made, if not wholly then in large part, of water ice and perhaps even liquid water. This is what your astronomers and scientific computer analysts say so surely you can believe them?

They continue by telling you that originally, Earth-based observations of Saturn showed only seven rings; it is now known from space probes that there are many more, with thinner rings and thousands of ringlets filling the spaces between the seven major rings; all together they create the effect of a disk that, like a phonograph record, is "grooved" with rings and ringlets. The unmanned spacecraft Pioneer II established in 1979 that the rings and ringlets consist of icy material, believed at the time to be small pieces of ice a few inches in diameter or as small as snowflakes. But what of invisible photon rings? Who ever mentions these little perturbations? What about these little invisible particles which can destroy your entire species in a period of time with no protection? I repeat--what about those "holes" wherein already are pouring these photon waves upon you? The government lies to you--you are moving into the Photon Belt right on schedule and they are giving you hogwash about "ozone holes" and nonsense about “skin cancers”.

Can man survive such a passage? Indeed, if care is taken for you will be under the influence of multiple "suns". This is why we encourage "clusters” of domes over- covered by large "shade" domes so that most activities can be done without full-time exposure to these elements. Indeed, man can not only survive, but flourish in the presence of such Light if handled properly. After adjustment and a period of "mutation", plants and animals who dwell in the open will flourish incredibly well. Because of your adaptation to luxury indoor climate control, you are the ones at risk. This is, however, why the prophets will tell you that the animals will be quite well adjusted “outside” during that period of "Light" which would blind and burn your human bodies.

Outdoor dwellers will also manage very well with a minimal eye protection. This, of course, is IF the human interferers keep out of the equation. If you ignite radioactive belts, etc., you will have other problems with which to contend. Already a thrust for sunglasses which close out ultra-violet rays are marketed--why do you think this is so? Human can easily evolve protective changes if given a bit of "time" to do so--it is the suddenness which is devastating. As with any x-rays, protection of minimal amounts will be more than adequate. HOWEVER:

STERILIZATION WILL OCCUR

NEXT BUG-A-BOO: One of the major reasons why the government will not allow you to be told of the upcoming Photon Belt is because STERILIZATION OF THE SPECIES will occur through exposure to the rays for ones who are exposed without protection. This will cause a massive drop in offspring in the immediate upcoming generation of population. How better to snuff out the prospective "next generation"? There simply will only be the "select" few who will be able to have children.

This is why the Revelation prophecies state that it will be most bad for ones who are with child--the mutations will abound in the first birthing of already forming bodies and recently conceived babes. There will be massive spontaneous abortions and malformed births, most of which will not survive and in the hardships upcoming, will perish. There will be a massive annihilation of any surviving mutants.

Again, chelas, ye become angry with ME; do you think I make up these tales to give you on "scare night at the movies"? The prophecies have been before you since the beginning of your planet.

This is, however, why I suggest that as you move into the Photon Belt, you must also have facilities for protection of your "bearing" cattle, fowl, etc. Most will fare alright on their own but they, too, shall become sterile if left to exposure of great magnitude for a long period of time until adjustment can be accomplished. This would be necessary, at any rate, for the planet would be overrun by animals and the species of human would be destroyed in time.

DAMAGE TO BRAIN FUNCTION

Next bugs-in-the BOO: The rays will destroy the brain functioning if not protected. If you cannot imagine a planet filled with dying, blind--and totally insane persons--I suggest you begin to do so NOW. Just as with continued doses of radiation, the brain cells are killed off and you will surely be back to a planet of dying humanity who can function only at "cave-man" level, if that efficiently. This is as much the reason for "dark ages" as anything that happens to a planet. This is what would cyclically depopulate a planet in the natural order of things. This is why man "could" save selves but will not. Good news? Bad news? No, it just IS news. It should not be "news" for it is as old, likewise, as the beginning of the planet.

BACK TO PLANETS AND STUDIES

Taking up again with snowflakes, let us continue. What was originally described as "a carousel of bright icy particles" was revealed, however, by data to consist of chunks of ice ranging from boulder size to that of "big houses". You are seeing "a sea of sparkling ice" said JPL's scientists. The ice, at some primordial time, had been liquid water. By the way, these are the SAME scientists who tested the material left by Semjase and Pleiadians with Billy Meier and "lost" the samples.

The several larger moons of Saturn at which the three spacecraft took a look, appeared to have much more water, and not only in the form of ice. It was reported in 1979 that the group of inner moons of Saturn--Janus, Mimas, Enceladus, Tethys, Dione, and Rhea--appeared to be "icy bodies ... consisting largely of ice". It was confirmed in 1980 that these inner satellites as well as the newly discovered moonlets were "spheres of ice". On Enceladus, which was examined more closely, the indications were that its smooth plains resulted from the filling in of old craters with liquid water that had oozed up to the surface and then frozen.

It was also revealed that Saturn's outer moons were ice covered. The moon Iapetus, which has puzzled astronomers because it showed dark and bright portions, was found to be "coated with water ice" in the bright areas. Voyager 2 seemed to confirm in 1981 that Iapetus was "primarily a ball of ice with some rock in its center". The data, Von R. Eshleman of Stanford University concluded, indicated that Iapetus was 55 percent water ice, 35 percent rock, and 10 percent frozen methane. Saturn's largest moon, Titan--larger than the planet Mercury--was found to have an atmosphere and a surface rich in hydrocarbons. But under them there is a mantle of frozen ice, and some sixty miles farther down, as the internal heat of this celestial body increases, there is a thick layer of water slush. Farther down, it is now believed, there probably exists a layer of bubbling hot water more than 100 miles deep. All in all, the Voyagers' data suggested that Titan is 15 percent rock and 85 percent water and ice.

Is Saturn itself a larger version of Titan, its largest moon? Well, you could wait for future missions and see what they provide--or you can turn and study the Sumerian texts and KNOW NOW. It's up to you.

JUPITER HAS WATER

Jupiter was investigated by probes called Pioneer 10 and Pioneer 11 AND by the two Voyagers according to your public information allowed sharing with you in some portion. The results indicated that there were no differences than found at Saturn. The giant gaseous planet was found to emit immense amounts of radiation and heat and to be engulfed by a thick atmosphere that is subject to violent storms. Yet even this impenetrable envelope was found to be constituted primarily of hydrogen, helium, methane, ammonia, water vapor, and probably droplets of water; somewhere farther down inside the thick atmosphere there is liquid water, the scientists have concluded.

As with Saturn, the moons of Jupiter proved more fascinating, revealing, and surprising than the planet itself. Of the four Galilean moons, Io, the closest to Jupiter, revealed totally unexpected volcanic activity. Although what the volcanoes spew is mostly sulphur based, the erupted material contains some water. The surface to Io shows vast plains with troughs running through them, as if they had been carved by running water. The consensus is that Io has "some internal sources of water".

Europa, like Io, appears to be a rocky body, but its somewhat lower density suggests that it may contain more internal water than Io. Its surface shows a latticework of veinlike lines that suggested to the NASA teams shallow fissures in a sea of frozen ice. A close look at Europa by Voyager 2 revealed a layer of mushy water ice under the cracked surface. At the December 1984 meeting of the American Geophysical Union in San Francisco, two scientists of NASA's Ames Research Center suggested that under Europa's ice sheet there might exist warmer oases of liquid water that could sustain living organisms. After a reexamination of Voyager 2 photographs, NASA scientists tentatively concluded that the spacecraft witnessed volcanic eruptions of water and ammonia from the moon's interior. The belief now is that Europa "has an ice covering several miles thick" overlaying an ocean of liquid water up to thirty miles deep, kept from freezing by radioactive decay and the friction of tidal forces. Eee-gads. Well, be glad Hatonn is presenting this information instead of Soltec (Senior Geophysical authority) who sits to my right elbow and is about having a hemorrhage. Never mind, chelas, you have to have the idiot blather and speculation so that you can better appreciate the TRUTH.

Ganymede, the largest of Jupiter's moons, appears to be covered with water ice mixed with rock, suggesting it has undergone moonquakes that have cracked its crust of frozen ice. It is thought to be made almost entirely of water ice, with an inner ocean of liquid water near its core. The fourth Galilean moon, Callisto--about the size of the planet Mercury--also has an ice-rich crust; under it there are mush and liquid water surrounding a small, rocky core. Estimates are that Callisto is more than 50 percent water. A ring discovered around Jupiter is also made mostly, if not wholly, of ice particles.

Modern science seems to have confirmed the ancient assertion to the fullest: there indeed have been "waters ABOVE the Firmament".

OTHER, UNSEEN PLANETS

Jupiter is the Solar System's largest planet (visible)--as large as 1,300 Earths. It contains some 90 percent of the mass of the complete planetary system of the Sun. I suggest that when you come into “visibility” you will suddenly discover you are surrounded by unseen planets and stars. These ones would have been totally obscured by photons through which your vision was incapable of witness. As the entire system "speeds up" in frequency to accommodate these new "X-rays", you will find a whole universe of wondrous new additions.

As stated a bit earlier, the Sumerians called Jupiter KI.SHAR, "Foremost of the Firm Lands”, of the planetary bodies. "Foremost"??? From whose perception might that be written? Saturn, though smaller than Jupiter, occupies a much larger portion of the heavens because of its rings, whose "disk" has a diameter of 670,000 miles. The Sumerians called it AN.SHAR, "Foremost of the Heavens". "Foremost"??? From whose perception might that be written? Ah so!

Evidently these Sumerians knew what they were talking about?

LET'S LOOK AT YOUR SUN

When you can view the Sun with the unclothed eye, say, at dawn or at sunset, it appears to be a perfect disk. Even when viewed with telescopes, it has the shape of a perfect globe. Yet the Sumerians depicted it as a disk with triangular rays extending from its round surface. Why?

In 1980 astronomers of the High Altitude Observatory of the University of Colorado took pictures of the Sun with a special camera during an eclipse observed in a location in the country of India. The pictures revealed that because of magnetic influences, the Sun's corona gives it the appearance of a disk with triangular rays extending from its surface--just as the Sumerians had depicted millennia earlier.

In January of 1983 an author named ZECHARIA SITCHIN, born in Russia and raised in Palestine, an Economics/History professor, brought this "enigmatic representation" which was on a Sumerian "cylinder seal" to the attention of the editor of Scientific American, a journal that reported the astronomers' discovery. In response, the editor, Dennis Flanagan, wrote to him on January 27, 1983:

"Thank you for your letter of January 25.

"What you have to say is most interesting, and we may well be able to publish it."

"In addition to the many puzzles posed by this depiction," he had written in his letter, "foremost of which is the source of the Sumerian knowledge, is now their apparent familiarity with the true shape of the Sun's corona."

Do you suppose it is the need to acknowledge the source of Sumerian knowledge THAT IS STILL HOLDING UP PUBLICATION OF WHAT „SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN‟ HAS DEEMED “MOST INTERESTING”? What would be your best guess?

Dharma, allow us to close hereat for the writing grows long. I wish to put the next couple of segments to tape this afternoon for we will get too far behind if we do not. The next segment begins to get really interesting so I would like to clear the backlog a bit if you would be able to make yourself available for that specific task. We will be taking up "The Messengers of Genesis" when we next write on the subject of the "Divine Plan".

Hatonn to clear, please. Blessings rest upon you who are willing to see and hear for upon your shoulders rests the survival of a species. Salu.

CHAPTER 11

REC #1 HATONN

WED., JUNE 10, 1992 7:21 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 299

WEDNESDAY, JUNE 10, 1992

MEDITATION

As we move on to write of "messengers", let it be remembered that always there have been the messengers sent. As far back in your books of instructions, even unto Isaiah (who was a messenger) there have been signs of that which would come and messengers to tell truth that man might know that which to seek for protection and journey into the "unknown".

Always too, the instructions have been to turn from your errors so that you would be worthy of acceptance into the places of the ones come to bring you into safety. See Matthew 3 and Isaiah 42:19. How can you recognize the messengers and signs, yea, even miracles, if you know not for what to look?

Most of all you must respect life--all life--for you were sent as stewards and you have forgotten.

One of the most important of Creation's Natural laws is that all life is equal. That's a fact which must be acknowledged before man can expect to find balance and growth in any enlightened community. You have to respect life--all life, not just your own. The key word is "respect". Unless you respect the earth, you destroy it. Unless you respect all life as much as your own life, you become a destroyer, a murderer. Know too, that there is great difference in "respect" and "worship". Respect gives retention of control and power unto the giver--worship gives all control and power unto the worshipped. Responsibility is the "key "--all must respect ALL if "self" is to flourish in wisdom among the higher brotherhood of human.

* * *

GENESIS' MESSENGERS

Ah, you expected me to speak of "people" who were sent as messengers? People are most unstable and forgetful, chelas--God nor Creation would entrust the signs and messages of unchangeable magnitude into the hands of humans. In higher wisdom HE will always send messengers which cannot be cajoled, bribed or tampered with.

HALLEY’S COMET, ETC.

Of what am I speaking? Example: In 1986 Mankind was given (evolved in proper sequence) a once-in-a-lifetime event: the appearance of a messenger from the past, a Messenger of Genesis. It was a comet which had been spoken of since Genesis. However, in your latter accounting you decided to label it Halley's Comet. But I remind you--a rose by any other name is but a rose!

Halley's Comet is unique in many ways as it differs from the many comets and other small objects that roam the heavens. Among the differences is the fact that its recorded appearances have been traced to millennia past, as well as the fact that modern science was able, in 1986, to conduct for the first time a comprehensive, close-up examination of a comet and its core--or so it was claimed. The first fact underscores the excellence of ancient astronomy; because of the second, data was obtained that once again corroborated ancient knowledge and the tales of Genesis.

In 1720 Edmund Halley became British Astronomer Royal. He had postulated that the comet he observed in 1682 (and which came to bear his name) was a periodic one, the same that had been observed in 1531 and 1607. There was a chain of scientific developments which led to this--during the years 1695-1705. This involved the promulgation of the laws of gravitation and celestial motion by Sir Isaac Newton and Newton's consulting with Halley about his findings. By the way, it would seem worthy to again remind you that Esu (Jesus) Emmanuel was NOT born on December 25 but Isaac Newton WAS. Perhaps that would be a most worthy celebration and stop quarrels over Jesus and stars of David and candlesticks.

Until this time in point the theory regarding comets was that they crossed the heavens in straight lines, appearing at one end of the skies and disappearing in the other direction, never to be seen again. BUT, based on Newtonian laws, Halley concluded that the curve expressed by comets is elliptical, eventually bringing these celestial bodies back to where they had been observed before. The "three" comets of 1531, 1607, and 1682 were unusual in that they were all orbiting in the "wrong" direction--clockwise rather than counterclockwise; had similar deviations from the general orbital plane of the planets around the Sun--being inclined about 17-18 degrees--and were similar in appearance. Concluding they were one and the same comet, he plotted its course and calculated its period (the length of time between its appearances) to be about seventy-six years. He then predicted that it would reappear in 1758. He did not live long enough to see his prediction come true, but he was honored by having the comet named after him.

SUN ENLIVENS COMETS

Like that of all celestial bodies, and especially because of a comet's small size, its orbit is easily perturbed by gravitational pull of the planets it passes. This is especially true of Jupiter's effect. Each time a comet nears the Sun, its frozen material comes to life; the comet develops a head and a very long tail and begins to lose some of its material as it turns to gas and vapor. This is an assumption based upon the best information which can be gleaned on your place. It is close enough to serve the purposes herein. All these phenomena affect the comet's orbit; therefore, although more precise measurements have somewhat narrowed the orbital range of Halley's comet from the seventy-four to seventy-nine years that he had calculated, the period of seventy-six years is only a practical average; the actual orbit and its period must be recalculated each time the comet makes an appearance.

With the aid of equipment now available to you, an average of six or so comets are reported each year; of them, one or two are comets on return trips, while others are newly discovered. This does NOT mean they are not on return trips--only that they had not been discovered. Most of the recognized "returning" comets are short-period ones, the shortest known being that of Encke' s comet, which nears the Sun and then returns to a region slightly beyond the asteroid belt (I will momentarily speak about that asteroid belt in relationship to what is coming down TODAY on your planet) in a period of a little more than three years. Most short-period comets average an orbital period of about seven years, which carries them to the environs of Jupiter. Typical of them is comet Giacobini-Zinner (named, like other comets, after its discoverers), which has a period of 6-1/2 years; its latest passage within Earth's view was in 1985. On the other hand there are very-long-period comets like comet Kohoutek, which was discovered in March 1973, was fully visible in December 1973 and January 1974, and then disappeared from view, perhaps to return in 75,000 years. By comparison, the cycle of 76 years for Halley's Comet is short enough to remain in living memories, yet long enough to retain its magic as a once-in-a-lifetime celestial event.

When Halley's comet appeared on its next-to-last passage around the Sun, in 1910, its course and aspects had been well mapped out in advance. Still, the Great Comet of 1910, as it was called, was awaited with great apprehension. There was fear that Earth or life on it would not survive the anticipated passage because Earth would be enveloped in the comet's tail of poisonous gases. There was also alarm at the prospect that, as was believed in earlier times, the appearance of the comet would be an ill omen of pestilence, wars, and death of kings. As the comet reached its greatest magnitude and brilliance in May of 1910, its tail stretching over more than half the vault of heaven, King Edward VII of Great Britain died. On the European continent, a series of political upheavals culminated in the outbreak of World War I in 1914. You see, the politicians already knew how to utilize your "mystical aspects" to their own cause.

The belief, or superstition, associating Halley's Comet with wars and upheavals was fed by much that was coming to light about events that coincided with its previous appearances. The Seminole Indians' revolt against the white settlers of Florida in 1835, the Great Lisbon Earthquake of 1755, the outbreak of the Thirty Years' War in 1618, the Turkish siege of Belgrade in 1456, the outbreak of the Black Death (bubonic plague) in 1347--all were accompanied or preceded by the appearance of a great comet, which was finally recognized as Halley's Comet, thus establishing its role as the messenger of God's wrath.

NOSTRADAMUS--SEPTEMBER, NOT MAY

How interesting to note that still it is efforted to attach Nostradamus' projections onto Halley's Comet--when it is totally obvious that it cannot be Halley's Comet of which he spoke. If I were you I would look a bit further to that "BIG" one and begin to pay more attention to "September" rather than May and back it off about 9 years.

ASTEROID BOMBARDMENT EXPECTED

I wish to herein refer to the asteroid belt as already expected to affect Earth and has the politicians running nuts in total fright. THEY KNOW YOU ARE APT TO BE HIT, AND POSSIBLY DESTROYED, by things from the "asteroid belt". This is what SDI (Strategic Defense Initiative) is about, chelas.

Your President Reagan gave it away in a massive slip of the lip. He suggested that you had better team up with all your enemies AGAINST INVASION FROM SPACE. The massive amounts of money spent was for a comprehensive satellite system to hook up the globe to computer monitoring systems to nail every man, woman and child into the system--FOR THE BANKERS' ELITE.

The "STAR WARS" portion was to set up a defense system, not against Soviet missiles, but to hopefully be able to blast oncoming asteroids before they could reach Earth.

DISBELIEF?

So what else is new? You can't seem to believe most things I tell you until you get confirmation from some author or "inside reporter" on your terra-firma. So be it--you WILL get it, I promise you that much. Why don't you read the paper and watch the news? Even though you don't get any truth, the lies are sprinkled with truth if you know that for which to watch.

NASA continues to announce in the major news media and in scientific journals (which I doubt you-the-people access) that there is a probability of large meteors or asteroids striking the Earth with calamitous results. They have even suggested some possible dates of impact.

NASA has, further, stated that "It was a good thing that Ronald Reagan had the perception and foresight to build up the Strategic Defense Initiative--“Star Wars”--because now SDI can be used to destroy these asteroids before they strike the Earth.” This is partially incorrect for SDI was NEVER intended to be an anti-missile defense system. If anything, it was intended to be an "asteroid defense system". (This according to your own "scientists"!) The telescopes that "were not launched" but retained in White Sands, are now launched and working just fine--they are covering possible asteroid invasion. This is just another ploy to NOT tell you what the governments are doing--all of them in conjunction via their Elite coalitions and Security Councils in secret meetings with secret agendas hidden under things such as "National Security" and "Executive Privilege".

The "Communist Threat" and the "Soviet Nuclear Attack" as have been presented for your consumption, was a pretty sick joke on the people of the world. These were fabricated to keep you working hard and paying taxes to finance the "New World Order". The Soviet "War Machine" has been financed and subsidized by the American taxpayer since 1917 through such organizations as “The American International Corporation” on whose board of directors sat George Herbert Walker, the grandfather of George Herbert Walker Bush. This has been known for YEARS, chelas--ask Eustace Mullins--he wrote all about it in his book THE AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION.

I think you must become aware that, in addition to the major underground facilities in the United States which I presented to you, there are at least 50 new ones which I am reminded to mention to you.

One of the major ones I saved to speak about at a later date (and will still reserve for a bit longer) is one well known in San Luis Obispo County, California. It is the AT&T Pacific Long Lines Facility off a road recognized as Los Osos Valley Road. I only give this as identification for ones who would recognize the location. The we-the-people would NEVER be allowed entry for this one is a major "Elite" refuge and belongs to one of the most massive factions in your Global conspiracy. Since the touting is all toward "peace" and no more threat from the Soviets--it means that there is full expectation of massive asteroid blasts. This means that there must be heavy construction at depths deeper even than for atomic bomb protection.

Stop it Dharma, I do not tell you this to ruffle your feathers, chelas--I CAN EASILY DIVERT ANYTHING FROM YOUR LOCATION SO STOP THE "FRIGHT-NIGHT" RESPONSE.

By the way, this specific installation belongs to "The Gehlen Organization" and is called "Eagles Nest". This information is right out of California Specialized Training Institute files. By the way, call a law firm by the label of Sinsheimer, Schiebelhut, and Bagett in San Luis Obispo and maybe you can make your reservation--if you live in the area--for everyone should be prepared! Oh, by the way No.2: Judge William P. Clark and Mrs. Clark (Von Braun), are major VIP's in charge--you know, THE Clark that was behind the bombing fiasco of flight KAL 007! Chelas, you simply MUST get with this program!

HALLEY'S COMET DIVINELY ORDAINED?

Well, it doesn't matter, the coincidence of the comet's appearance in conjunction with major historic events seems to grow the more you go back in time, One of the most celebrated appearances of a comet, definitely Halley's, is that of 1066, during the Battle of Hastings in which the Saxons, under King Harold, were defeated by William the Conqueror. The comet was depicted on the famous Bayeux tapestry, which is thought to have been commissioned by Queen Matilda, wife of William the Conqueror, to illustrate his victory. The inscription next to the comet's tail, Isti mirant stella, means, "They are in awe of the star," and refers to the depiction of King Harold tottering on his throne.

The year 66 A.D. is considered by astronomers to be one in which Halley's Comet made an appearance; they base conclusions on at least two Chinese observations. That was the year in which the Jews of Judea launched their Great Revolt against Rome. The Jewish historian Josephus (Wars of the Jews, Book VI) blamed the fall of Jerusalem and the destruction of its holy Temple on the misinterpretation by the Jews of the heavenly signs and preceded the revolt: "a star resembling a sword which stood over the city, a comet that continued a whole year".

Until recently the earliest certain record of the observation of a comet was found in the Chinese Chronological Tables of Shih-chi for the year 467 B.C., in which the pertinent entry reads, "During the tenth year of Ch'in Li-kung a broom-star was seen." Some believe a Greek inscription refers to the same comet in that year. Modern astronomers are not sure that the 467 B.C. Shih-chi entry refers to Halley's Comet; they are more confident regarding a Shih-chi entry for the year 240 B.C.

In April 1985, F.R. Stephenson, K.K.C. Yau, and H. Hunger reported that a reexamination of Babylonian astronomical tablets that had been lying in the basement of the British Museum since their discovery in Mesopotamia more than a century ago, shows that the tablets recorded the appearance of extraordinary celestial bodies--probably comets, they said--in the years 164 B.C. and 87 B.C. The periodicity of seventy-seven years suggested to these scholars that the unusual celestial bodies were Halley's Comet.

Surely back in the year 164 B.C. and 87 B.C. these scholars who have been preoccupied with Halley's Comet could not have realized the significance in Jewish and Near Eastern history, of such events. It was the very year in which the Jews of Judea, under the leadership of the Maccabees, revolted against Greek-Syrian domination, recaptured Jerusalem, and purified the defiled Temple according to their traditions. The Temple rededication ceremony is celebrated to this day by Jews as the festival of Hanukkah ("Rededication").

The 164 B.C. tablet number WA-41462 in the British Museum is clearly dated to the relevant year in the reign of the Seleucid (Greek-Syrian) king Antiochus Epiphanes, the very evil King Antiochus of the books of Maccabees. The unusual celestial object, which the three scholars believe was Halley's Comet, is reported to have been seen in the Babylonian month of Kislimu, which is the Jewish month Kislev and, indeed, the one in which Hanukkah is celebrated. Now, can't history be fun? Truth is so much more fun and interesting than silly mythology and fairytales.

CELESTIAL SWORD

This is the description often attached to Halley's Comet. In another instance, the comparison by Josephus of the Comet to a celestial sword, as it is also depicted in the Bayeux tapestry, has led some scholars to suggest that the Angel of the Lord that King David saw "standing between the earth and heaven, having a sword in his hand stretched out over Jerusalem" (I Chronicles 21:16--for you inquiring minds) might have been in reality Halley's Comet, sent by the Lord to punish the king for having conducted a prohibited census. The time of this incident, circa 1000 B.C., certainly coincides with one of the years in which Halley's Comet should have appeared.

In an article published in your year 1986 by Zecharia Sitchin, he pointed out that the Hebrew name for "comet" is Kokhave shavit a "Scepter star". This has a direct bearing on the biblical tale of the seer Bilam. When the Israelites ended their wanderings in the desert after the Exodus and began the conquest of Canaan, the Moabite king summoned Bilam to curse the Israelites. But Bilam, realizing that the Israelite advance was divinely ordained, blessed them instead. He did so, he explained (Numbers 24:17), because he was shown a celestial vision:

I see it, though not now;

I behold, though it is not near:

A star of Jacob did course,

A scepter of Israel did arise.

Mr. Sitchin has provided you with a chronology that fixed the date of the "Exodus" at 1433 B.C.; the Israelite entry into Canaan began forty years later, in 1393 B.C. Halley's Comet, at an interval of 76 or 77 years, would have appeared circa 1390 B.C. Did Bilam consider that event as a divine signal that the Israelite (as they are NOW called) advance could not and should not be stopped? If, in biblical times, the comet called Halley's was considered the Scepter Star of "Israel" (israel--God's chosen), it could explain why the Jewish revolts of 164 B.C. and A.D. 66 were timed to coincide with the comet's appearances. [Or, could it have been OTHER more important coincidences? and not, after all, the "Sword Comet"!]

TIME OF VISITORS, SHIPS AND NEPHILIM

You will be wise in the remembering as we unfold this that THIS Nibiru passage between Jupiter and Mars once every 3,600 years causes great disruptions. When this "planet of God" begins to move close to Earth, the Nephilim begin to make the journey to your planet in increasing numbers. Thus you will find craft abounding, visitors abounding and guidance as well as practical assistance to God's chosen (i)sraelites abounding.

It is significant that in spite of the crushing defeat of the Judean revolt by the Romans in A.D. 66, the Jews took up arms again some seventy years later in a heroic effort to free Jerusalem and rebuild the Temple. The leader of that revolt, Shimeon Bar Kosiha, was renamed by the religious leaders Bar Kokhba, "Son of the Star", specifically because of the above-quoted verses in Numbers 24.

I want you to use your heads now and don't go bonkers with your calendars and calculators. There are OTHER cycling planets and orbiting heavenly bodies besides Nibiru which massively impact your globe. Also, as in the case of planets outgrown their ability to wisely cope with technology--timetables are altered according to need of attention to a species upon such planets. Also, ones from the last encounter with Nibiru/Marduk left many Nephilim ON YOUR PLACE to prepare and provide for this very day of cycle changes which would be devastating. I suggest you not go back to sleep if your addition doesn't quite add up. You do not have good records on your place and other things from Cosmic aspect can be changed in the blink of an eye.

It is obvious that the revolt the Romans put down after some three years, in A.D. 135, was also intended as was the Maccabean one, to achieve the rededication of the Temple by the time of the return of Halley's Comet, in A.D. 142. The realization that you, in 1986, have seen and experienced the return of a majestic celestial body that had great historic impact in the past, should send a shudder down some spines.

However, the 1986 Halley's Comet visit didn't see a rebuilt Jerusalem--IN JERUSALEM, did it? What could that mean? It can mean several things--one, that the temple in point would be in the "New Jerusalem" which is in the Philippines--not yet risen into view. Further, that Halley's is NOT the comet in question. This can be plainly seen in the absence of the all-out “in-spite-of” thrust at rebuilding the so-called Jewish Temple in Jerusalem prior to that time. There is a whole heck of a lot of information KEPT FROM YOU-THE-PEOPLE!

How far back does this messenger called Halley's go? According to the Sumerian creation epics, it goes all the way back to the time of the Celestial Battle. Halley's Comet and its like are truly the Messengers of Genesis and were known as such.

OUR SOLAR SYSTEM

The Solar System, astronomers and physicists believe, was formed out of a primordial cloud of gaseous matter; like everything else in the universe, it was in constant motion--circling about its galaxy (the Milky Way) and rotating around its own center of gravity. Slowly the cloud spread as it cooled; slowly the center became a star (our Sun) and the planets coalesced out of the rotating disc of gaseous matter. Thenceforth, the motion of all parts of the Solar System retained the original direction of the primordial cloud, anticlockwise. The planets orbit the sun in the same direction as did the original nebula; so do their satellites, or moons; so should also the debris that either did not coalesce or that resulted from the disintegration of bodies such as comets and asteroids. Everything must keep going anticlockwise. Everything must also remain within the plane of the original disk, which is called the Ecliptic.

Nibiru/Marduk did not conform to all that. Its orbit, as previously reviewed, was retrograde--in the opposite direction, clockwise. Its effect on Pluto--which according to the Sumerian texts was GA.GA and was shifted by Nibiru to its present orbit, which is not within the ecliptic but inclined 17 degrees to it--suggests that Nibiru itself followed an inclined path. Relative to the ecliptic it arrived from the southeast, from under the ecliptic; formed an arc above the ecliptic, then plunged back below the ecliptic in its journey back to where it had come from.

Halley's Comet shows the same characteristics, students, and except for the fact that its orbit is so much smaller than that of Nibiru (currently about 76 years compared with Nibiru's 3,600 Earth-years), an illustration of Halley's orbit could give you a good idea of Nibiru's inclined and retrograde path. In fact, Halley's Comet could be accepted as a sort of miniature Nibiru. This orbital similarity is but one of the aspects that make this Comet, and others too, messengers from the past--not only the historic past, but all the way back to the beginning (Genesis).

Hatonn to stand by.

CHAPTER 12

REC #3 HATONN

WED., JUNE 10, 1992 10:21 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 299

WEDNESDAY, JUNE 10, 1992

MORE ON MESSENGERS

Halley's Comet is not alone in having an orbit markedly inclined to the ecliptic (a feature measured as an angle of Declination) and a retrograde direction. Nonperiodic comets--comets whose paths form not ellipses but parabolas or even hyperbolas and whose orbits are so vast and whose limits are so far away they cannot even be calculated--have marked declinations, and about half of them move in a retrograde direction. Of about 600 periodic comets (which are now given the letter "P" in front of their name) that have been classified and catalogued, about 500 have orbital periods longer than 200 years; they all have declinations more akin to that of Halley's than to the greater declinations of the nonperiodic comets, and more than half of them course in retrograde motion. Comets with medium orbital periods (between 200 and 20 years) and short periods (under 20 years) have a mean declination of 18 degrees, and some, like Halley's, have retained the retrograde motion in spite of the immense gravitational effects of Jupiter. It is noteworthy that of recently discovered comets, the one designated P/Hartley-IRAS (1983v) has an orbital period of 21 years, and its orbit is both retrograde and inclined to the ecliptic.

Where do comets come from, and what causes their odd orbits, of which the retrograde direction is the oddest in astronomers' eyes? In the 1820's the Marquis Pierre-Simon de Laplace believed that comets were made of ice and that their glowing head ("coma") and tail that formed as they neared the Sun, were both made of vaporized ice. This concept was replaced after the discovery of the extent and nature of the asteroid belt, and theories developed that comets were "flying sandbanks"--pieces of rock that might be the remains of a disintegrated planet. The thinking changed again in the 1950's mainly because of two hypotheses: Fred L. Whipple (then of Harvard) suggested that comets were "dirty snowballs" of ice (mainly water ice) mixed with darker specks of sand-like material; and Jan Oort, a Dutch astronomer, proposed that long-period comets come from a vast reservoir halfway between the Sun and the nearer stars. Because comets appear from all directions (traveling prograde, or anticlockwise; retrograde; and at different declinations), the reservoir of comets--billions of them--is not a belt or ring like the asteroid belt or the rings of Saturn but a sphere that surrounds the Solar System. This "Oort Cloud", as the concept came to be named, settled at a mean distance, Oort calculated, of 100,000 astronomical units (AU) from the Sun, one AU being the average distance (93 million miles) of the Earth from the Sun. Well, perhaps God just keeps them lined up ready to fling off in the direction of planets needing discipline?

COMETS ARE “WILD CARDS”

Because of perturbations and intercometal collisions, some of the cometary horde may have come closer, to only 50,000 AU from the Sun (which is still ten thousand times the distance of Jupiter from the Sun). Passing stars occasionally perturb these comets and send them flying toward the Sun. Some, under the gravitational influence of the planets, mainly Jupiter, become medium- or short-period comets; some, especially influenced by the mass of Jupiter, are forced into reversing their course. This, briefly, is how the Oort Cloud concept is usually stated. This however, is not correct. Comets are the one starcraft "system" that can be totally controlled without consideration of any of those planetary restrictions. Until you can come into the realization of this fact you cannot realize the changes destined to occur in your upcoming near future.

But let us continue to look at that which is recognized in scientific circles. Since the 1950's the number of observed comets has increased by more than 50 percent, and computer technology has made possible the projection backward of cometary motions to determine their source. This is proof enough that science is full of "it". How could comets have "increased" by more than 50 percent? What has changed?

One team at the Harvard-Smithsonian Observatory under Brian G. Marsden has shown that of 200 observed comets with periods of 250 years or more, no more than 10 percent could have entered the Solar System from outer space; 90 percent have always been bound to the Sun as the focus of their orbits. This is total hogwash--"garbage in--garbage out"! But then Whipple covered the assets a bit by saying, "If we are really seeing comets coming from the void, we should expect them to fly by much faster than just 0.8 kilometers per second," which they do not. In other words--you don't really know a confounded thing about it--FOR SURE!

OORT QUESTIONED

Now comes the next bug-in-the-boo: During the past few years, astronomers have questioned the simple view of Oort's Cloud--some still believe that the cloud exists, but the new results demand that they reconsider its size and shape. What are YOU to believe? I suggest that you start by considering "possibilities" of facts unknown to you or your scientists and check out every messenger that is allowed to pass your way.

The interesting aspect of the "reconsideration" of the Oort Cloud notion is new data suggesting that comets, by and large, have always been part of the Solar System and not just outsiders occasionally thrust into it.

What makes this Oort worthy of note? Not his solution to the problem of parabolic and hyperbolic cometal orbits and not the theory he had developed regarding other aspects of orbits. What was important was his consideration that they were "thrust out to there" and not "born" there. You know, sort of "flung off" as with a slingshot.

So maybe he warms up a bit in his suggestion that "The main process now is the inverse one, that of a slow transfer of comets from a large cloud into short-period orbits. But at the epoch at which the minor planets (asteroids) were formed ... the trend must have been the opposite, many more objects being transferred from the asteroid region to the comet cloud. It appears far more probable that instead of having originated in the faraway regions, comets were born among the planets. It is natural to think in the first place of a relation with the minor planets (asteroids). There are indications that the two classes of objects--comets and asteroids--belong to the same 'species'. “It seems reasonable to assume that the comets originated together with the minor planets.” Summing up his study, Oort put it this way: “The existence of the huge cloud of comets finds a natural explanation if comets (and meteorites) are considered as minor planets escaped, at an early stage of the planetary system, from the ring of asteroids.”

Does this not all begin to sound like the Enuma elish….?

The principle conclusion of these suppositions is that the comets originated in a sort-of breakup event in the inner solar system. In all probability, it is speculated from your groups of wiser thinkers, that it was the same event which gave rise to the asteroid belt and which produced most of the meteors now being visualized. Why? Well, they don't say so but would it not appear that the same "other" bodies would be cycling at about the same "time"?

It was speculated that it was less certain that the same "breakup event" may have also given birth to the satellites of Mars and the outer satellites of Jupiter, and it was then estimated that the "breakup event" occurred some five million or so years ago. There didn't seem to be doubt however, that the "breakup event" took place "in the asteroid belt". Physical, chemical, and dynamic properties of the resulting celestial bodies would indicate that a large planet did disintegrate where the asteroid belt is today located.

But what caused such a large planet to disintegrate? The most frequently asked questions about this scenario is how can a planet just blow up? Your people simply don't have any answers!

Ah but the Sumerians have one: the tale of Tiamat and Nibiru/Marduk, the Celestial Battle, the breakup of half of Tiamat, the annihilation of its moon (except for "Kingu"), and the forcing of their remains into a retrograde orbit.

EARTH, JUPITER--BANG, BANG

As to the "destroyed-planet" theory there always comes a key criticism: the whereabouts of the planet's matter; when astronomers estimate the total mass of the known asteroids and comets it adds up to only a fraction of the estimated mass of the broken-up planet. This is especially true if one estimate of the planet with a mass ninety times that of Earth is used in the calculations--which must be. Such criticism has only had response that the missing mass was "probably swept up by Jupiter". This called for an increase in the mass of Jupiter by as much as 130 Earth-masses as a result of the capture of asteroids, including Jupiter's several retrograde moons. To allow for the discrepancy between the mass (ninety times that of Earth) of the broken-up planet and the accretion of 130 Earth-sized masses to Jupiter then Jupiter's mass can't hold true since other studies concluded that Jupiter's mass had decreased some time in its past, and there simply is a lack of mathematical "adding up".

Rather than to first inflate the size of Jupiter and then shrink it back, a better scenario might be to shrink the estimated size of the destroyed planet. That is what the Sumerian texts have put forth. IF Earth is the remaining half of Tiamat, then Tiamat was roughly twice the size of Earth, not ninety times. Studies of the asteroid belt reveal not only capture by Jupiter but a dispersion of the asteroids from their assumed original site at about 2.8 AU to a zone so wide that it occupies the space between 1.8 AU and 4 AU. Some asteroids are found between Jupiter and Saturn; a recently discovered one (2060 Chiron) is located between Saturn and Uranus at 13.6 AU. The smashup of the destroyed planet must have been, therefore, extremely forceful--as in a catastrophic collision!

HOW TO BACK IT UP?

What do you have to scientifically back this up? Not a bunch, but some. In addition to the voids between groups of asteroids, astronomers discern gaps within the clusters of asteroids. The latest theories seem to hold that there had been asteroids in the gaps but they were ejected, all the way to outer space except for those that may have been captured on the way by the gravitational forces of the outer planets; also, the asteroids that used to be in the "gaps" were probably destroyed by catastrophic collisions--at least that takes care of having to locate them. In the absence of valid explanations for such ejections and catastrophic collisions, the only plausible theory is that offered by the Sumerian texts, WHICH DESCRIBE THE ORBIT OF NIBIRU/MARDUK AS A VAST, ELLIPTICAL PATH THAT BRINGS IT PERIODICALLY (EVERY 3,600 EARTH YEARS [BY SOME CALCULATIONS]) BACK INTO THE ASTEROID BELT. The conclusions drawn from the ancient texts were that Nibiru/Marduk passed by Tiamat on her outer, or Jupiter, side; repeated returns to that celestial zone can account for the size of the "gap" there. It is the periodic return of Nibiru/Marduk that causes the "ejecting" and "sweeping".

By the acknowledgement of the existence of Nibiru and its periodic return to the Place of the Battle, the puzzle of the "missing matter" also finds a solution. It also addresses the theories that place the accretions of mass by Jupiter at a relatively recent time (millions, not billions, of years ago). Depending on where Jupiter was at the times of Nibiru's perihelion, the accretions might have occurred during various passages of Nibiru and not necessarily as a one-and-only event at the time of the catastrophic breakup of Tiamat. Indeed, spectrographic studies of asteroids reveal that some of them "were heated within the first few hundred million years after the origin of the solar system" by heat so intense as to melt them; "iron sank to their centers, forming strong stony-iron cores, while basaltic lavas floated to their surface, producing minor planets like Vesta". This according to McGraw-Hill Encyclopedia of Astronomy. The projected time of the catastrophe is the very time indicated in other writings, some 500 million years after the formation of the Solar System--based on the Sumerian information.

WATER: A CRUCIAL ROLE

It IS improving, however, as recent scientific advances in astronomy and astrophysics go beyond corroborating the Sumerian cosmogony in regard to the celestial collision as the common origin of the comets and the asteroids, the site of the collision (where the remains of the asteroid belt still orbit), or even the time of the catastrophic event, some 4 billion years ago. They also corroborate the ancient texts in the vital matter of water.

The presence of water, the mingling of waters, the separation of waters--all somehow played an important role in the tale of Tiamat, Nibiru/Marduk, and the Celestial Battle and its aftermath. Part of the puzzle was already answered when we showed that the ancient notion of the asteroid belt as a divider of the waters "above" and the water "below" is corroborated by modern science. But there was more to this preoccupation with water. Tiamat was described as a "watery monster", and the Mesopotamian texts speak of the handling of her waters by Nibiru/Marduk:

Half of her he stretched as a ceiling to be Sky,

As a bar at the Place of Crossing he posted it to guard;

Not to allow her waters to escape was its command.

The concept of an asteroid belt not only as a divider between the waters of the planets above and below it but also as a "guardian" of Tiamat's own waters is echoed in the biblical verses of Genesis, where the explanation is given that the "Hammered-out bracelet" was also called Shama'im, the place "where the waters were". References to the waters where the Celestial Battle and the creation of the Earth and the Shama'im took place are frequent in the Old Testament, indicating millennia-old familiarity with Sumerian cosmogony even at the time of the Prophets and Judean kings. An example is found in Psalm 104, which depicts the Creator as the Lord

Who has stretched out the Shama'im as a curtain,

Who in the waters for His ascents put a ceiling.

These verses are almost a word-for-word copy of the verses in Enuma elish; in both instances, the placing of the asteroid belt "where the waters were" followed the earlier acts of the splitting up of Tiamat and having the invader's "wind" thrust the half that became Earth into a new orbit. The waters of Earth would explain the whereabouts of some or most of Tiamat's waters. But what about the remains of her other part and of her satellites? If the asteroids and comets are those remains, should they not also contain water?

VARIED WATERY OCCURENCE

What would have been a preposterous suggestion when these objects were deemed "chunks of debris" and "flying sandbanks" has turned out, as the result of recent discoveries, to be not so preposterous: the asteroids are celestial objects in which water--yes, water--is a major component.

Most asteroids belong to two classes as you can recognize them. About 15 percent belong to the S type, which have reddish surfaces made up of silicates and metallic iron. About 75 percent are the C type: they are carbonaceous (containing carbon), and it is these that have been found to contain water. The water discovered in such asteroids through spectrographic studies is not in liquid form; since asteroids have no "atmospheres", any water on their surface would quickly dissipate. But the presence of water molecules in the surface materials indicates that the minerals that make up the asteroid have captured water and combined with it. Direct confirmation of this finding was observed in August 1982, when a small asteroid that came too close to Earth plunged into the Earth's atmosphere and disintegrated; it was seen as "a rainbow with a long tail going across the sky". A rainbow appears when sunlight falls on a collection of water drops, such as rain, fog, or spray.

When the asteroid is more like what its name originally implied, "minor planet", actual water in liquid form could well be present. Examination of the infrared spectrum of the largest and first-to-be-discovered asteroid Ceres shows an extra dip in the spectral readings that is the result of free water rather than water bound to minerals. Since free water even on Ceres will quickly evaporate, the astronomers surmise that Ceres must have a constant source of water welling up from its interior.

The celestial body designated 2060 Chiron, interesting in many ways, also confirms the presence of water in the remnants of the Celestial Battle. When Charles Kowal of the Hale Observatories on Mount Palomar, California, (where the Photon secret studies are going on), discovered it in November 1977, he was not certain what it was. He simply referred to it as a planetoid, named it temporarily "O-K" for "Object Kowal", and opined that it might be a wayward satellite of either Saturn or Uranus. Several weeks of follow-up studies revealed an orbit much more elliptical than that of planets or planetoids, one closer to that of comets. By 1981 the object was determined to be an asteroid, perhaps one of others to be found reaching as far out as Uranus, Neptune or beyond, and was given the designation 2060 Chiron. However, by 1989, further observations by astronomers at Kitt Peak National Observatory (Arizona) detected an extended atmosphere of carbon dioxide and dust around Chiron, suggesting that it is more comet-like. The latest observations have also established that Chiron "is essentially a dirty snowball composed of water, dust and carbon-dioxide ice.”

If Chiron proves to be more a comet than an asteroid, it will only serve as further evidence that both classes of these remnants of the Genesis event contain water.

When a comet is far away from the Sun, it appears as a dark and invisible object. As it nears the Sun, the Sun's radiation brings the comet's nucleus to life. It develops a gaseous head (the coma) and then a tail made up of gases and dust ejected by the nucleus as it heats up--or at least this is the way it appears and is thus accepted as good data. It is the observation of these assumed emissions that has by and largely confirmed views that comets are sometimes "dirty snowballs". Spectroscopic analysis of the emissions have shown the presence of the compound water.

The presence of water in comets has been definitely established in recent years through enhanced examination of arriving comets. Comet Kohoutek (1974) was studied not only from Earth but also with rockets, from orbiting manned spacecraft (Skylab) but more especially from Soviet craft. Subsequent cometary observations have confirmed these findings to great extent. However NONE of these studies, accomplished with a variety of instruments, match the intensity with which Halley's Comet was probed in 1986. The Halley findings established unequivocally (at least for earth-scientists' comfort) that the comet was a watery celestial body.

This 1986 comet was met by many unmanned spacecraft; Soviet, Japanese and the European Space Agency all launched craft. This seemed to give some credence to the speculation that the Star of Bethlehem in the tale of the birth of Christ was, indeed, the comet. NO, it was NOT. However, the flowing "tail" of the Star at Bethlehem indicated celestial "manipulation" of some sort.

WHY THESE SPECULATIONS?

Intensive observations began when Halley's Comet developed its coma and tail in November 1985. Developed its tail and coma???--this is worthy of thought for would it not ALWAYS have its coma and tail? Astronomers at the Kitt Peak Observatory tracking the comet with telescopes reported it was certain "that the comet's dominant constituent is water ice, and that much of the tenuous 360,000-mile-wide cloud surrounding it consisted of water vapor". Other claims were that "this was the first strong evidence that water ice was prevalent," and other equally ridiculous assumptions. This does not indicate anything of the such necessarily but those telescopic observations were augmented in January 1986 by infrared observations from high-altitude aircraft, whereupon a team made up of NASA scientists and astronomers from several American universities announced "direct confirmation that water was a major constituent of Halley's comet". It was also then when it was discovered that there would be an inescapable passage into a Photon Belt accompanied by "different" waves of radiation and the increased hype upon hype about the so-called ozone depletion.

By January 1986, Halley's comet had developed an immense tail and a halo of hydrogen gas that measured 12.5 million miles across--fifteen times bigger than the diameter of the Sun. How could all this prediction of "development" have been speculated? Does a comet or heavenly cosmic body "develop" things just because they come within your vision allowance? Why would the loss of water be increased as it neared perihelion on March 6th? It was noted that the comet was losing 12 tons of water per second. That water loss was speculated to increase enormously--first to 30 tons a second and then on to 70 tons a second. Boy, you were saved from dissolution of the orb itself by an assurance of the scientists to the press that "even at this rate Halley's Comet had enough water ice to last thousands of more orbits." Whew, for a minute I thought the "messenger" might vanish.

I guess this is enough on Halley's Comet but the point of this was to assure you that as the Sumerian texts have told you--there was water everywhere on these "Messengers of Genesis"!

I would guess that what this actually tells you is that you really don't know very much of anything about "out-there" and "what is out there". For instance, let us look briefly at the

CELESTIAL SEEING-EYES

When the Anunnaki's Mission Earth reached its full complement, there were six hundred of them on Earth, while three hundred remained in orbit, servicing the shuttle craft. The Sumerian term for the latter was IGI.GI, literally "Those who observe and see."

Archaeologist have found in Mesopotamia many objects they call "eye idols", as well as shrines dedicated to these "gods". Texts refer to devices used by the Anunnaki to "scan the Earth from end to end". These texts and depictions imply the use by the Anunnaki of Earth-orbiting, celestial "seeing eyes"--satellites that "observe and see". How interesting!

Would you believe, the coincidence is that some of the Earth-scanning, and especially fixed-position communications satellites launched in your own modern times look very much like these millennia-old depictions. So, who might be deceiving who as regards historical facts about your origins and early travels? Why has not "religion" integrated the information? I think we ALL KNOW THAT ANSWER!

Hatonn to clear.

CHAPTER 13

REC #1 HATONN

SAT., JUNE 13, 1992 7:01 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 302

Saturday, JUNE 13, 1992

MEDITATION

I wonder how many of you realize that the “cup” and not the “cross” was the greatest symbol of Christendom?

Do you realize it was Peter and not Paul who kept the “Master's” work and word going? The Golden Sun Disc (Aton) was the symbol of eternal God.

The CUP was the beloved symbol let by the "Teacher" as reminders to His people. The cup in point is of “clay”. Mark was asked, and did so, to bring to the Teacher a cup of simple clay for his last sup with His people--to remind them of humility and that it is the “fruit” and not the things of physical (silver cups) which is in point. The clay cup discovered within the Chalice of Antioch found later was not the original used by Esu.

Mark took the cup from where it rested and returned it to his mother, to whom it belonged--as second-best table equipment. Silver was the best and Mark's mother was a wealthy widow so the act was one of intent, not accident. The intent was to use that which was of “earth” substance of which all things are created. The Cup, itself, represents spiritual truth or truth of faith.

Something strange happened to that cup, however. Mark noted that in the dimly lit room where the cups were placed--this one glowed. Therefore he took it to his room and put it away for safe keeping. He kept it for some fourteen years--showing it periodically as ones would gather.

The Cup became recognized as the Chalice of Antioch but this was not so. The cup was taken to Antioch by Barnabas and Paul (who had by now worked his way within the group of friends). The Chalice was mode of silver and "contained" a cup of clay of the same size.

Peter carried with him the cup he had used himself at the Last Gathering. This he gave to Linus, the Greek artist who fashioned the magnificent chalice that held the humble clay cup. The clay cup was replaced by the silver cup of Peter.

The point is not very big but the concept is most important for I am asked about the "Places of the Lion" and you ones seem to know very little about that which I speak. The stories are all entangled with Linus, Solomon, Rahotep, Akhnaton and Peter--who were all considered and identified in the underground circles as "Lions" and the "Lion-throne".

The point is that in the worship of "things" you are going to be most often misled. The Chalice of Antioch, for instance, is authentic in that it ONCE HELD the cup in point, but it no longer holds that Cup any more than the Glastonbury Chalice holds it! Therefore, ye who would worship and do reverence at the altars of decoration and ritual are very likely worshiping a replica--an idol of some sort, if you will.

THE THINGS OF GOD ARE WITHIN THE HEART AND THE SOUL IS THE "CUP" OF GOD OF ETERNAL LIFE TO BE REFILLED UPON PETITION. AH, INDEED, ‘TIS THE CUP AND NOT THE CROSS UNTO WHICH YOU MUST TURN THAT YOUR CUP MIGHT BE FILLED TO OVERFLOW. One day perhaps we shall find the time to write of these wondrous traditions. This day, however, we shall move on with our story already underway.

* * *

Today we shall speak of Shan/Gaia--The Cleaved Planet--Earth.

BY ANY OTHER LABEL--SHAN/EARTH

Why do you suppose you call your planet "Earth"? Ah so--I thought not.

In German, for instance, it is called Erde, from Erda in Old High German; Jordh in Icelandic, Jorde in Danish. Erthe in Middle English, Airtha in Gothic; and going eastward geographically and backward in time, Ereds or Aratha in Aramaic, Erd or Ertz in Kurdish, Eretz in Hebrew and so on. The sea you now call the Arabian Sea, the body of water that leads to the Persian Gulf, was called in antiquity the Sea of Erythrea; and to this day, ordu means an encampment or settlement in Persian. Why?

FIRST SETTLEMENT

Well, a lot happened in that part of the world and the answer lies in the Sumerian texts that relate the arrival of the first group of Anunnaki/Nefilim on Earth. There were fifty of them, under the leadership of E.A ("Whose Home is Water"), a great scientist and the Firstborn son of the ruler of Nibiru, ANU. They splashed down in the Arabian Sea and waded ashore to the edge of the marshlands that, after the climate warmed up a bit, became the Persian Gulf. Persia was that which is now recognized as "Iran". At the head of the marshlands they established their first settlement on a new planet; it was called by them E.RI.DU--"Home in the faraway". Don't you think that is a nice appropriate name?

And so it was that in time the whole settled planet came to be called after that first settlement--Erde, Erthe, Earth, etc. To this day, when you call your planet by its name, you invoke the memory of the first settlement on Earth; unknowingly, you remember Eridu and honor the first group of Anunnaki who established it. Is history not getting to be fun?

The Sumerian scientific or technical term for Earth’s globe and its firm surface was KI. It was depicted as a somewhat flattened orb crossed by vertical lines somewhat like modern depictions of meridians. Earth does indeed bulge somewhat at its equator and therefore the Sumerian representation is more correct scientifically than the usual modern way of depicting Earth as a perfect globe....

After Ea had completed the establishment of the first five of the seven original settlements of the Anunnaki, he was given the title EN.KI, "Lord of Earth". But the term KI, as a root or verb, was applied to the planet called "Earth" for a reason. It conveyed the meaning "to cut off, to sever, to hollow out". Its derivatives illustrate the concept: KI.LA meant "excavation", KI.MAH "tomb", KI.IN.DAR "crevice, fissure". In Sumerian astronomical texts the term KI was prefixed with the determinative MUL ("celestial body"). And thus when they spoke of mul.KI, they conveyed the meaning, “the celestial body that had been cleaved apart”. By calling Earth KI, the Sumerians thus invoked their cosmogony--the tale of the Celestial Battle and the cleaving of Tiamat.

LANGUAGE BRANCHES

Unaware of its origin you continue to apply this descriptive epithet to your planet to this very time in place. The intriguing fact is that over time the Sumeariana civilization was two thousand years old by the time Babylon arose and the pronunciation of the term KI (ki) changed to gi, or sometimes ge. It was so carried into the Akkadian and its linguistic branches (Babylonian, Assyrian, Hebrew), at all times retaining its geographic or topographic connotation as a "cleavage", a ravine, a deep valley. Thus the biblical term that through Greek translations of the Bible is read Gehenna stems from the Hebrew Gai-Hinnom, the crevice-like narrow ravine outside Jerusalem named after Hinnom, where divine retribution shall befall the sinners via an erupting subterranean fire on Judgment Day.

If you were taught at all in school, you were taught that the component geo in all the scientific terms applied to Earth sciences--geo-graphy, geo-metry, geo-ology and so on--comes from the Greek word Gaia (or Gaea), their name for the goddess of Earth. You were not taught, however, where the Greeks picked up this term or what its real meaning might have been. The answer is, guess what--surely enough--from the SUMERIANS--KI or GI.

Scholars all agree that the Greek notions of primordial events and the gods were directly borrowed from the Near East, through Asia Minor at whose western edge early Greek settlements like Troy were located, and via the island of Crete in the Eastern Mediterranean (nearby to Atlantis). According to Greek tradition, Zeus, who was the chief honcho god of the twelve Olympians, arrived on the Greek mainland via Crete, whence he had fled after abducting the beautiful Europa, daughter of the Phoenician king of Tyre. Aphrodite arrived from the Near East via the island of Cyprus. Poseidon, whom the Romans called Neptune, came on horseback via Asia Minor, and Athena brought the olive to Greece from the lands of the Bible. There can simply be no doubt that the Greek alphabet developed from a Near Eastern one. (Dharma, please see that the illustration I shall find for you is placed herein for it will give much confidence in this story.) [See next page]

Verily, at the first Chaos came to be,

and the next the wide-bosomed Gaia--

she who created all the immortal ones

who hold the peaks of snowy Olympus:

Dim Tartarus, wide-pathed in the depths,

and Eros, fairest among the divine immortals ...

From Chaos came forth Erebus and black Nyx;

And of Nyx were born Aether and Hemera.

There are many books which speak of these ancient times, not the least of which was the Iliad by one called Homer. This line of historical mythology or "tradition" was handed down as regarded the creation of celestial gods--or visitors who came to stay, etc., of Heaven and Earth--out of Chaos. These tales, dear ones, are not greatly unlike your own biblical tales of the Beginning:

So what do we have here?

At this point in the process of the formation of the "divine immortals”--the celestial gods--"Heaven" does not yet exist, just as the Mesopotamian sources recounted. Accordingly, the "Gaia" of these verses is the equivalent of Tiamat, "she who bore them all" according the Enuma elish. Hesiod lists the celestial gods who followed "Chaos" and "Gaia" in three pairs, Tartarus and Eros, Erebus and Nyx, Aether and Hemera. The parallel with the creation of the three pairs in Sumerian cosmogony, nowadays named Venus and Mars, Saturn and Jupiter, Uranus and Neptune, should be obvious though this comparability has gone quite unnoted.

Only after the creation of the principal planets that made up the Solar System when Nibiru appeared to invade it does the tale by Hesiod (DIVINE GENEALOGY)--exactly as in Mesopotamian and Biblical texts--speak of the creation of Ouranos, "Heaven". As explained in the Book of Genesis, this Shama'im was the Hammered-Out-Bracelet--the asteroid belt. As related in the Enuma elish, this was the half of Tiamat that was smashed to pieces, while the other, intact half became Earth. All this is echoed in the ensuing verses of Hesiod's Theogony:

And Gaia then bore starry Ouranos

--equal to herself--

to envelop her on every side,

to be an everlasting abode place for the gods.

Is it beginning to seep through why the ONE WORLD ELITE would call themselves OLYMPIANS? (Committee of 300)

TIAMAT BECOMES GAIA

Now split up equally, Gaia ceased to be Tiamat. Severed from the smashed-up half that became the Firmament, everlasting abode to the asteroids and comets, the intact half which was thrust into another orbit became Gaia, the Earth. And so did this planet, first as Tiamat and then as Earth, live up to its epithets: Gaia, Gi--the Cleaved One.

How did this Cleaved Planet look now, in the aftermath of the Celestial Battle? It was now orbiting as Gaia/Earth. On one side there were the firm lands that had formed the crust of Tiamat; on the other side there was a hollow, an immense cleft into which the waters of the erstwhile Tiamat poured. And again Hesiod put it nicely, Gaia (now the half equivalent to Heaven) on one side "brought forth long hills, graceful haunts of the goddess-Nymphs"; and on the other side "she bare Pontus, the fruitless deep with its raging swell".

SAME PICTURE AS GENESIS

This is the same picture painted by the Book of Genesis:

And Elohim said,

"Let the waters under the heaven

be gathered together into one place,

and let the dry land appear. "

And it was so.

And Elohim called the dry land "Earth",

and the gathered-together water He called "Seas".

By this time the nice new Gaia was beginning to take shape.

Some three thousand years separated Hesiod from the time when the Sumerian civilization had blossomed out; and it is clear historically that throughout those millennia ancient peoples, including the authors or compilers of the Book of Genesis, accepted the Sumerian cosmogony. Today you call it "myth", "legend" or "religious beliefs"; in those previous millennia it was "science"--"knowledge", the Sumerians asserted, bestowed by the Anunnaki. No, I did not say Pleiadians--so don't get ahead of your own story.

According to ancient knowledge, Earth was NOT an original member of your Solar System. It was a cut-off "cleaved-off" half of a planet then called Tiamat, "she who bore them all". The Celestial Battle that led to the creation of Earth occurred several hundred million years after the Solar System with its planets had been created. Earth, as a part of Tiamat, retained much of the water that Tiamat, "the water monster", was recognized for. As Earth evolved into an independent planet and attained the shape of a globe dictated by the forces of gravity, the waters were gathered into the immense cavity on the torn-off side, and dry land appeared on the other side of the planet. Please go back and refer to ancient maps depicting changes in the planet's continental arrangements. This, therefore in summary, is what the ancient peoples knew. What do your modern scientists say about this?

TODAY'S OUTLAY

The theories concerning planetary formation hold that they started as balls congealing from the gaseous disk extending from the Sun. As they cooled, heavier matter--iron, in Earth's case--sank into their centers, forming a solid inner core. A less solid, plastic, or even fluid outer core surrounded the inner one; in Earth's case, it is believed to consist of molten iron. The two cores and their motions act as a dynamo, producing the planet's magnetic field. Surrounding the solid and fluid cores is a mantle made of rocks and minerals; on Earth it is estimated to be some 1,800 miles thick. While the fluidity and heat generated at the planet's core (some 12,000 degrees Fahrenheit in the Earth's center) affect the mantle and what is on top of it, it is the uppermost 400 miles or so of the mantle (on Earth) that mostly account for what you see on the surface of the planet--its cooled crust. Of course the way it was actually formed--gave no hot crust to cool.

The processes that produce, over billions of years, a spherical orb--the uniform force of gravity and the planet's rotation around its axis--should also result in an orderly layering. The solid inner core, the flexible or fluid outer core, the thick lower mantle of silicates, the upper mantle of rocks, and the uppermost crust should encompass one another in ordered layers, like the skin of an onion. This holds true for the orb called Earth--but only up to a point; the main abnormalities concern Earth's uppermost layer, the crust.

EVEN SCIENTISTS CAN MAKE IT ADD-UP

Since the extensive "probes" of the Moon and Mars in the 1960's and 70's, geophysicists have been greatly puzzled by the paucity of the Earth's crust. The crusts of the Moon and of Mars comprise 10 percent of their masses, but the Earth's crust comprises less than one half of one percent of the Earth's landmass. In 1988 geophysicists from Caltech and the University of Illinois at Urbana, led by Don Anderson, reported to the American Geological Society meeting in Denver, Colorado, that they had found the "missing crust". By analyzing shock waves from earthquakes, they concluded that material that belongs in the crust has sunk down and lies some 250 miles below the Earth's surface. There is enough crustal material there, these scientists estimated, to increase the thickness of the Earth's crust tenfold. Even if such nonsense were a possibility it would have given Earth a crust comprising no more than about 4 percent of its land-mass--still only about half of what seems to be the norm if you are going to consider the Moon and Mars as the "norm". Half of the Earth's crust will still be missing even if the findings of this group could prove to be correct.

This theory also leaves unanswered the question of what force caused the crustal material, which is lighter than the mantle's material, to "dive"--in the words of the report in point--hundreds of miles into the Earth's interior. The team's suggestion was that the crustal material down there consists of "huge slabs of crust" that “dived into the Earth's interior" where fissures exist in the crust. But what force had broken up the crust into such "huge slabs"?

OOPS!! OTHER ABNORMALITIES

Another abnormality of the Earth's crust is that it is not uniform. In the parts you call "continents", its thickness varies from about 12 miles to almost 45 miles; but in the parts taken up by the oceans the crust is only 3.5 to five miles thick. While the average elevation of the continents is about 2,300 feet, the average depth of the oceans is more than 12,500 feet. The combined result of these factors is that the much thicker continental crust reaches much farther down into the mantle, whereas the oceanic crust is just a thin layer of solidified material and sediments.

There are other differences between the Earth's crust where the continents are and where the oceans are. The composition of the continental crust, consisting in large part of rocks resembling granite, is relatively light in comparison with the composition of the mantle: the average continental density is 2.7-2.8 grams per cubic centimeter, while that of the mantle is 3.3 grams per cubic centimeter. The oceanic crust is heavier and denser than the continental crust, averaging a density of 3.0 to 3.1 grams per cubic centimeter; it is thus more akin to the mantle, with its composition of basaltic and other dense rocks, than to the continental crust. It is noteworthy that the "missing crust" the scientific team mentioned above suggested had dived into the mantle is similar in composition to the oceanic crust, not to the continental crust.

This leads to one more important difference between the Earth's continental and oceanic crusts. The continental part of the crust is not only lighter and thicker, it is also much older than the oceanic part of the crust. By the end of the 1970's the consensus among scientists was that the greater part of today's continental surface was formed some 2.8 billion years ago. Evidence of a continental crust from that time that was about as thick as today's is found in all the continents in what geologists term Archean Shield areas; but within those areas, crustal rocks were discovered that turned out to be 3.8 billion years old. In 1983, however, geologists of the Australian National University found, in western Australia, rock remains of a continental crust whose age was established to be 4.1 to 4.2 billion years old. In 1989, tests with new, sophisticated methods on rock samples collected a few years earlier in northern Canada (by researchers from Washington University in St. Louis and from the Geological Survey of Canada) determined the rocks' age to be 3.96 billion years; Samuel Bowering of Washington University reported evidence that nearby rocks in the area were as much as 4.1 billion years old.

EARTH’S AGE: FOUR BILLION +

Scientists are still hard put to explain the gap of about 500 million years between the age of the Earth (which meteor fragments, such as those found at Meteor Crater in Arizona, show to be 4.6 billion years and counting) and the age of the oldest rocks thus far found; but no matter what the explanation, the fact that Earth had its continental crust at least 4 billion years ago is by now undisputed. On the other hand, no part of the oceanic crust has been found to be more than 200 million years old.

Chelas, this is a tremendous difference! No amount of foolish speculation about rising and sinking continents, forming and vanishing seas can explain these things. Someone has compared the Earth's crust to the skin of an apple (you people really like apples), where the oceans are, the "skin" is fresh--relatively speaking, born yesterday--but, where the oceans began in primordial times, the "skin", and a good part of the "apple" itself, has been shorn off.

The differences between the continental and oceanic crusts must have been even greater in earlier times, because the continental crust is constantly eroded by the forces of nature, and a good deal of the eroded solids are carried into the oceanic basins, increasing the thickness of the oceanic crust. Furthermore, the oceanic crust is constantly enhanced by the upwelling of molten basaltic rocks and silicates that flow up from the mantle through faults in the sea floor. This process, which puts down ever-new layers of oceanic crust, has been going on for 200 million years, giving the oceanic crust its present form. What was there at the bottom of the seas before then? Was there no crust at all, just a gaping "wound" in the Earth's surface? And is the ongoing oceanic crust formation akin to the process of blood clotting, where the skin is pierced and wounded?

Is Gaia--a living planet--trying to heal her wounds?

The most obvious place on the surface of the Earth where it was so "wounded" is the Pacific Ocean. Oh my goodness, could it be?

While the average plunge in the crust's surface in its oceanic parts is about 2.5 miles, in the Pacific the crust has been gouged out to a present depth reaching at some points 7 miles. If you could remove from the Pacific's floor the crust built up there over the last 200 million years, you would arrive at depths reaching 12 miles below the water's surface and between some 20 to nearly 60 miles below the continental surface. This is quite a large cavity, chelas!! How deep was it before the crustal buildup over the past 200 million years--how large was that "wound" 500 million years ago, a billion years ago, 4 billion years ago? Suffice it to say it was considerably deeper.

What can your scientists say with some certainty? That the extent of the gouging was more extensive, affecting a vastly greater part of the planet's surface. The Pacific Ocean at present occupies about a third of Earth's surface; but as far as your people can ascertain regarding the past 200 million or so years, it has been shrinking. The reason for shrinkage is that the continents flanking it--the Americas on the east, Asia and Australia on the west--are moving closer to each other, squeezing out the Pacific slowly but relentlessly, reducing its size inch by inch yearly.

PLATE TECTONICS

These are the same "plates" which I continually tell you about in regards to the changes--specifically I refer mostly to the U.S. Pacific coastal area and "Ring of Fire"--i.e., the Pacific plate will smash under the western U.S. coast and raise the land of the Mojave Desert in the northern portions along with a BIG rise in the area of this location, Tehachapi--(Tejas Shape', Tehachati).

This science and explanations dealing with this process in point have come to be known as the Theory of Plate Tectonics. Its origin lies, as in the study of the Solar System, in the discarding of notions of a uniform, stable, permanent condition of the planets in favor of the recognition of catastrophism, change, and even evolution--concerning not only flora and fauna but the globes on which they evolved as "living" entities that can grow and shrink, prosper and suffer, even be born and die.

HONOR TO ALFRED WEGENER

To Alfred Wegener do you owe appreciation for this "new" science of plate tectonics. Wegener, a German meteorologist, wrote all about this theory and published it a long time ago--in 1915, DIE ENTSTEHUNG DER KONTINENTE UND OZEANE. His starting point (not a new concept) was the obvious "fit" between the contours of the continents on both sides of the southern Atlantic. But before Wegener's ideas, the solution had been to postulate the disappearance, by sinking, of continents or land bridges: the belief that the continents have been where they are from time immemorial, but that a midsection sank below sea level, giving the appearance of continental separation. Augmenting available data on flora and fauna with considerable geological "matches" between the two sides of the Atlantic, Wegener came up with the notion of Pangaea, a super-continent, a single huge landmass into Oceans took shape. But all these bodies of water were "pieces" of the original into which he would fit all the present continental masses like pieces in a jigsaw puzzle. Pangaea (Living Pan), which covered about one half of the globe, suggested Wegener, was surrounded by the primeval Pacific Ocean. Floating in the midst of the waters like an ice floe, the single landmass underwent a series of riftings and healings until a definite and final breakup in the Mesozoic Era, the geological period that lasted from 225 to 65 million years ago. Gradually the pieces began to drift apart. Antarctica, Australia, India, and Africa began to break away and separate. Subsequently, Africa and South America split apart as North America began to move away from Europe and India was thrust toward Asia; and so the continents continued to drift until they rearranged themselves in the pattern recognized today.

The split-up of Pangaea into several separate continents was accompanied by the opening up and closing down of bodies of water between the separating pieces of the landmass. In time the single Panoramic ocean separated into a series of connecting oceans or enclosed seas, such as the Black, Caspian and Mediterranean, and such major bodies of water as the Atlantic and the Indian Oceans took shape. But all these bodies of water were "pieces" of the original of which the Pacific Ocean still remains.

IMPORTANCE OF THESE GEOLOGIC AREAS AS RECOGNIZED AS PLACES OF THE LION

Simple surmising will indicate that of the "original" placements of "MAN" and the "lost" continents all indicate some important locations. Further, it must be evident that, geologically and historically, the upcoming catastrophic impact and “Armageddon” are suggested to be destined for the areas of the Holy Lands. What might this mean? It might very well mean that the expected impact of returning Tiamat might very well do the most impressive work on that particular "side" of your globe. It will mess up a lot of stuff everywhere but you can expect a massive removal of real estate if that returning object is allowed to connect with your planet. From the direction of travel, already plotted by your scientists--it will pass on the opposite side of the globe on this go-about.

If your planet is "sucked out" again you will have a real jumble of confusion.

Wegener's view of the continents as “pieces of a cracked ice floe” shifting atop an impermanent surface of the Earth was mostly received with disdain, even ridicule, by the geologists and paleontologists of the time--sound familiar? It took half a century for the idea of Continental Drift to be accepted into the halls of science. Is it possible that what we are assembling herein for you--MIGHT BE THE WAY IT IS? What helped bring about the changed attitude were surveys of the ocean floors begun in the 1960's that revealed such features as the Mid-Atlantic Ridge that, it was surmised, was formed by the rise of molten rock, called "magma", from the Earth's interior. Welling up, in the case of the Atlantic through a fissure in the ocean floor that runs almost the whole ocean's length, the magma cooled and formed a ridge of basaltic rock. Herein is Soltec's (Pleiadian: Commander Soltec: Geophysics) major subject of expertise which he has previously shared with you regarding volcanos--I honor him but feel it necessary to press on with my own outlay of information. My subject is not basically geology or geography but the Creation and Spiritual connections.

As one welling up followed another, the old sides of the ridge were pushed to either side to make way for the new magma flow. A major advance in these studies of the ocean floors took place with the aid of Seasat, an oceanographic satellite launched in June of 1978 that orbited the Earth for some three months or so; its data were used to map the sea floors, giving you an entirely new understanding of your oceans and globe as a whole, with their ridges, rifts, seamounts, underwater volcanos, and fracture zones. The discovery that, as each upwelling of magma cooled and solidified, it retained the magnetic direction of its position at that time was followed by the determination that a series of such magnetic lines, almost parallel to one another, provided a time scale as well as a directional map for the ongoing expansion of the ocean's floor. This expansion of the sea floor in the Atlantic was a major factor in pushing apart Africa and South America and in the creation of the Atlantic Ocean and it continuing widening.

OTHER FORCES INVOLVED

Other forces, such as the pull of the Moon, the Earth's rotation, and even movements of the underlying mantle, also are believed to act to split up the continental crust and shift the continents about. These forces also exert their influence, naturally, in the Pacific region. The Pacific Ocean revealed even more midocean ridges, fissures, underwater volcanos, and other features like those that have worked to expand the Atlantic Ocean. Why, then, as all the evidence shows, have the landmasses flanking the Pacific not moved apart, as the continents flanking the Atlantic have done, but rather keep moving closer, slowly but surely, constantly reducing the size of the Pacific Ocean?

The explanation is found in a companion theory of continental drift, the Theory of Plate Tectonics. The continents, it has been postulated, rest upon giant movable “plates” of the Earth's crust, and so do the oceans. When the continents drift, when oceans expand, as the Atlantic or contract as the Pacific, the underlying cause is the movement of the plates on which they ride. At present scientists recognize six major plates, some of which are further subdivided: the Pacific, American, Eurasian, African, Indo-Australian, and Antarctic.

The spreading seafloor of the Atlantic Ocean is still distancing the Americas from Europe and Africa, inch by inch. The concomitant shrinking of the Pacific Ocean is now recognized to be accommodated by the dipping, or "subduction", of the Pacific plate under the American plate. This is the primary cause of the crustal shifts and earthquakes all along the Pacific rim, as well as the rise of the major mountain chains along that rim. The collision of the Indian plate with the Eurasian one created the Himalayas and fused the Indian subcontinent to Asia. In 1985, Cornell University scientists even discovered the "geological suture" where a portion of the western African plate remained attached to the American plate when the two broke apart some fifty million years ago, "donating" Florida and southern Georgia to North America.

Almost all scientists today accept Wegener's hypothesis of an Earth initially consisting of a single landmass surrounded by an all-embracing ocean. Could this be why the wondrous greenstone granite used in the Georgia Guidestone monument might have matched the green granite of the African planet in portions? Further, it becomes obvious that the granite-gneiss terrains are remnants of ancient oceans. Well, chelas, TODAY will BE "ancient" in 3.5 billion years! Extensive rock records in virtually all the continents indicate that they were contiguous to oceans of water for more than three billion years; in some places, such as Zimbabwe in southern Africa, sedimentary rocks show that they accreted within large bodies of water some 3.5 billion years ago. Recent advances in scientific dating have extended the age of the Archean belts--those that include rocks that had been deposited in primeval oceans--back to 3.8 billion years. Well, give or take a billion or so years doesn't seem too important--but it is a LONG time.

HOW LONG HAS THIS BEEN GOING ON?

Forever! But what about this continental drift? Was there a Pangaea or Pan? Yes. The breakup seemed to have begun about 600 million years ago. Actually there were two “super" continents: Laurasia to the north and Gondwanaland to the south. But your scientists simply "don't know for sure" what happened or exactly "when". So be it.

The important thing to note herein is that your modern science confirms the scientific notions that were expressed in the ancient Sumerian texts. Is it so difficult to also accept the ancient answer in this instance: that the waters covered the face of the Earth and--on the third "day", (phase)--were "gathered into" one side of the Earth to reveal the dry land. Was the uncovered dry land made up of isolated continents or one supercontinent, a Pangaea? Although it matters not as far as the corroboration of ancient knowledge is concerned, it is interesting to note that Greek notions of Earth, although they led to a belief that Earth was disklike rather than a globe, envisioned it as a landmass with a solid foundation surrounded by waters. This notion must have been drawn on earlier and more accurate knowledge, as most of Greek science did. You will find that the Old Testament repeatedly referred to the "foundations" of the Earth and expressed knowledge of the earlier times regarding the shape of Earth in the following verses praising the Creator:

The Lord's in the Earth and its entirety,

the world and all that dwells therein.

For He hath founded it upon the seas

and established it upon the waters.

(Psalms 24:1-2)

In addition to the term Eretz which means both planet "Earth" and "earth, ground", the narrative in Genesis employs the term Yabashah--literally: "the dried-out land-mass"--when it states that the waters "were gathered together into one place" to let the Yabashah appear. But throughout the Old Testament another term, Tebel, is frequently used to denote that part of Earth that is habitable, arable, and useful to Mankind, including being a source of various ores. The term Tebel--usually translated as either "the earth" or "the world"--is mostly employed to indicate the part of Earth distinct from its watery portions; the "foundations" of this Tebel were in juxtaposition to the sea basins. This was best expressed in the Song of David (2 Samuel 22:16 and Psalms 18:16:):

The Lord thundered from the heavens.

the Most High his sounds uttered.

He loosed his arrows, sped them far and wide;

a shaft of lightning, and disconcerted them.

The channels of the seabed were revealed,

The foundation of Tebel were laid bare.

With what is known today about the "foundations of the Earth", the word Tebel clearly conveys the concept of continents whose foundations--tectonic plates--are laid in the midst of the waters. Is it not a thrill to discover the latest geophysical theories echoed in a 3,000-year-old-psalm?

The Genesis narrative states clearly that the waters were "gathered together" to one side of the Earth so that the dry land could emerge; this implies the existence of a cavity into which the waters could be gathered. Such a cavity (cup), somewhat over half the Earth's surface, is still there, shrunken and reduced, in the shape of the Pacific Ocean.

Why is the crustal evidence that can be found not older than about 4 billion years, rather than the 4.6 billion years that is the presumed age of the Earth and the Solar System? The first Conference on the Origins of Life, held in Princeton, New Jersey, in 1967, under the sponsorship of NASA and the Smithsonian Institution, dwelt at length on that problem. The only hypothesis the learned participants could come up with was that, at the time the oldest rock specimens that have been found were formed, Earth was subjected to a "cataclysm". In the discussion of the origins of Earth's atmosphere, the consensus was that it did not result from a "continuous outgassing" through volcanic activity but was, in the words of Raymond Siever of Harvard University, the result of "a rather early and rather large outgassing episode ... a great big belch of the gases that are now characteristic of the Earth's atmosphere and sediments.” This "big belch" was also dated to the same time as the assumed catastrophe recorded by the rocks. With this kind of "knowledge" it is no wonder you are in total political and educational decay.

It becomes evident that--in its specifics--the breakup of the Earth's crust, the process of plate tectonics, the differences between the continental and the oceanic crusts, the emergence of a pangaea from under the waters, the primordial encircling ocean--the findings of modern science have simply corroborated the ancient knowledge. They have also led your own scientists from all disciplines to conclude that the only explanation of the way in which Earth's landmasses, oceans, and atmosphere have evolved is to assume a cataclysm occurring about four billion years ago--about half a billion years after the initial recognized formation of Earth as part of the Solar System.

WHAT WAS THE CATACLYSM?

Mankind has possessed the Sumerian answer for some six thousand or more years: the Celestial Battle between Nibiru/Marduk and Tiamat.

In that Sumerian cosmogony, the members of the Solar System were depicted as celestial gods, male and female, whose creation was compared to birth, whose existence was that of living creatures. In the Enuma elish text, Tiamat in particular was described as a female, a mother who gave birth to a host of eleven satellites, her "horde", led by Kingu "whom she elevated". As Nibiru/Marduk and his horde neared her, "in fury Tiamat cried out aloud, her legs shook to their roots ... against her attacker she repeatedly cast a spell." When the "Lord spread his net to enmesh her" and "the Evil Wind, which followed behind, he let loose in her face, Tiamat opened her mouth to consume it;" but then other “winds" of Nibiru/Marduk "charged her belly" and "distended her body". Indeed, "go and cut off the life of Tiamat" was the order given by the outer planets to the invader; he accomplished that by "cutting through her insides, splitting her heart .... Having thus subdued her, he extinguished her life.”

PAGANISM?

For a very long time this view of the planets, and especially of Tiamat, as living entities that could be born and could die has been dismissed as primitive paganism--but the exploration of the planetary system in recent decades has surely, in fact, revealed worlds of which the word "alive" has been repeatedly used. That Earth itself is a living planet has been forcefully put forth as the Gaia Hypothesis by James E. Lovelock in the 1970's and great honor is due this man. It has again been reinforced by him in a new work called THE AGES OF GAIA: A BIOGRAPHY OF OUR LIVING EARTH. It is a hypothesis that views the Earth and the life that has evolved upon it as a single organism; Earth is not just an inanimate globe upon which there is life; it is a coherent if complex body that is itself alive through its mass and land surface, its oceans and atmosphere, and through the flora and fauna which its sustains and which in turn sustain Earth. "The largest living creature on Earth," Lovelock wrote, "is the Earth itself." And in that, he admitted, he was revisiting the ancient "concept of Mother Earth, or as the Greeks called her long ago, Gaia."

But, in fact, he had gone back to Sumerian times and to their ancient knowledge of the planet that was cleaved apart!

We shall next consider Witness to Genesis.

Thank you.

Hatonn to clear, please.

CHAPTER 14

REC #1 HATONN

MON., JUNE 15, 1992 7:55 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 304

MONDAY, JUNE 15, 1992

THOUGHT FOR TODAY

If you were to sell your character today, would you get full retail price, or would it go for a bargain basement price? How about wholesale?

It would seem most wise in view of your response to hold yourself responsible for a higher standard than anyone else expects of you and therefore there need never be excuses.

And--always remember the great man shows his greatness by the way he treats the little man. How do you treat your brother? Your enemy? Your neighbor? Your spouse? Your child? How GREAT are you?

NECESSARY REMINDERS OF THIS WORK

I must again take time to remind all readers and "spies" who would tear us down--EXACTLY WHAT WE ARE AND WHAT WE ARE ABOUT.

We had a "spy" sent to our meeting on Saturday. Mind you, our "meetings" are simply because ones at work here and others who are visitors, come to share information, facts, express care and obviously--hate.

WE ARE NOT A GROUP AS IN "CHURCH". WE ARE NOT A CULT AS IN ANYTHING. WE ARE NOT EVEN IN THE PUBLISHING OR NEWSPAPER BUSINESS--AS GEORGE'S BANK ACCOUNT CAN SO EASILY ATTEST. WE HAVE A MISSION TO BRING YOU A COMPILATION OF INTEGRATED TRUTH FROM WHATEVER RESOURCE WE FIND AVAILABLE. WE WOULD WRITE NOTHING IF IT WERE THAT YOU ONES COULD KNOW WHAT WORK AND WHOSE WORK WHEREIN YOU COULD FIND THIS INFORMATION--AND GET IT! I HAVE NEVER OFFERED OTHER--IF YOU GET INFORMATION FROM ME RIGHT OFF THE PRESS OR NOT YET HAVING HAPPENED, I SHALL ALWAYS MAKE SURE IT HAS BEEN OFFERED SOMEWHERE! WE DO NOT PLACE OUR WORKERS OR SPEAKERS IN MORE JEOPARDY THAN ALREADY ABOUNDS ABOUT THEM. IF YOU CARE NOT FOR THIS "STYLE" OF SHARING--THEN IT IS YOUR PRIVILEGE TO THROW ALL THE INFORMATION IN THE TRASH--I WOULD SUGGEST, HOWEVER, THAT YOU CHECK MOST CAREFULLY LEST YOU BE THROWING YOUR SOUL AND TRANSITION INTO THE TRASH ALONG WITH GOD WHO SENDS THIS WORD.

IN OUR MIDST

Yes, George, one did come into the meeting on Saturday--but there are always some, either already among you or sent in to disrupt and destroy you. Fear not, for I attend them with a great deal of indigestion.

There are several things which need reminding to the public.

(1) We share because you ask. Our “work" is a mission in which we are sent to fulfill the promise of higher source--to give you Truth so that you can KNOW enough, in Truth, to take proper actions and not constructed doctrines of groupies, to make wise choices relative to your spiritual divinity, origin and destination. That was the final promise of the Master Teacher when he departed your place and the promise made by your Creator for soul journey is the ONLY important one item in your existence.

(2) Our physical "work" is to gather information so that you can have confirmation of facts--given in such a way that if a writer is inconclusive or draws incorrect conclusions from otherwise quite accurate presentations--you can know and go forth and get the volumes for further research. I do not simply give information at the onset for ALMOST ALL will NOT go and get the writings in point. We are efforting to grow into such a stable size as to allow support for the publisher so that works unpublishable elsewhere CAN be printed and made available AND allow distribution of all such documents which are taken off the shelves elsewhere. If your books, authors, are NOT removed from shelves--get serious--you are not on the Truth, in whole, path. To actually "push" your books indicates that you are really a help to the deceivers in furthering deceit.

(3) Dharma has so many other things "to do" that she would petition to stop writing this moment and never speak FOR me again. We have our relationship stable and eternal. She certainly doesn't need jibes and pokes, slings and rocks--SHE GETS ABSOLUTELY NOTHING SAVE HEADACHES AND TIRED BONES FROM HER LABOR--THAT, AND THE LOVING CARE OF THE HUNDREDS AND THOUSANDS WHO DO APPRECIATE OUR WORK.

Now, George, you must face the truth, son: You have enemies about you--ones who alert the insiders and troublemakers the instant the rough drafts are shown. It is now having to await publishing in some instances--but the word goes forth on the computer network, the communications network and all the intelligence branches. YOU CAN HIDE YOUR HEAD IN THE SAND AS LONG AS YOU WISH--BUT YOU WILL ALSO CONTINUE TO HAVE PROBLEMS AS ON SATURDAY. THE PERSON IN POINT HAD TO HAVE BEEN ALERTED IN ADVANCE AND THE SUBJECT MATTER IS THAT WHICH IS IN POINT--SO THAT I COULD PROVE THE POINT HEREIN. YOU ARE ALSO FED ERRONEOUS INFORMATION IN ORDER TO "CATCH HATONN" AND DISCREDIT THE WORK.

It will be easier to keep separation after the final full shift of the Publishing Company to Nevada along with the Distribution Company. It has never been OTHER than separated but ones who read seem to connect the two because in the beginning there was no other way to contact me than through America West. There are many books in George's library of offerings with which he is more familiar than he is with mine. Desiree' has even insisted on publishing and distributing books on "meditation and ascension" with which I take full exception. This is their company and they may do exactly that which they wish with it.

George will continue to send us mail received by them and intended for the paper or information of confirmation by forwarding it. However, we welcome the opportunity to cut down on their massive load by asking you to write or send directly to my attention: Commander Hatonn, Box 6194, Tehachapi, CA 93582, Fax: 805 822-0972 Tel: 805 822-0601. We will be in daily contact, if not hourly.

The work which must be done in industry and business can be begun immediately in Nevada whereas, in this small corrupt little village, we must get through incredibly difficult planning committees and town councils which are completely bought and serve their monied masters. We (you) cannot wait.

ALL TRUTH WILL STAND

As to writings, we welcome any and all lawsuits. We very carefully chose to call our writings JOURNALS, instead of books, for the sharing of information as with magazines and news publications. In addition, the paper is a compilation of information of correct input to the limits of human input to select through guidance. Yes indeed, I do write most all of the paper at this time but, as we expand, we fully intend to handle it much like the "Lyke Report" in that we will offer you all manners of information from various writers and publications. We have already begun by giving you bits of Dr. Coleman's work, Eustace Mullins' work and I believe that George will be handling all of Mullins' work in the near future. We are publishing a series of the "Inslaw" material from the Napa Sentinel and have much information from one R.R. who writes all about the San Luis Obispo connections and other "inside" truthful versions of things such as the Kennedy assassination, etc. This work is fully as correct and dangerous as any Committee of 300 divulgence for it deals with ones in your own government and specifically the most vile group of all, coming out of San Luis Obispo area. The author sent the work unsolicited with permission to use any and/or ALL for use in informing the public.

If a man wants to hold Truth for self and deny readers the input--check out the intent and KNOW that much of the work is invalid. WE WILL NEVER USE ANY BOOK OR WRITING WITHOUT THE EVALUATION OF CONTENT. FURTHER, TO RECOMMEND A WRITING DOES NOT MEAN WE AGREE WITH ALL PORTIONS OF THE WRITINGS--ONLY THAT WHICH IS PRESENTED AND THAT WHICH IS GIVEN WITH INSTRUCTIONS TO EVALUATE FOR SELF. VERY OFTEN A BOOK MAY BE ALMOST TOTALLY CORRECT AND THE CONCLUSION IS COMPLETELY INCORRECT. OR, MOST OF THE PRESENTATION IS CORRECT WHILE PARTS ARE TOTALLY INVALID AS SEEN FROM HIGHER AND COMPREHENSIVE VIEW. WE HAVEN'T THE TIME OR SPACE TO ANALYZE EVERY SENTENCE FOR YOU--THAT IS WHAT YOUR MIND IS FOR. SO BE IT.

THE CURRENT WORK

Dealing with the "Divine Plan" causes us to need begin at the beginning. I choose to begin with those writings of the Sumerians of Mesopotamia--WHO WERE CORRECT. Some have erred in the translations but I find one particular book which presents the perceptions better than others, even scholars with no other interest than in translations. This person in point, regarding "Genesis” is outstanding and his work is available. His name is Zecharia Sitchin. I do not, however, agree with conclusions in his first writings to the extent I honor his book, GENESIS REVISITED.

I specifically asked that no information regarding this material be sent to Dharma for these perturbations of rock throwing for copying are too hard to attend. But, as with all good samaritans--the work arrives from every direction. We most certainly appreciate it and, in retrospect, I am now quite glad. A volume of this very work in point showed up from a precious friend having found it at a UFO Exposition. I discount almost ALL material found at UFO Expos. I further discount almost ALL material found at "New Age" Expos. I find very, very little Truth on your bookshelves, as a matter of fact. Does this make me a snob? Does it make me more intelligent? Does it make me greater? NO--IT MEANS I HAVE MORE TECHNOLOGY AVAILABLE AND KNOW THE STORY AND WHAT IS GOING ON AND YOU CAN'T. THAT MEANS, FURTHER, THAT I CAN EVALUATE MATERIAL WRITTEN FOR YOUR CONSUMPTION AND YOU HAVE TO WORRY OVER IT UNTIL YOU GARNER TRUTH. Sitchin has written other books but I shan't even name them herein for I have no interest in them. George will make them available to all readers in time, if you want them or if I choose to utilize them. I shall not be blackmailed by ones attending our "private" meetings as guests who then insist on "royalties" and/or "favors" from us under threat of lawsuit.

IMPORTANT FOR ALL YOU AUTHORS

You had better learn your laws for--even as bad as they are--you misunderstand copyrights.

YOU CANNOT COPYRIGHT TRUTH. I, further, have no interest in your “opinions" except as they are correct and I can comment (preferably favorably). If your work is good, I shall push and shove your material until our readers weary of the assault for I have no intent of total coverage of material--our thrust is insight and awakening and causing ones to research and glean knowledge from correct resources.

Further, you CAN COPY A VOLUME WORD FOR WORD AND IF YOUR CONCLUSIONS ARE NOT IDENTICAL THEN YOU HAVE NOT INFRINGED COPYRIGHTS.

IT MAY MEAN NOTHING TO YOU AT THIS MOMENT BUT THE TIME WILL COME THAT THE ONLY REASON YOUR WORK STANDS IS BECAUSE WE HAVE SHARED IT. I HAVE PILES OF DOCUMENTS FROM WORTHWHILE WRITERS AWAITING POSSIBLE USE--SENT FROM THOSE WRITERS TO BE SHARED. EUSTACE MULLINS IS ONE IN POINT: EARLY ON HE SAID “USE ANYTHING” FOR IT'S FOR THE INSIGHT OF THE PEOPLE, IT IS MY ONLY PURPOSE IN WRITING. WHO MIGHT YOU BE WRITING FOR AND WHY?

Now as to Mr. Sitchin's work. I am going to herein tell you that there is a petition for publication of a manuscript (which was not included with the request--only the Index) but it is so like Sitchin' s work as to be quite relevant at this writing. The author comes from Crowley, Texas and states that this is new and undiscovered work and is being presented for this "new age". It is stated that "It will blow your mind.” It names the same names, places and Sumerian texts. Is this one infringing on Sitchin's work?? Truth is Truth and good research will reveal THIS Truth. This does point out that Mr. Sitchin is NOT THE ONLY ONE WRITING ABOUT SUMERIANS AND OLD TEXTS OF TRUTH. IT IS EXACTLY AS WITH THE COMMITTEE OF 300--NO ONE WAS MORE SHOCKED THAN WAS COLEMAN TO FIND I HAD TWO OTHER FULL DOCUMENTS BEARING THE SAME INFORMATION AND WE HAD NOT MISSED A POINT IN OUR OWN EARLIER WRITINGS. I suggest that you authors take a bit more attention to others as YOU perceive your writings to be "the only ones". Once Truth is "in the ethers", it is going to be scattered.

I find it amusing to note that Bill Cooper was going to sue me and denounced my people because I somehow supposedly "stole his material". I suggest his face may be a bit red to find that I continually hear from readers who insist that Cooper has simply plagiarized all the JOURNALS since. I am grateful if it be so--but the facts are that Mr. Cooper wishes it would be otherwise--however, Truth is Truth is Truth and if Truth be told--it will match other Truth.

LIBERATOR WILL ENDURE

Mine is to GIVE a writer honor--not take from him in any manner. Always! And to Zecharia Sitchin I give great honor. I do not agree with conclusions which are presented but that has not been under discussion at this point and I won't take up the matter at this juncture because my scribe is overburdened quite enough by the added load of other duties these days and doesn't know who in the world is one Zecharia Sitchin--or Bill Cooper for that matter. Bill is simply one, to her, who called she and E.J. "little pukes".

The LIBERATOR will remain exactly as is in this very location so you must watch for changes in INSTRUCTIONS regarding same. The separation will give George far more freedom in his own work by allowing separation. However, as we move along, for we are growing rapidly, our thrust will be to have far less emphasis on "space cadets" and more expression of assistance and confirmation from other writers such as Mullins, Coleman, McAlvany, Gritz, etc. They, however, are honored and respected men and they, too, must come into recognition of the quality of our presentation and that we are NOT kooks, bull-shippers and/or wart hogs.

Greens must be allowed to sustain selves, investments and business interests. They have given years to his work and now must attend financial security for it was never intended that our work would be a "moneymaking" enterprise. Our task is to get the Word OUT there. The book business can make profits and garner income from other publications as does any publisher/distributor. To do this, however, I must separate the work so that ALL can continue to afford it as a bit easier than hard-back publications and keep the LIBERATOR in a price range possible for you of the masses and effort to not place my own troops into bankruptcy. We remind you--we ask that you copy, mutilate, spindle and handle in any manner appropriate for your needs--along with sharing as many papers, books and tapes as you can--even sharing costs--for ours is simply to inform. Other work will eventually serve to tend my crew but it has been a long and barren three years. But, we have gotten out 58 JOURNALS and a daily writing (at least) and a full paper once weekly. Again I say to you, however, as you grumble about the overload of information: Dharma does 99% of all the writing, all the speaking and all the meetings as well as special tapes, meets with all my business visitors, and speaks for me at all sessions of any size--IF SHE CAN DO IT--YOU CAN FIND TIME TO RECEIVE IT. It is kept this way for this very reason--if one person can present it--you can receive it--if you want to badly enough!

By necessity the writings will taper off as to slower production of JOURNALS, etc., for she will be required at all sessions of planning for the industrial complexes. Chelas, we are not doing this for the fun and games of it--you are in serious troubles and must have information and resources if you are to make it through. The masses ARE awakening and you can see it in the political arena. Unfortunately, the options are showing themselves to be zilch. Even Perot is going to let you down terribly if you are hoping upon him for foundation. Already he wants a "draft" and to put people to work "to get more taxes". Where are you going to put them to work and for what do you desire a "draft"?

TODAY'S OBSERVATIONS

PHOTON BELT FIASCO

We must speak of the Photon Belt. It is real, alright, and the antics going on and the conspiracy of compromise, threats, attending wars and such, are under full ploy.

MILITARY STRIRRINGS

OMINOUS, MULTI-NATIONAL

There is expected a major effort at a U.S. first strike against the Communists in early July--this comes up regularly. At the same time, equipment and men are being massed all over your nation. Saturday came a Fax from Illinois wherein some 40 rail-cars of tanks and military vehicles along with "obvious" covered artillery. This was only one train of several and all headed from N.E. to S.W.--WITH NO MARKINGS ON ANY EQUIPMENT.

Here in California, “they” are already putting forth the word to "not concern"--just some major "war games” which will include many countries, including a major portion from Japan. Japan??? They have no military according to Constitutional law set forth after W.W.II.

You had all better remember: CHINA IS THE COMMUNIST DRAGON! THEY ALSO WILL HAVE A MAJOR PART IN THE ARMAGEDDON PLAY--YOU HAD BEST PAY ATTENTION.

NOW, FOR THE PHOTON BELT ITSELF

We have another presentation from a group of scientists back East (I guess you could call them "insiders") from a major university, who says the government and military are working around the clock on a photon storage system in hopes of making it through the null time without undue chaos. Oh yes, they expect MAJOR CHAOS and RIOTS and that is why all the artillery, chelas.

CAN THAT PHOTON PHENOMENON BE STOPPED?

INDEED, INDEED!! BUT WE WON'T DO IT WITHOUT A LOT IN RETURN. WE CAN STOP THE WHOLE THING IN LESS THAN 30 SECONDS FROM HAVING ANY IMPACT IN TRANSITION--AT ALL. BUT YOUR ELITE WOULD-BE GLOBAL RULERS MOVE RIGHT ON IN FULL INTENT TO BLOW YOUR PLANET TO DUST PARTICLES. YES INDEED--EVEN THE RUSSIAN COSMOSPHERES IN OUTER REACHES COULD STOP IT IF GIVEN A FEW DAYS BUT YOUR ELITE WOULD RATHER HAVE MAJOR INCIDENTS AND WAR. WHAT WILL WE OF THE CONFEDERATION DO? WAIT AND SEE WHAT THE ELITE DO--YOU GAVE THEM YOUR POWER AND THEY WIELD IT LIKE A SLEDGE OVER YOUR HEADS. TIT FOR TAT, THEY SAY--IF WE INTERFERE THEN THERE WILL BE WAR AND/OR MASSIVE EARTH UPHEAVAL--DURING THE BAD TIMES. IF WE ALLOW THE CHAOTIC TIME OF NULL TIME, THEN YOU STILL GET THE CONFUSION AND BOMBARDMENT WHILE YOU CAN'T RESPOND.

I personally petition for more "time" so that we can get more of our work done for we aren't playing in the political arena--that is your bag, not ours. We simply need to be present to get our people and finish our mission. You have several years of confusion and turmoil ahead of you in any manner in which you can cut the pie.

THREE DAYS OF DARKNESS

All of you who call yourselves "religious" in any manner whatsoever, should be in knowing of the expected three days of darkness--or, is it possible your "preachers" happened to miss a thing or two?

Let us look at some of the written words of prophecy. For this little summary I thank one, Albert J. Hebert, S.M.:

"If I say, 'surely the darkness shall hide me, and night shall be my light'--For You darkness itself is not dark, and night shines as the day.” (Ps. 139:11-12.)

"He who survives those three days of darkness and horror will see himself as if alone, because the earth will be covered with cadavers." (St. Gaspar del Bufalo, founder of the Fathers of the Precious Blood, - d. 1837).

Father Nectou, a Jesuit provincial who was considered a saint and a prophet (d. 1777), spoke of the height of a terrible crisis, "like a little General Judgment":

"When the moment of the last crisis has come, there will be nothing to do but to stay where God has placed us, lock ourselves indoors and pray until the wrath of Divine Justice has passed."

From a woman saint, friend of prelates and of some persons who are now canonized saints, hear this:

"God will send two punishments: one will be in the form of wars, revolutions and other evils; it shall originate on earth. The others will be sent from Heaven. There shall come over the whole earth an intense darkness lasting three days and three nights. Nothing will be visible, and the air will be laden with pestilence which will claim mainly, but not only, the enemies of religion.” (Blessed Anna Maria Taigi - d. 1837).

Madaleine: "Lord, I was afraid because I thought I was going blind ... " CHRIST: "Tell them that everyone on earth is like that--in darkness." (Revelations of the "Glorious Cross", Dozule', France, Jan. 4, 1974)

“We began hearing people say, 'Why is it getting dark at this hour? What's going on?' And so, therefore, I know that this darkness that's coming is going to be happening during the daytime when people are going to be confused at the hour in which it takes place."

A refugee from Communism in Europe, an American scientist and seer, tells you:

"As I was prostrating myself in prayer a vista opened up in front of me. It looked like a colossal inferno. It was night (at least pitch dark), the ground was black, and what must have been the sky was a murkish reddish orange glow, like a fire, although I did not see any tongues of flames. As I was looking, I saw the silhouette of two or three groups of angels hoisting upwards a few, three or four, dead bodies. Directly behind the angels the color of the red-orange was very intense. ONLY A FEW! Then the vision ceases." (Jan. 20, 1986)

"The judgment will come suddenly and be of short duration. Then comes the triumph of the Church and the reign of brotherly love. Happy indeed they who live to see those blessed days.” (Father Bernard Maria Clausi, O.F.M. - d. 1849)

"In the end my Immaculate Heart will triumph. Russia will be converted, and there will be an era of peace.” (Mary at Fatima, 1917)

The above private revelations, prophecies and visions serve as an introduction to the subject within the framework of what is called the Great Chastisement or Great Cleansing (Purification) or "Minor Judgment" at its peak; and with the promise of an era of peace beyond it.

“We possess the prophetic message as something altogether reliable. Keep your attention closely fixed on it, as you would on a lamp shining in a dark place until the first streaks of dawn appear and the morning star rises in your hearts." (2 Pet. 1:19)

INTRODUCTION TO THAT BOOK:

God, who is Light and who dwells in unapproachable light, said on the first day of creation, "Let there be light." And on the last days His Son Jesus will say, "I am the Morning Star, shining bright." It is then that we, together with the Holy Spirit, will cry out, "Come, Lord Jesus!" And with that Jesus will lead us into the Splendor where dwells His Father and ours to reign with Him forever (1 John 1:5. 1 Tim. 6:16. Gen. 1:3. Rev. 22:16).

All this if we but say, "Yes". For we can say "No", though with what unspeakably terrible consequences! To warn us against this most dreadful alternative, God has from time to time allowed humankind to experience what it is to be in darkness. He did this when He turned three days and nights into one long total night in the land of Egypt (Ex. 10). He did this when, for a similar length of time, He allowed Jonah to be buried in the black depths of the sea in the belly of the great fish (John 2). Above all, He did this when He caused the face of the Earth to be blanketed in utter darkness during the three dread hours when His Son hung dying on the Cross (Mat. 27:45).

In these last days, God, whose love for us is unchanging and who ever wills that we be nothing but Children of Light, appears to be warning us yet once again of the dread consequences of turning away from Him to the night of sin.

No one who reads this with an open mind and heart could doubt that this is so. Take, then, and read! Archbishop George Pearce, S.M.

* * *

Let him who has eyes to see--see and him who has ears to hear--hear! Is this upcoming null-time in the Photon Belt these days of purification? Well, it certainly will seem like it to you in the experience. Chelas, it matters not if you are prepared--all will make this passage at any rate, be it sooner or later--ALL! I suggest you all stop throwing stones at bringers of Truth and get with the program! If you read something "twice" as you must to have personal knowledge of any duplication--then you must surely understand the value of the information--or do you? Why do you study such works and words? Be it for Truth or the game of "catcha" and "discountcha"? What are YOU trying to prove? Why? "You are either for Me or against Me, sayeth the Lord"!!! Amen. Seems to me that you have blundered around in total darkness for some generations now--is it not about time to walk again within the LIGHT? Ponder it.

Hatonn to clear, please.

CHAPTER 15

REC #1 HATONN

THU., JUNE 18, 1992 7:44 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 307

THURSDAY, JUNE 18, 1992

SAN LUIS OBISPO CONNECTION

The following series of informative reprints are from a well-known personage among groups who have investigated and researched for truth and who has published much information. He has published Information which has jeopardized his life on many occasions which indicates that ALL OF YOU NEED THE INFORMATION. He has sent a packet of information which needs to be brought to your attention--AGAIN. His outlay is a bit different in both presentation and in some details. I honor this person and respect his research.

He has given permission that we may utilize any and all of the documents in any way we find fit and suitable. I thank him for his gracious willingness to share. I do not yet, however, have permission to call attention to this person by name so will only refer to him at this time as R.R. I, further, use the term "him" as generic reference.

I offer the reprinted information as given--without more than cursory input. I have no wish nor intent to slash and cut another's work so--as is our practice--information is given as nearly in full as possible and with NO CHANGES IN CONTENT. IF I COMMENT AS WE MOVE ALONG THEN I INDICATE AS MUCH. Therefore, I require that YOU be in the balancing of the information with that which you already have and then I suggest you get your hands on "back" JOURNALS such as SPACEGATE, SKELETONS IN THE CLOSET, BLOOD AND ASHES, END OF THE MASQUERADE, THE DARK CHARADE and in addition, all of the TANGLED WEB SERIES. If you don't have the information, backup and confirmation--you aren't going to know what hit you, beloved friends.

You must understand, further that there is massive confrontation among and between factions of this "New Global Conspiracy" which only vies for top position--the GOALS are the same.

Quote:

THE SLO CONNECTION

(Number One in Series)

Don't believe one word of this. Look it up yourself! If you have a brain, you can figure it out!

Permission granted to copy any part of this book. R.R.

During the 1950's, while the United States was fighting a war in Korea, the French were fighting a war in French Indochina (Vietnam). Although the reason for the U.S. involvement in Korea was somewhat obscure, the French were very sure of their reason for being in Indochina. It was the same reason the British had spent the previous 100 years there, to control the opium production. The United States financed the French war. Why? For a piece of the action--HEROIN! In 1954, with the help of the CIA, the Vietnamese defeated the French and the Americans took over. In the 15 years following, 58,000 Americans died there. Hundreds are still imprisoned there to hide the U.S. heroin business. (A NATION BETRAYED by Col. Bo Gritz) [H: Please, readers, take note that even the Soviets now ADMIT they still have POWs from W.W.II right in Russian territory--what think ye about Korea and Vietnam as I have told you over and over again?]

The "French Connection" of heroin into the United States was as follows: From Indochina, the opium went to Marseille, France, where it was processed into heroin. From Marseille it came to America through several channels: The U.S. military; Cuba under control of Batista; the Mafia and "Resorts International"; the Bahamas (see the U.S. Senate report on Terrorism and Narcotics which tells how U.S. Ambassadors, one from San Luis Obispo, shut down an investigation of corrupt Bahamanian officials involved in drug trafficking and involved with prominent Americans in Florida).

G.H.W. BUSH; DRUG CZAR

Another channel was through the offshore oil drilling platforms in the Gulf of Mexico. The drugs were offloaded from fishing boats far out at sea. From these platforms the drugs came ashore via the normal crew and equipment boats thereby avoiding detection. This first came to light during the Kennedy assassination investigation of Louisiana District Attorney Jim Garrison. Other investigators and writers on the Kennedy assassination confirmed that the platforms were being used to smuggle drugs. These oil drilling platforms were pioneered and owned by a Houston, Texas based oil company known as Zapata Offshore Oil. The president and chief executive officer of Zapata Oil was George Herbert Walker Bush! In 1976, as Director of Central Intelligence, George Bush was head of the world's largest drug trafficking organization. (See the Christic Institute lawsuit, the Col. Bo Gritz tapes, the Mae Brussel Research Center, THE POLITICS OF HEROIN by Professor Alfred McCoy, The Crimes of Patriots by Jonathan Kwitny, H. Ross Perot, Barbara Honegger October Surprise, Richard Brenneke, Dave Emory of "Radio Free America", Abbie Hoffman, John Judge, William Cooper and many others including Senator Kerry's U.S. Senate Subcommittee Report on Terrorism and Narcotics.)

North San Luis Obispo politicians have traditionally been elected on tickets promoting unlimited growth and unlimited real estate development. [H: San Luis Obispo is in the geographic location of Santa Barbara. One outstanding reason for offering you readers this information is that the SAME GROUP is integrally involved in the very property in confiscation by the RTC and priorly by Santa Barbara Savings, etc., of this scribe. The dirty politics has seeped into every judicial bench and legal "group" in the State but most corrupt are the counties in which these individuals set up criminal operations. This is why I have told you that you will find this particular piece of property has ones all the way to the Presidency involved in the criminal actions--BUT, this holds true for every State and County in the Union. Don't be fooled because you live in the boonies somewhere and think yourself safe and secure--Tehachapi IS the "boonies" and yet has as corrupt politics and power brokers as any place in California. This is why much of our building and projects will need also be begun in Nevada and then in this place. We have months upon months to allow for the power line to give approval to even the least of these projects. In some instances, however, the project is similar to that which is already present on property so we hope to cut some of the “ribbons” in advance.] In San Luis Obispo, Jerry Diefenderfer and Bill Coy received large contributions from Los Angeles Realty Political Action Committees (PAC). Cattle business political action committees donated more to Coy's campaign than to any other candidate in California, including ***Deukmejian (Governor). Other north county politicians such as Carol Hallette (we shall present further information regarding her) and WILLIAM P. CLARK (very important character), who was Ronald Reagan's National Security Advisor and his Secretary of the Interior, have close ties to the cattle business and the cattle political action committees.

ZAPATA: OFFSHORE OIL, CATTLE, DRUGS

Where do these Cattle PAC's get their enormous amounts of cash to buy politicians? Take the Zapata Cattle Company for example. Yes, that's right! Zapata! The same name and the same affiliations to the previously mentioned Zapata Offshore Oil of Houston, Texas, previously (???) owned by our favorite drug "czar" and President of the United States of America, George Herbert Walker Bush!

The Zapata Cattle Company has, for many years, imported large amounts of cattle from Mexico. If you remember your high school biology, you will recall that cows have four stomachs. Hey, why not? If humans can smuggle drugs inside their bodies, why not cows? A cow must have 20 times the capacity of a human! Not only that but the tractor-trailer rigs used to transport them had secret built-in compartments. In his book, THE UNDERGROUND EMPIRE, author James Mills stated that the border customs agents received $10,000 every time they flagged through a drug truck without stopping it for inspections. [H: Besides, the trucks themselves and the shipping companies belonged directly to these same individuals--utilizing well-orchestrated corporations (in Nevada).]

Real estate development and construction is the classic way of laundering drug money.

One of the silent partners in the San Luis Obispo cattle business is RONALD REAGAN. [H: It is, further, the same group of "cattle-boys" and real-estate developers, S&L criminals, etc., which provided Reagan with "cover" for his Bel Aire estate and thus and so--(through Nevada Corporations) as a "thank you, old buddy".]

NAME: ZAPATA

Note: "Zapata" is a name for locations off Texas and Florida which fit well with the oil company but the name Zapata was chosen by the Bush cartel because it came from George Bush's old club (cult) at Yale--the "Skull and Bones" The "skull" in point is reported to be the skull of the Mexican Revolutionary, Emiliano Zapata. [H: This may well be correct--for one thing that has the native Americans totally beside themselves in anger is that the same Skull and Bones club has Chief Geronimo's skull, having been stolen by a group of club members headed by Prescott (Dad) Bush.]

Further: Three ships belonging to Zapata Oil which were used to run guns to Fidel Castro (and drugs into the U.S.) were named the "Houston", the "Zapata" and the "Barbara J". [H: Readers, we covered all this IN DETAIL in a JOURNAL. I CAN ONLY ASK THAT YOU CATCH UP YOUR LESSONS AND THAT SIMPLY REQUIRES READING AND STUDYING THE BACK JOURNALS FOR I KNOW NO OTHER RESOURCE WHEREIN YOU CAN GET IT ALL!]

COINCIDENCES, CONNECTIONS, QUESTIONS

William Clark's liaison officer, Carol Hallett, was appointed as Ambassador to the Bahamas. The purpose of this was to shut down a drug investigation of corrupt Bahamian officials and to protect their American partners in Florida. One of these Americans was the President's son, Jeb Bush. (Senate Subcommittee Report-Kerry, Christie Inst., etc…..).

Jeb Bush was also the North American connection to Manuel Noriega. (THE CUTOLO AFFIDAVIT by Paul Neri, A NATION BETRAYED by Col. Bo Gritz, etc. and Steven Carr-deceased by way of murder.) The route went from Bogota and Medellin, Colombia to Allbrook Air Force Base in Panama, where the drug aircraft were met by Noriega. Another transhipment point was John Hull's ranch in Costa Rica. ("Frontline"--PBS, "West 57th Street"--CBS, Judy Woodruff, Jane Wallace, Leslie Cockburn, Mike Tolliver, Gary Betzner, George Morales, plus most of the references listed on page one. Richard Brenneke stated on "Larry King-Live"-CNN that he also flew these drug planes, but his connection was Donald Gregg, Bush's National Security Advisor.) The destination of some of these drug shipments was Homestead Air Force Base in Florida. [H: This is completely covered in a JOURNAL also.] (See reference list at end of chapter.)

THE MAN WHO COULD IDENTIFY JEB BUSH AS NORIEGA'S CONNECTION WAS STEVEN CARR.

STEVEN CARR WAS MURDERED IN LOS ANGELES, ALLEGEDLY BY ONE MIKE DECKER, who worked for SICILIA-FALCONE, THE TIJUANA DRUG BOSS. Sicilia-Falcone was the largest supplier of drugs for Southern California. (Except for maybe Air America and the U.S. Air Force.) [JOURNALS--TANGLED WEB series.] Sicilia-Falcone used the motorcycle gangs and Roger Frye as a distributing network. Mike Decker was their chief "mechanic". [H: Do you think it simply coincidental that "Malcolm Forbes" played around with Liz and the Motorcycle gangs for the total "fun" of it?] (THE UNDERGROUND EMPIRE by James Mills) The Anzalone brothers and Jerry Schlesinger of Long Beach and Los Osos were the San Luis Obispo affiliates. The Sweet Springs bar in Los Osos was a distributing station and the Anzalone ranch in Santa Margarita was a cocaine processing factory. Several local people connected with this operation died from "accidents" or "suicides". When the Sweet Springs Tavern got "busted" for drug trafficking, the Anzalones went to "Club Fed" at Lompoc for a short vacation. Jerry Anzalone got out the hard way--on a gurney, covered with a sheet. "Diarrhea of the mouth" can often be fatal. Ronnie built a house on 3rd street in Baywood, complete with an iron spike fence, closed circuit surveillance television, and a gun in every room. Several months ago the house was destroyed by fire. (??)

Jerry Schlesinger came out of all this smelling like a rose. It pays to have friends in high places. Ask ex-supervisor Bill Coy. He always seemed to have a good relationship with the "Mayor" of Los Osos (California).

Scott Alexander was not so fortunate. Scott, who claimed to have had law enforcement experience, (Military Police, Arizona State Police) was helping a Federal Agent (DEA?) Michael Francis Aivaz gather information for the above mentioned "drug bust". Evidently Scott did his job too well and found out too much. His body was found by the creek on the M. V. Rodriguez ranch on Hwy. 41 just outside of Morro Bay (California). He was "suicided" with a very short 12 gauge shotgun (one barrel or both?).

Mike Aivaz disappeared shortly after the big "drug bust" and Scott's death. He was in Florida, (Florida? coincidence?) New Jersey, and Fresno, California. He was allegedly "drying out" in a sanitarium. He made several quiet trips back to Los Osos where he visited Anzalone's Sweet Springs. Mike took the ultra short 12 gauge away from Scott because it was "illegal" but gave it back to him the day before Scott died. Where is Mike now???

Neal McCrea and “The Last Voyage of the 'Janet Lee'” is another interesting part of this snake pit without a bottom. The boat "Janet Lee" and its cargo of cocaine was returning from a business trip to Central America (see above paragraph 2). The boat went into Vandenberg Air Force Base and Neal left Vandenberg in a body bag. No one seems to know what happened to the cocaine. Neal's widow, Janet, became very wealthy and became Janet Schlesinger (INTERESTING!). Maybe one could ask a couple of persons named Carnahan and Brandenberg who could explain it all quite appropriately if you could FIND them.

This last paragraph is not the end of this report. This report is just the "Tip of the Iceberg". Interested parties should start their own investigation and interrogate the following local citizens. Start with bartenders, building contractors, dopers, sheriff's deputies, county officials (especially Building and Planning), country supervisors (especially ex-supervisors), judges (including ex-judges). Check and see how many local citizens went to Washington with Ronald Reagan and left Washington embarrassed, disgraced, or with "dirty hands". The following list of persons could supply plenty of information if they were so inclined: Ronnie Anzalone, Jerry Schlesinger and Janet, Eddie Haworth, Deputy Mike Sheridan, Deputy Chuck Graves, George Jacobsen, Carnahan and Brandenberg, Mike Radon, Kathy Hodges, Al Switzer, County employees Gibson and Milne, County supervisors including past supervisors Coy and Diefenderfer, judges including ex-Judge WILLIAM CLARK. Clark, as Reagan's National Security Advisor, rapidly left Washington and disappeared in obscurity in Ireland just after the Korean Air Lines 007 fiasco. There are others but this will give investigators a GOOD START. [H: You will also find that Deukmejian, Jason Brent of the Mojave Court (ex) and other Kern County "locals" also know all about these little involvements and insure that the line could not be run back up to catch the fisher. You will note that when E.J. went to Santa Barbara to check with the wondrous RTC about his property--the RTC was housed with Santa Barbara Savings (the "taken-over" mortgage company), was involved with Soloman Brothers and the "local" lawyers--contacted for information--said "you DO NOT REALLY WANT TO KNOW ANYTHING ABOUT THIS!". Americans--WAKE UP! Also, send this material to the Constitutional Law Center--it might give them impetus to get on with those filings to the court--if nothing else, at some point "THEY" will want to shut down this "discovery". No, it will not stop the discovery but it will get attention. Yes, it IS dangerous but nothing else we have done is "safe". And if "dangerous" is that which is required--so let it be. If ones cannot walk through shadows then the sorting must be done. I am a "very big boy" and I also have "pretty good contacts" and a "lot of pull" and I CAN TAKE CARE OF YOU, CHELAS. Have I not already done so??]

THE SAN LUIS OBISPO LAW FIRM OF SINSHEIMER, SCHIEBELHUT, AND BAGGETT HAVE RECENTLY ANNOUNCED THE ADDITION TO THEIR FIRM OF WILLIAM P. CLARK.

[H: Another major law firm (about the second largest in the world) which is totally involved is Shea and Gould etc., etc., from which flowed Jason Brent at the appointment of the Governor, Deukemajian. Is it any wonder that when Brent ran for Superior Court Judge last month, he advertised that he "had all the major Republicans on his side"? Wake up little s1eepyheads--the toast is burning!]

[H: I expect this document to be sent to Hornback. I want him to KNOW that his prior firm was involved, also, and that the fiasco with the "reconstruction" hearing in Mojave was leaving him wide open for a libel and malpractice suit--except that it would have gotten "him" and ours is not to "get HIM"--he has one of "our" children! Perhaps one of these days he can see the merit as well as the nice abundance of income gleaned from working with the CLC and on some of the cases worthy of his talents. Yes indeedy, there will be abundance--why do you think I have brought you "resources" for gold storage and other benefit plans? No, the funding coming in is NOT drug related in any manner and besides, you will receive from distant sources which have no connection to the funds at all at any rate. What we will get for industry and projects is only a tiny tid-bit of the wealth involved. You will be most cautious and careful, however, and do business as we have taught you carefully to do for it is GOOD BUSINESS, honest and worthy. If ones in "our" group get greedy and unworthy of service--then they shall be "out" in the blink of an eye for we are in God's service ONLY and not out to do anyone IN. IF you ones of the nation wish to clean up the mess--ours is to outlay it for you--NOT FIX IT FOR YOU FOR OURS IS A DIFFERENT MISSION AND NOT TO INVOLVE OURSELVES INTO YOUR POLITICS.]

* * *

Dharma, let us close this portion. We are going to confuse you greatly, Editors, but we are going to be writing on THREE subjects (but all inter-connected) simultaneously. I must ask you to label the references accordingly. It is time I stop threatening and get on with Bush in the CIA and that will take many writings. Further, I ask that George Green contact the authors of a book being called GEORGE BUSH: THE UNAUTHORIZED BIOGRAPHY (or something similar) by Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton Chaitkin. The information can be tracked down through The New Federalist who is running a series at this time. The authors will find it all but impossible to find a publisher, if I don't miss my guess, and this work needs to be published and distributed. The information is very accurate and I would appreciate the assistance to them by at least recognition and distribution--if in fact, publishing is already arranged. We will be efforting to soon begin to give you monetary assistance, George, for these projects. Thank you.

I also wish to next write on the Divine Plan for I believe we are to the end (in number of pages) for the current volume under assembly. We will refer to this volume in point as Vol. I in reference to THE DIVINE PLAN. I plan to branch off into a path which shall surprise you--for I must tell you how it IS and how it will be--even if you don't like it. It is important that you ones NOT confuse the "three days of darkness" with simply a photon entry period which may or may not even take place. YOUR OWN "RULERS" AND "THUGS" COULD STOP THAT NULL-TIME IF THEY BUT WOULD DO SO. WE CAN STOP IT IN A SPLIT SECOND IF THEY WOULD BUT ALLOW US TO DO SO--SO YOU SEE, YOU-THE-PEOPLE REMAIN THE PAWNS! I CANNOT HELP IT FOR IT IS NOT MINE TO DO. I CAN ONLY GET YOU INTO KNOWING SO THAT YOU WILL BE PREPARED IN THAT WE CAN CONTINUE RIGHT ON WITH THAT WHICH IS OUR MISSION.

Please take a short break and let us continue as the days become so overfilled now that I must ask for more writing in the days available. I shall give unto you, chela, that which you need to press on. Salu.

REFERENCE LIST

(See page 211)

This index was requested by Commander Hatonn in the 6/18/92 #1 writing called “San Luis Obispo Connection” starting on p.7 of this LIBERATOR. Indexed by subject from Journals November 91 through March 92. The JOURNAL number is bold and in parentheses, followed by the relevant page numbers therein.

William Casey: (39) 22, 24, 28; (42) 34, 184, 193; (44) 70

Zapata Corporations (Bush Family enterprise): (45) 58, 60-63, 83, 90; (47) 221

Blackbird (Super Secret Project): (39) 37; (40) 31; (41) 195

October Surprise (1980 Hostage Holdover for Reagan’s Inauguration): (39) 37; (40) 31, 69, 107; (41) 103; (44) 25, 70; (45) 59

Jeb Bush: (46) 109

Manuel Noriega: (31) 47, 53; (42) 25, 32-48; (43) 15, 97; (44) 48-49; (46) 122

CHAPTER 16

REC #2 HATONN

THU., JUNE 18, 1992 11:36 A.M. YEAR 5, DAY 307

THURSDAY, JUNE 18, 1992

DARKNESS

I ask that, as we continue in discussions regarding days of darkness and days of "Light", and then thousands of years of Light--that you refrain from predisposition to "outguess" me or to "outrun" me and jump into conclusions that have been erroneous from onset. What we are speaking about is the evolvement of a planet and those which inhabit same. Stop your wigging and wagging and let us look at what lies ahead.

PURIFICATION/CHASTISEMENT

Many writers, always of "religious" origins, tell you horrid tales and, "Well, after all--it is good for us." But the terminology and prospects speak for themselves as does "It's for your own good!" It smacks of the old lie which says, “...it hurts me more than you," then whack, whack, whack.

If your trust and actions are Godly then your assurance is that HE will send ones (US) to make sure HIS people are safe. That portion is UP TO YOU IF YOU ARE TO BE INCLUDED IN SUCH "LIFT OFF". So in that context, then we must look unto those changes which come simply from the changes necessary as Earth orbits through its great cycles and encounters those regularly occurring impacts of a cosmic cycling. Then the third scenario to consider is that which will come but can be impacted either by Creator or Earth beings through actions--or inactions.

Certainly, in presenting this information, our intent is not to scare the living daylights out of anyone so that you can't come out of terror long enough to LEARN but, rather, remain in your ignorance from sheer panic and fear. Knowing gives ability to respond and not simply react. If you get into total respect and reverence for God (fear the Lord--respect God), the attention turns unto that which, when accepted, brings a right will, a good life, and total confidence in God and true peace of mind and heart--regardless of circumstances. We must balance the prospect of coming fearsome, even apocalyptic-like events, with the reassurances from God Himself, from your own traditional scriptures and otherwise prophetical projections, of His care and protection for those of His children who remain faithful to Him. Under the shadow of His wings you can rejoice and not only feel but be absolutely secure. In this security we can proceed about our own missions without total distraction.

Worry or anxiety and restless striving to figure out or anticipate future events, especially their exact "timing" must be outgrown. As you have been told and the "Lord" said to Julka: "None of My creatures will fathom My thoughts and plans!... None of the people on Earth will know the day and the hour of the punishment or the cleansing. It will come suddenly!" What is spoken of herein? He is speaking of the final great circumstance cycle which is recognized as the "Chastisement". I personally deplore the word for it assumes meaning which is not exactly "on-target". It simply means that the evil of the world shall be cleansed and the creations will be sorted and shifted. It certainly is, however, THE time to get with the program and get that pathway straightened out and get on the journey up the right roadway for it is in this presentation of final knowledge have we been sent. We are come to collect Creator's beings--to bring in the flock, if you will, which belongs to the Lighted Source. Those of Earthians who choose other direction are absolutely welcome to do so and will have no coercion from our Hosts. It seems a very good time indeed to renew or reinforce that "friendship" bond with Creator. Does worry and turmoil help? Not that I note--as you will note this has been "imminent" to the point that many of the worst "worriers" are already departed from your place so their fears and worries were needless and changed nothing. There is a writing, "Sufficient for the day is the evil thereof!" When tomorrow comes God will give His graces then, but not for tomorrow--today. If you are awake and KNOWING of the sequence of journey--then there is nothing to concern about--the journey continues and much for the better if you are in KNOWING of progression and have functioned in the physical plane as if--in goodness instead of evil practice.

SIGNPOSTS

“A day will come when the enemies of Christ will boast of having conquered the whole world."

"The human race will have to go through a great storm that will sharpen divisions among men and reduce their plans to ashes.”

"There will be a great prodigy which will fill the world with awe."

"I saw one of my successors taking a flight over the bodies of his brethren. He will take refuge in disguise somewhere; and after a short retirement he will die a cruel death. The present wickedness of the world is only the beginning of the sorrows which must take place before the end of the world.” (St. Pius X)

"God will send two punishments; one will be in the form of wars, revolutions and other evils; it shall originate on earth. The other will be sent from Heaven. There will come over the whole earth an intense darkness lasting three days and three nights." (Blessed Anna Maria Taigi, 19th cent.)

Why do I utilize “religious” terms and speakers? Because each began in purity and prophecies are valid if valid--regardless of who speaks them. The "religions" of CHRIST and GOD began in purity and represented the opposite of EVIL. It is MAN who has aligned himself with the corrupted concepts and allowed that which is Evil to take the very language of God and cause its destruction in worthiness of definition.

I wish to pass on by the obvious signs of spiritual "religious" signs such as bleeding and weeping statuary or the recognition of Wars as being valid confirmation. Let us look at that which is happening that can be related to Revelation and other seers in connection with projections of changing cycles and eras.

There are signs predominating which show a leading up, through even a climactic period of increasing trials and tribulations and disasters of all types, to the peak finale of the Three Days' Darkness. These signs are both natural and human--if you choose to put it that way--but also are spiritual and supernatural in observation according to your level of knowledge.

Among such "human" signs are the expanding categories of evil rampant in your world: great apostasies from Faith in God and billions of people propagandized against God under the control of governments infected with atheistic Communism as a gross example--even nations calling themselves "Godly" are actually submerged in what is "called" Communism (but is not). Gross "sins" of all kinds, especially those grouped against the sixth and ninth commandments, from lust connected with contraception, through fornication, adultery, sexual abuse of all categories, including the enslavement of women and children, active homosexuality and lesbianism, pornography, etc., to abortion, the murder of millions and millions of infants cut to pieces in the womb, sucked apart by vacuum instruments or scalded to death by salt injections. Do I not believe in humans' right of "choice"? Do I not have belief in "woman's rights to choose"? Indeed--BEFORE THE ACT WHICH PRODUCES THE PREGNANCY--I DO NOT SANCTION MURDER OF THE INNOCENT FOR THE SINS OF THE ACTORS.

Therefore, do I say I do not condone abortion? Absolutely! I do not condone abortion in any way, shape or form. If irresponsibility precipitated the error then more irresponsibility will not cure it. By the way--I care not what you think of my opinion about it--arguments will only reassure me that you are more ignorant than I could have even imagined! I am here to tell you the facts of how it IS--not argue over opinions of how you think it ought to be! I can only observe that your thinking has gotten you into the total downfall and overpopulation and pure miserable existence of a planet full of humans and hapless creatures paying the price for your total lack of responsibility as a species and civilization. When this happens--cleansing is always ahead for you!! EVERY TIME!!

THE TRAP OF THE SENSES

The pyramiding millions of abortions in the world today, including the annual million and a half plus slain in the United States alone cry out for the arm of God's justice to fall if nothing else were amiss.

Besides all the hatred, revolutions, wars, religious divisions among mankind, violence, terrorism, we could list countless acts of rebellion against authority from those against paternal authority in the home, rebellion against civil governments and in the schools, to those directed against the head of the Churches, the Magisterium and against God Himself. Many of these evils represent a towering Babel of pride and they simply echo Lucifer's (Satan) shout: "Non serviam!"--"I will not serve!" The result is a literal hell on earth for both sinners and for the good they influence in the negative passage away from Godliness in behavior. This is the total falling into the trap of the senses of the physical plane while defying and breaking all of the rules of God as to produce harmony and balance.

The "Churches" as you recognize the clubs cry out in righteousness that it is a day of cleansing as with Noah and in the days of Sodom and Gomorrah. Can you not see that at this "crossing" you have populated and inhabited the entire planet and not just an area around the Holy Lands? That was the only known place at the time of cleansing but was indeed a perfect advance warning of what would come--TODAY.

You must remember all of the story, though, as you consider what happened. The angels went to SAVE Lot, his wife and daughters and anyone else who would LISTEN--for the sake of Abraham, who claimed God as friend. So, too, shall it be for the goodly people in your days. At least your eternal salvation and continued experience is guaranteed. The spiritual-minded will note these signs and developments and will prepare for the more trying times to come, which times many of them believe are very close, dear ones. They prepare for what has been forecast as a "minor judgment", a great "Day of the Lord" and a magnificent warning sign, if you will. It is said that the Lord spoke to ones in Heede, Germany and called the days of coming cycle by that label. Then at about the same time from Madrid, in 1955, another message was given: "This generation deserves to be annihilated, but I desire to show Myself as merciful. Great and terrible things are being prepared. That which is about to happen will be terrible, like nothing ever seen since the beginning of the world." What makes you think that the "preparations" are of God? Natural cycles are of Nature and God--intent to annihilate and blow up a world are destructive things and are of full EVIL intent--not GODLY creation.

PREPARATION IS REQUISITE

What do the people who will pass through this tribulation do? Well, first of all they listen and become prepared for whatever will come. They, many of them, will simply turn into that which they consider the "truth" of the doctrines of Churches. This will suffice if the doctrines are truly in projections of God's Laws. But it requires more than that--it requires physical response and action in protection and readiness.

I find it difficult to consider the various possibilities herein and project the probabilities in differing scenarios to those "possibilities".

The warnings are so prevalent and current--even to such things as a statue of Mary shedding blood near Baguio City Airport in the Philippines. Warnings will always be presented from higher truth unto you in those manners which you can be capable of seeing and hearing. The point is to return to God so that you will be ready at the passage and/or “pick-up”--I care not what you call it.

What happens is that evil simply becomes more evil and, in so-doing, the very perpetrators of horror deceive you and keep the security devices from you which would save the myriads of lives in the physical--through their own greedy control of circumstances. They will then call it an act of God and the remaining few will believe it. Why can you not see in advance and turn this from you?

No, it becomes more and more certain, despite the efforts of the goodly and the repentance of the many, that, because of the impenitence of the greater number, there will be increasing tribulations which will first culminate in what is prophesied as the Three Days of Darkness. This will be more a thing of "coincidence" than a precipitated event whenever it happens.

The "divine" interventions in the form of "signs" such as apparitions, prophecies, wonders and prodigies, etc., are simply dramatic indications of the great danger of the present times for souls and "souls" is what it's all about! These are intended to get your attention and to help guide you, and to urge you to turn to higher possibilities and communicate with us who are sent to assist. But this also requires a turning from evil into lighted passage. There will actually be a time of great increase of healings and cures, of miracles of various kinds--by God and not just the insipid spurious deceit of the few self-proclaimed priests of some denomination of club or another. There will be new rising of true "religious movements" or a reaffirmation of the truth of the (c)atholic body--which means universal body, by the truly Holy "Spirit" or Great Spirit, and whether or not you like it--by unusual prodigies from the outer reaches.

WHAT IS MEANT BY THE CONVERSION OF THE JEW?

You assume it means that of going through a great chastisement after return to Israel (Palestine) and return into the temple, etc., etc., etc. No, it means that the ones who have been betrayed by the adversary will come into recognition of that which has happened and those who simply call themselves "Jews"--because they know no better--will see and know what has happened and will return unto God in Truth instead of the lie which has become the only tradition they have been allowed to have through these last generations. Let me assure you that, as we move through the happenings on the planet, a whole big bunch of so-called "Jews" who have denied these very JOURNALS will be calling George the minute the phones work again--asking "....so what can I do? I've certainly changed my mind!"

SATANIC ACTIVITIES INCREASING

Still another sign is the great increase of Satanic activity: demonic cults which actually practice sacrifice (blood) and this considers the "Jewish temples" also, black masses and other demonic rites, devil worship, cases of possession and obsession (Satanism is even taught, literally and also subtle in form, in schools), that even Church ministers and priests are being asked for exorcisms. This "recognition" of demonic possibilities is one of the major signs of the "times". Why would this be a sign? Because it simply is that "devils" know their time is short, hence their intensive activity before being crushed and returned to "hell". Evil knows the hand of God is descending upon them and yet with the goodness also comes the recognition of great loss of physical beings which means great torment and suffering as the lost souls cry out in their misadventures and, shall we say, regrets.

Perhaps it would help herein to look more closely now at the matter of Darkness, especially as related to your "Old Testament" prophecies because those are the ones most familiar in all forms--to the largest numbers of people since all "religions" sprang from them. I do not herein include the Aboriginal beings because they have no "religion"; they have only spiritual traditions already based on One God "Creator" and "Creation".

"I can give you only one piece of advice for today: PRAY and get others to pray, for the world is at the threshold of its perdition." (Padre Pio, quoted by Francis Johnston in Fatima the Great Sign.)

Herein I think it appropriate to simply present some relative ancient prophecies to modern ones as already published and leave them for your consideration. I have no intent of learning "for you" for it is your own lessons which are in point and you must consider what it is YOU feel about each item offered.

RELATING BIBLE PROPHECIES TO MODERN ONES

"In Your light we see the light!" (Ps. 36)

Lots of people think they can hide in the darkness--even as sinful Adam and Eve in the shadow of the trees as the myth is presented--and not to be found out. But the inspired know:

"If I say: 'Let the darkness hide me and the light around me be night', even darkness is not dark for You and the night is as clear as the day." (Ps. 138: 11-12).

So now let us apply the above Scripture quotations to the basic attitudes and actions of different people in today's world: the approach of the sincere and good people who seek to walk in God's light, and that of the evil and insincere people who hide in the darkness and seek to escape God's wrath which threatens them because the cup of their iniquity overflows before Him. The hope of the good, as the darkness of the Chastisement increases about them (figuratively as well as literally), is biblically expressed by the words: "O my God, You brighten the darkness about me.” (2 Sam. 22:29)

As for the evil, however, there is the Scriptural certainty: "His lamp will go out at the coming of the darkness." (Ps. 20:20) In the same way, we hear from modern prophecies that, in the continuous darkness of the Three Days, a blessed candle will suffice for illumination in the homes of the good, but any blessed candle that the sinful in their presumption might attempt to light will sputter out.

Events, which to some people, will appear as being totally evil, will be recognized by discerning good people as being used by God for their ultimate good. "In the shadow of Your wings I rejoice." (Ps. 63:9) As all should know by now, the Lord draws good out of evil. For repentant evil-doers the doors of Mercy will always remain open. "Whoever has left the darkness of sin, yearns for God." For both the good people and the repentant sinners we hear: "I will turn darkness into light before them.” (Is. 42:16)

A SPECIAL JUDGEMENT

Scriptural Truths concerning the good and the bad, announced in one generation, apply to all generations. However, in certain periods of history there occurs a titanic intensity in the struggle between the forces of good and evil, and in particular between Christ's teachings and His demonic-grouped enemies.

Evil insinuates itself so cleverly and also rages so rampantly, as it did in the times of Noah, and of Sodom and Gomorrah, that a special judgment or so-called "Day of the Lord" will be necessary to wipe out the evil and offer the Earth a new start. While at all times there are certain appeals that emanate from God's patient Mercy and certain chosen souls who will cry out for His Mercy and offer atonement, nevertheless God's Justice will finally demand the execution of a Day of Judgment for the unrepentant people and nations.

The majority of thinkers, writers and preachers on your modern scene believe that you are in such a crisis today and that the peak period of a so-called chastisement is due, indeed is at hand, for the world. The aboriginal people know you are in the time of purification. This conviction is borne out by longtime Bible prophecies and reinforced by modern and very recent ones. A popular phrase today is: "Get it together!" From old and new prophecies, God has put it all together, one can be sure! However, you had best look carefully at the various options given to you and most specifically at the ONE called "lay it on Jesus' blood". Simply "believing" that there was a Jesus and who might have died (or even "did die") FOR your sins (instead of you paying your own price for ill-behavior) is incorrect assumption. If you assume Jesus and Christ to be the same and you attune to the "Christ" and not the "man", then in either event your life will turn about and you will turn into the pathway toward God--ACCORDING TO HIS LAWS. JUST SAYING YOU BELIEVE ON JESUS AND HE WILL TAKE YOUR BURDENS AND BEAR YOUR PUNISHMENT, ETC., WILL NOT CUT IT!

"We possess the prophetic message as something altogether reliable. Keep your attention closely fixed on it, as you would on a lamp shining in a dark place until the first streaks of dawn appear and the morning star rises in your hearts." (2 Pt. 1:19)

Various authors and scholars concerned with prophecy believe that the following Old Testament prophecies apply, at least on a broad scale, to the outcome of certain developments in your times.

"For behold, the Lord will come in fire, and His chariots are like a whirlwind, to render his wrath in indignation, and His rebuke with flames of fire, and His sword unto all flesh, and the slain of the Lord shall be many." (Is. 66:15-16)

Some prophecies, old and new, indicate that two-thirds or three fourths of mankind will be destroyed. Here you have to allow for interpretations regarding geography of the world and world populations as also for the moral conditions of various nations. But, I remind you that the Elite One World Government--INTENDS TO DEPOPULATE TO NO MORE THAN 550 MILLION PEOPLE--WORLDWIDE. I SUGGEST YOU STOP BLAMING GOD!

A LOOK BACK AT ONE CALLED NOAH

I care not to become entangled in a web of argument regarding whether or not there was "actually" a Noah, ark or real circumstance. The story serves well enough. Noah's world was judged by the waters of a flood. The next great judgment will be by fire according to prophecy. That does not exclude many other contributing disastrous forces, as of some tidal wave or torrential rain. Nor does it mean the actual end of the world and the last or General Judgment. Many other Old Testament prophecies, especially when illuminated by coordination with modern ones, indicate that the End of the Ends is not yet.

"That day is a day of wrath, a day of tribulation and distress, a day of calamity and misery, a day of darkness and obscurity ... And I shall distress men, and they shall walk like blind men, because they have sinned against the Lord: and their blood shall be poured out as earth, and their bodies as dung." (Zephaniah 1:15, 17)

"In all the land, says the Lord, two-thirds of them will be cut off and perish, and one-third shall be left. I will bring the one third through fire, and I will refine them as silver is refined, and I will test them as gold is tested. They shall call upon My Name and I will hear them. I will say, 'They are My people,' and they shall say, 'The Lord is my God!'” (Zechariah 13: 8-9)

In the above prophecies it seems you can note a day or so of wrath, darkness and confusion, a time of great destruction and purification by what you might well assume to be fire (a fire perhaps somewhat symbolic in part but very real also). You also might note that the forecast is that a remnant of the people will be brought safely through all trials by God Himself. Do you not think you ones are being sorely tried? Tested? There is an overall tragic division of the good and the evil, to the latter's eternal destruction. As in the old, so often in later prophetic revelations, you hear of the "remnant" who will survive the Chastisement and the Three Days' Darkness. Hm-m-m-n.

You also learn of the triumphant aftermath for the people of God and the Word to spread.

"I will send of them that shall be saved, to the Gentiles... to the islands afar off, to them that have not heard Me... and all flesh shall come to adore before My Face, saith the Lord. (Is. 66:19, 23)

VERY RECENT PROPHECIES

Let us, therefore, look at some connections between a few very recent prophecies and some older ones, for an example, from the American layman who is a scientist and exile from Communist Europe, and whom we shall refer to in subsequent passages as “L.G.A.” for his protection.

"Tell your brothers and sisters, thus says the Lord: I am speaking to you now for the third time in a row. These words of Mine contain My plans which I announced a long time ago through My prophets. My words stand as I pronounced them and they will come true exactly as I uttered them ... " (Feb. 6, 1984)

And now in referring to the prophet Joel, 2:28-32, from which I quote verses 30, 31:

"And I will show wonders in heaven: and in earth, blood and fire and vapour of smoke. The sun shall be turned into darkness and the moon into blood; before the great and dreadful day of the Lord doth come."

You hear the following prophetic words given by L.G.A. as recently as Feb. 22, 1986:

"Tell to your brothers and sisters, thus says the Lord: The time is at hand for the words I AM WHO AM have spoken through My prophets to come to fulfillment. Yes, I have had enough of the offenses of mankind, by men and women, yes, even by children, which are hurled endlessly against Our Divinity. I AM WHO AM, your Triune God; I DO SPEAK AND ANNOUNCE MOST SOLEMNLY: These words of Mine spoken by My prophet JOEL are to be fulfilled NOW!

"To My children of love I offer the consolation of Our Holy Spirit, GOD THE HOLY GHOST.

"To My erring children I am sending you the days of chastisememt, the days of My just anger. Know that these terrible days are filled with My love and compassion, because I will receive everyone who has the presence of mind to call on ME, WHO AM, with a truly repentant heart."

One day later, Feb. 23, 1986, referring to the same passage of Joel, part of a message given then follows:

"I will plunge the earth into darkness for three days and nights, and deliver it up to its crucifixion, just as I was in the bowels of the earth for three days and nights after My crucifixion. When the sun rises after those days and nights, the purified earth shall shine just as My resurrection did. My remnant, you will experience it, for you will experience the protective arms of your God.

"As the darkened clouds congeal to shut out and extinguish all lights, turn inwards to your souls with the knowledge that My Peace is yours, and then you will hear My voice calling you in your inner silence.--KNOW THAT I AM WHO AM SPEAKING TO YOU!"

Of further interest, this author is aware of a reliable seeress in midwestern U.S.A. who recently had a vision of an amassing of dark clouds. She is not alone; there have been many other such prophetic visions seen by people in various places around the U.S. and from all portions of the globe. Certainly this is not the only place wherein comes Truth and projections. This is the place of THIS mission. Further, much truth comes from all "prophecy" even though much may be false projection--YOU must discern from that which is given.

THE MESSAGE IS CLEAR

The above prophecies are very clear, it would seem. There are similar messages given recently which would also appear to be related to the ancient prophecies of Micah, Joel, Ezekiel and second Peter. For instance, consider this prophecy from Ezekiel 30: 2-3. Remember he is the one with the "wheels" and "wheels of fire".

"Son of man, speak this prophecy: Thus says the Lord God: Cry, Oh the day! for near is the day, near is the day of the Lord; a day of clouds, doomsday for the nations shall it be."

Now let's compare that with a prophecy received by L.G.A. on March 17, 1986:

"'A doomsday for the nations is a mild expression of My divine wrath which is about to be poured out upon the earth for its purification."

"Now, hear My final warning, oh world, oh Earth and your inhabitants. As in the days of old, so shall now all life be brought to an account to ME, WHO AM! I will destroy the land and its people, but shall save the REMNANT on whose behalf I AM WHO AM acting. From this day on, calamities upon calamities will you have ..."

There is no point in giving other references from other sources which originate in the Sacred Scriptures. That the Chastisement and Darkness are part of the fulfillment of ancient Scriptural prophecies there is no doubt in the minds of many interpreters of Biblical passages. Also, there is no doubt that these ancient passages are well buttressed--and continue to be--almost daily at the present time, by modern private revelations, prophecies and signs.

You must remember that, while certain revelations and prophecies are labeled "private" to distinguish them from Scriptural ones, many such private revelations are intended for full public and universal consumption. As common sense dictates, they are intended for the whole of the world, but especially so for the members of God's body.

I shall leave this text with the following "prophecy" which comes from a Catholic nun in France dated about 1872-3:

"Before the war breaks out again, food will be scarce and expensive. There will be little work for the workers, and fathers will hear their children crying for food. There will be earthquakes and signs in the sun. Towards the end, darkness will cover the earth. "

It can be noted, as we continue to speak of these prophecies in the next volume of the "Divine Plan", that they all speak of the multitudes of the wicked who will perish at the time of the Darkness. Does that mean as you pass into a Photon Belt and through a "null time"? I would guess that all depends on YOU!

May the words of God rest easily on your heart for this is a time of service unto that God who will take of your burden if it seems too heavy in your efforts in fullness. I suggest you think most carefully, however, about simply asking another to take your own load--for it shall not happen!

GYEORGOS CERES HATONN

What Are The Phoenix Journals?

Many people have asked us what the PHOENIX JOURNALS are. They contain the true history (His-story) of mankind on this planet as well as detailed information about the most asked about and wondered about subjects (i.e., Spirituality, E.T.s, our origin, our purpose here on this planet, etc.). Commander Hatonn and the other Higher Spiritual Teachers who have authored these JOURNALS, weave spiritual lessons and insights throughout the unveiling of lies which have been deceptively forced upon us, throughout ti me, by the Elite anti-Christ controllers. These JOURNALS are the "DEAD SEA SCROLLS" of our time. Their importance in the growth of mankind cannot be overstated. They are the textbooks of understanding which God promised us we would have, to guide us through the "End Times".

Here is what Commander Hatonn has said about the PHOENIX JOURNALS. Quoting from JOURNAL #40, THE TRILLION DOLLAR LIE, Vol.II, pgs. 47 & 48: "Some day in the far recesses of the future experiences of another human civilization—these JOURNALS will be found and TRUTH will again be given unto the world manifest so that another lost civilization can regain and find its way. God always gives His creations that which they need when the sequence is proper. It is what man DOES WITH THESE THINGS which marks the civilization. WHAT WILL YOUR LEGACY BE????? I focus on current activities which might turn your world about in ti me to save your ecosystems and your sovereignty as nations and peoples. You cannot wait to be filled in on the lies of the generations lest you wait until too late to take control of your circumstance presently within the lies. YOU ARE A PEOPLE OF MASSIVE DECEPTION AND WHAT YOU WILL DO WITH THIS INFORMATION IN ACTION DETERMINES YOUR PURPOSE AND GROWTH IN THIS WONDROUS MANIFESTED EXPERIENCE—WILL YOU PERISH PHYSICALLY OF THE EVIL INTENT, OR WILL YOU MOVE INTO AND WITHIN THE PLACES OF HOLY CREATOR? THE CHOICE IS YOURS."

BOOK LIST

THESE WORKS ARE A SERIES CALLED THE PHOENIX JOURNALS. THEY HAVE BEEN WRITTEN TO ASSIST MAN TO BECOME AWARE OF LONGSTANDING DECEPTIONS AND OTHER MATTERS CRITICAL TO HIS SURVIVAL AS A SPECIES.

1. SIPAPU ODYSSEY ISBN 1-56935-045-0

2. AND THEY CALLED HIS NAME IMMANUEL, I AM SANANDA ISBN 1-56935-014-0

3. SPACE-GATE, THE VEIL REMOVED ISBN 1-56935-015-9

4. SPIRAL TO ECONOMIC DISASTER ISBN 0-922356-07-6

5. FROM HERE TO ARMAGEDDON 1-56935-043-4

6. SURVIVAL IS ONLY TEN FEET FROM HELL ISBN 0-922356-11-4

7. THE RAINBOW MASTERS ISBN 1-56935-017-5

9. SATAN'S DRUMMERS ISBN 1-56935-054-X

10. PRIVACY IN A FISHBOWL ISBN 1-56935-042-6

11. CRY OF THE PHOENIX ISBN 1-56935-036-1

12. CRUCIFIXION OF THE PHOENIX ISBN 0-922356-41-9

13. SKELETONS IN THE CLOSET ISBN 0-922356-15-7

14. RRPP* *RAPE, RAVAGE, PLUNDER AND PILLAGE OF THE PHOENIX ISBN 0-922356-16-5

15. RAPE OF THE CONSTITUTION ISBN 0-922356-17-3

16. YOU CAN SLAY THE DRAGON ISBN 0-922356-21-1

17. THE NAKED PHOENIX ISBN 0-922356-22-X

18. BLOOD AND ASHES ISBN 0-922356-25-4

19. FIRESTORM IN BABYLON ISBN 0-922356-27-0

20. THE MOSSAD CONNECTION ISBN 0-922356-28-9

21. CREATION, THE SACRED UNIVERSE ISBN 1-56935-047-7

23. BURNT OFFERINGS ISBN 0-922356-33-5

24. SHROUDS OF THE SEVENTH SEAL ISBN 0-922356-34-3 1

25. THE BITTER COMMUNION ISBN 0-922356-37-8

26. COUNTERFEIT BLESSINGS THE ANTI-CHRIST BY ANY NAME: KHAZARS ISBN 0-922356-36-6

27. PHOENIX OPERATOR-OWNER MANUAL ISBN 1-56935-018-3

28. OPERATION SHANSTORM ISBN 0-922356-39-4

29. END OF THE MASQUERADE ISBN 0-922356-40-8

38. THE DARK CHARADE ISBN 0-922356-53-X

39. THE TRILLION DOLLAR LIE THE HOLOCAUST VOL. I ISBN 0-922356-55-6

40. THE TRILLION DOLLAR LIE THE HOLOCAUST VOL. II ISBN 0-922356-56-4

41. THE DESTRUCTION OF A PLANET ZIONISM IS RACISM ISBN 0-922356-60-2

42. UNHOLY ALLIANCE ISBN 0-922356-61-0

43. TANGLED WEBS VOL. I ISBN 0-922356-62-9

44. TANGLED WEBS VOL. II ISBN 0-922356-63-7

45. TANGLED WEBS VOL. III ISBN 0-922356-64-5

46. TANGLED WEBS VOL. IV ISBN 0-922356-65-3

48. TANGLED WEBS VOL. V ISBN 0-922356-68-8

49. TANGLED WEBS VOL. VI ISBN 0-922356-69-6

50. DIVINE PLAN VOL. I ISBN 1-56935-29-9

51. TANGLED WEBS VOL. VII ISBN 0-922356-81-5

52. TANGLED WEBS VOL. VIII ISBN 0-922356-83-1

53. TANGLED WEBS VOL. IX ISBN 0-922356-84-X

54. THE FUNNEL'S NECK ISBN 0-922356-86-6

55. MARCHING TO ZION ISBN 0-922356-87-4

56. SEX AND THE LOTTERY ISBN 0-922356-88-2

57. GOD'S PLAN 2000! DIVINE PLAN VOL. II ISBN 1-56935-028-0

58. FROM THE FRYING PAN INTO THE PIT OF FIRE ISBN 0-922356-90-4

59. "REALITY" ALSO HAS A DRUMBEAT ISBN 0-922356-91-2

60. AS THE BLOSSOM OPENS ISBN 0-922356-92-0

61. PROGRAMMING PITFALLS ISBN 1-56935-001-9

62. CHAPARRAL SERENDIPITY ISBN 1-56935-000-0 2

63. THE BEST OF TIMES ISBN 1-56935-002-7

64. TO ALL MY CHILDREN ISBN 1-56935-003-5

65. THE LAST GREAT PLAGUE ISBN 1-56935-004-3

66. ULTIMATE PSYCHOPOLITICS ISBN 1-56935-005-1

67. THE BEAST AT WORK ISBN 1-56935-006-X

68. ECSTASY TO AGONY ISBN 1-56935-007-8

69. TATTERED PAGES ISBN 1-56935-009-4

70. NO THORNLESS ROSES ISBN 1-56935-010-8

71. COALESCENCE ISBN 1-56935-012-4

72. CANDLELIGHT ISBN 1-56935-013-2

73. RELATIVE CONNECTIONS VOL. I ISBN 1-56935-016-7

74. MYSTERIES OF RADIANCE RELATIVE CONNECTIONS VOL. II ISBN 1-56935-019-1

75. TRUTH AND CONSEQUENCES REL. CONNECT. VOL. III ISBN 1-56935-020-5

76. SORTING THE PIECES REL. CONNECT. VOL. IV ISBN 1-56935-021-3

77. PLAYERS IN THE GAME ISBN 1-56935-022-1

78. IRON' TRAP AROUND AMERICA ISBN 1-56935-023-X

79. MARCHING TO ZOG ISBN 1-56935-024-8

80. TRUTH FROM THE "ZOG BOG" ISBN 1-56935-025-6

81. RUSSIAN ROULETTE AMONG OTHER THINGS ISBN 1-56935-026-4

82. RETIREMENT RETREATS OR WHICH CONCENTRATION CAMP DO YOU PREFER? ISBN 1-56935-027-2

83. POLITICAL PSYCHOS ISBN 1-56935-030-2

84. CHANGING PERSPECTIVES ISBN 1-56935-031-0

85. SHOCK THERAPY FOR A BRAIN DEAD WORLD ISBN 1-56935-032-9

86. MISSING THE LIFEBOAT?? ISBN 1-56935-033-7

87. IN GOD'S NAME AWAKEN ISBN 1-56935-034-5

88. ADVANCED DEMOLITION LEGION (THE ADL IN ACTION) ISBN 1-56935-035-3

89. FOCUS OF DEMONS ISBN (REAL GREMLINS IN THE WORKS) 1-56935-037-X

90. TAKING OFF THE BLINDFOLD ISBN 1-56935-038-8 3

91. FOOTSTEPS INTO TRUTH UNCOVERING LIES AND FRAUD ABOUT GOD AND MAN ISBN 1-56935-039-6

92. WALK THE CROOKED ROAD WITH THE CROOKS ISBN 1-56935-040-X

93. CRIMINAL POLITBUROS AND OTHER PLAGUES ISBN 1-56935-041-8

94. WINGING IT... ISBN 1-56935-044-2

95. HEAVE-UP (PHASE ONE) ISBN 1-56935-046-9

96. HEAVE-HO (PHASE TWO) ISBN 1-56935-048-5

97. HEAVE 'EM OUT (PHASE THREE, PART 1) ISBN 1-56935-049-3

98. ASCENSION OR NEVER-EVER LAND ISBN 1-56935-050-7

99. USURPERS OF FREEDOM IN CONSPIRACY ISBN 1-56935-051-5

100. BUTTERFLIES, MIND CONTROL--THE RAZOR'S EDGE IT'S ALL IN THE GAME ISBN 1-56935-052-3

101. THE BREATHING DEAD AND CEMENT CHILDREN ISBN 1-56935-053-1

102. SACRED WISDOM ISBN 1-56935-055-8

103. CONFRONT THE NOW * CREATE THE FUTURE ISBN 1-56935-056-6

104. FIRST STEPS ISBN 1-56935-057-4

105. AMERICA IN PERIL AN UNDERSTATEMENT ISBN 1-56935-058-2

107. RING AROUND THE ROSIE ISBN 1-56935-060-4

130. TRACKING DOWN THE KILLER "AND OTHER FORMS OF MURDER" ISBN 1-56935-083-3

222. BIRTHING THE PHOENIX Vol. 1 ISBN 1-56935-179-1

223. BIRTHING THE PHOENIX Vol. 2 ISBN 1-56935-180-5

224. BIRTHING THE PHOENIX Vol. 3 ISBN 1-56935-181-3

225. BIRTHING THE PHOENIX Vol. 4 ISBN 1-56935-182-1

227. RISE OF ANTICHRIST Vol. 1 ISBN 1-56935-184-8

228. RISE OF ANTICHRIST Vol. 2 ISBN 1-56935-185-6

229. RISE OF ANTICHRIST Vol. 3 ISBN 1-56935-186-4

230. RISE OF ANTICHRIST Vol. 4 ISBN 1-56935-187-2

Table of Contents

DISCLAIMER

COPYRIGHT POSITION STATEMENT AND DISCLAIMER

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DEDICATION

FOREWORD

CHAPTER 1

CHAPTER 2

CHAPTER 3

CHAPTER 4

CHAPTER 5

CHAPTER 6

CHAPTER 7

CHAPTER 8

CHAPTER 9

CHAPTER 10

CHAPTER 11

CHAPTER 12

CHAPTER 13

CHAPTER 14

CHAPTER 15

CHAPTER 16

What Are The Phoenix Journals?

BOOK LIST